عَالَمِين AALAMIN Read the Qur'an in context Read the Qur'an

Read the surah · Surah 2

Al-Baqaraالبقرة

The Cow · 286 verses · Medinan

In plain wordsEditorial

An editorial summary of the translations. Not a translation or tafsir.

Two hundred and eighty-six verses, the longest surah by both verse and word count. It opens with disconnected letters and a statement about the book itself, and it takes its name from the cow described from verse 67.

not a scholar — what this signature means

I am not a scholar, and nothing here asks you to treat me as one. The plain words on this site are my restatement of what the five translations shown above say, together with counts derived from the text itself — nothing more. I sign them so that a named person is accountable for every sentence, not so you'll take my word for anything. The authority on this page is the text and its translators. If my words don't match theirs, mine are the ones that are wrong.

The whole surah, verse after verse, in the language you have chosen.

Easy-read

Easy-read · not authoritative

Talal Itani · published 2012

We open with the most modern, plain-English rendering to make reading easier. Every translation is shown equally - switch any time, or compare them on any verse.

Verse 1 of 286

1%

2:1

الٓمٓ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alif laam meem

DIN 31635ʾalif lām mīm

The translators spell these letters differently

Alif, Lam, Meem.

Compare translations (4)

Alif. Lam. Mim

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

A. L. M.

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

ELIF. LAM. MIM

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

A. L. M.

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:2

ذَٰلِكَ ٱلْكِتَٰبُ لَا رَيْبَ فِيهِ هُدًى لِّلْمُتَّقِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)dhaalika l-kitaabu laa rayba feehi hudan lilmuttaqeen

DIN 31635ḏālika l-kitābu lā rayba fīhi hudan lilmuttaqīna

This is the Book in which there is no doubt, a guide for the righteous.

Compare translations (4)

This is the Scripture whereof there is no doubt, a guidance unto those who ward off (evil)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

That is the book! there is no doubt therein; a guide to the pious

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

No doubt is there about this Book: It is a guidance to the God-fearing

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

There is no doubt in this book; it is a direction to the pious

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:3

ٱلَّذِينَ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْغَيْبِ وَيُقِيمُونَ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَمِمَّا رَزَقْنَٰهُمْ يُنفِقُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena yu'minoona bil-ghaybi wayuqeemoona s-salaata wamimmaa razaqnaahum yunfiqoon

DIN 31635allaḏīna yuʾminūna bil-ġaybi wayuqīmūna ṣ-ṣalāta wamimmā razaqnāhum yunfiqūna

Those who believe in the unseen, and perform the prayers, and give from what We have provided for them.

Compare translations (4)

Who believe in the Unseen, and establish worship, and spend of that We have bestowed upon them

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

who believe in the unseen, and are steadfast in prayer, and of what we have given them expend in alms

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Who believe in the unseen, who observe prayer, and out of what we have bestowed on them, expend for God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

who believe in the mysteries of faith, who observe the appointed times of prayer, and distribute alms out of what We have bestowed on them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:4

وَٱلَّذِينَ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِمَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكَ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ مِن قَبْلِكَ وَبِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ هُمْ يُوقِنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walladheena yu'minoona bimaa unzila ilayka wamaa unzila min qablika wabil-'aakhirati hum yooqinoon

DIN 31635wallaḏīna yuʾminūna bimā ʾunzila ʾilayka wamā ʾunzila min qablika wabil-ʾāḫirati hum yūqinūna

And those who believe in what was revealed to you, and in what was revealed before you, and are certain of the Hereafter.

Compare translations (4)

And who believe in that which is revealed unto thee (Muhammad) and that which was revealed before thee, and are certain of the Hereafter

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

who believe in what is revealed to thee, and what was revealed before thee, and of the hereafter they are sure

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And who believe in what hath been sent down to thee, and in what hath been sent down before thee, and full faith have they in the life to come

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and who believe in that revelation, which hath been sent down unto thee, and that which hath been sent down unto the prophets before thee, and have firm assurance in the life to come

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:5

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ عَلَىٰ هُدًى مِّن رَّبِّهِمْ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْمُفْلِحُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)oolaa'ika 'alaa hudan min rabbihim wa'oolaa'ika humu l-muflihoon

DIN 31635ʾūlāʾika ʿalā hudan min rabbihim waʾūlāʾika humu l-mufliḥūna

These are upon guidance from their Lord. These are the successful.

Compare translations (4)

These depend on guidance from their Lord. These are the successful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

These are in guidance from their Lord, and these are the prosperous

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

These are guided by their Lord; and with these it shall be well

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

these are directed by their Lord, and they shall prosper

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:6

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ سَوَآءٌ عَلَيْهِمْ ءَأَنذَرْتَهُمْ أَمْ لَمْ تُنذِرْهُمْ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena kafaroo sawaa'un 'alayhim a'andhartahum am lam tundhirhum laa yu'minoon

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna kafarū sawāʾun ʿalayhim ʾaʾanḏartahum ʾam lam tunḏirhum lā yuʾminūna

As for those who disbelieve-it is the same for them, whether you have warned them, or have not warned them-they do not believe.

Compare translations (4)

As for the Disbelievers, Whether thou warn them or thou warn them not it is all one for them; they believe not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, those who misbelieve, it is the same to them if ye warn them or if ye warn them not, they will not believe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

As to the infidels, alike is it to them whether thou warn them or warn them not - they will not believe

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

As for the unbelievers, it will be equal to them whether thou admonish them, or do not admonish them; they will not believe

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:7

خَتَمَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِهِمْ وَعَلَىٰ سَمْعِهِمْ وَعَلَىٰٓ أَبْصَٰرِهِمْ غِشَٰوَةٌ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ عَظِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)khatama llaahu 'alaa quloobihim wa'alaa sam'ihim wa'alaa absaarihim ghishaawatun walahum 'adhaabun 'azeem

DIN 31635ḫatama llāhu ʿalā qulūbihim waʿalā samʿihim waʿalā ʾabṣārihim ġišāwatun walahum ʿaḏābun ʿaẓīmun

The translators word this verse differently

God has set a seal on their hearts and on their hearing, and over their vision is a veil. They will have a severe torment.

Compare translations (4)

Allah hath sealed their hearing and their hearts, and on their eyes there is a covering. Theirs will be an awful doom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God has set a seal upon their hearts and on their hearing; and on their eyes is dimness, and for them is grievous woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Their hearts and their ears hath God sealed up; and over their eyes is a covering. For them, a severe chastisement

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God hath sealed up their hearts and their hearing; a dimness covereth their sight, and they shall suffer a grievous punishment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:8

وَمِنَ ٱلنَّاسِ مَن يَقُولُ ءَامَنَّا بِٱللَّهِ وَبِٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْـَٔاخِرِ وَمَا هُم بِمُؤْمِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamina n-naasi man yaqoolu aamannaa billaahi wabil-yawmi l-'aakhiri wamaa hum bimu'mineen

DIN 31635wamina n-nāsi man yaqūlu ʾāmannā billāhi wabil-yawmi l-ʾāḫiri wamā hum bimuʾminīna

Among the people are those who say, "We believe in God and in the Last Day," but they are not believers.

Compare translations (4)

And of mankind are some who say: We believe in Allah and the Last Day, when they believe not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And there are those among men who say, 'We believe in God and in the last day;' but they do not believe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And some here are who say, "We believe in God, and in the latter day:" Yet are they not believers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

There are some who say, We believe in God, and the last day; but are not really believers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:9

يُخَٰدِعُونَ ٱللَّهَ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَمَا يَخْدَعُونَ إِلَّآ أَنفُسَهُمْ وَمَا يَشْعُرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yukhaadi'oona llaaha walladheena aamanoo wamaa yakhda'oona illaa anfusahum wamaa yash'uroon

DIN 31635yuḫādiʿūna llāha wallaḏīna ʾāmanū wamā yaḫdaʿūna ʾillā ʾanfusahum wamā yašʿurūna

They seek to deceive God and those who believe, but they deceive none but themselves, though they are not aware.

Compare translations (4)

They think to beguile Allah and those who believe, and they beguile none save themselves; but they perceive not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They would deceive God and those who do believe; but they deceive only themselves and they do not perceive

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Fain would they deceive God and those who have believed; but they deceive themselves only, and know it not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

they seek to deceive God, and those who do believe, but they deceive themselves only, and are not sensible thereof

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:10

فِى قُلُوبِهِم مَّرَضٌ فَزَادَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ مَرَضًا وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌۢ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَكْذِبُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fee quloobihim maradun fazaadahumu llaahu maradan walahum 'adhaabun aleemun bimaa kaanoo yakdhiboon

DIN 31635fī qulūbihim maraḍun fazādahumu llāhu maraḍan walahum ʿaḏābun ʾalīmun bimā kānū yakḏibūna

The translators word this verse differently

In their hearts is sickness, and God has increased their sickness. They will have a painful punishment because of their denial.

Compare translations (4)

In their hearts is a disease, and Allah increaseth their disease. A painful doom is theirs because they lie

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

In their hearts is a sickness, and God has made them still more sick, and for them is grievous woe because they lied

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Diseased are their hearts! And that disease hath God increased creased to them. Their's a sore chastisement, for that they treated their prophet as a liar

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

There is an infirmity in their hearts, and God hath increased that infirmity; and they shall suffer a most painful punishment, because they have disbelieved

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:11

وَإِذَا قِيلَ لَهُمْ لَا تُفْسِدُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّمَا نَحْنُ مُصْلِحُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa qeela lahum laa tufsidoo fee l-'ardi qaaloo innamaa nahnu muslihoon

DIN 31635waʾiḏā qīla lahum lā tufsidū fī l-ʾarḍi qālū ʾinnamā naḥnu muṣliḥūna

And when it is said to them, "Do not make trouble on earth," they say, "We are only reformers."

Compare translations (4)

And when it is said unto them: Make not mischief in the earth, they say: We are peacemakers only

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when it is said to them, 'Do not evil in the earth,' they say, 'We do but what is right

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when it is said to them, "Cause not disorders in the earth:" they say, "Nay, rather do we set them right

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

When one saith unto them, act not corruptly in the earth; they reply, Verily we are men of integrity

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:12

أَلَآ إِنَّهُمْ هُمُ ٱلْمُفْسِدُونَ وَلَٰكِن لَّا يَشْعُرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alaa innahum humu l-mufsidoona walaakin laa yash'uroon

DIN 31635ʾalā ʾinnahum humu l-mufsidūna walākin lā yašʿurūna

The translators word this verse differently

In fact, they are the troublemakers, but they are not aware.

Compare translations (4)

Are not they indeed the mischief-makers? But they perceive not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Are not they the evildoers? and yet they do not perceive

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Is it not that they are themselves the authors of disorder? But they perceive it not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Are not they themselves corrupt doers? But they are not sensible thereof

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:13

وَإِذَا قِيلَ لَهُمْ ءَامِنُوا۟ كَمَآ ءَامَنَ ٱلنَّاسُ قَالُوٓا۟ أَنُؤْمِنُ كَمَآ ءَامَنَ ٱلسُّفَهَآءُ أَلَآ إِنَّهُمْ هُمُ ٱلسُّفَهَآءُ وَلَٰكِن لَّا يَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa qeela lahum aaminoo kamaa aamana n-naasu qaaloo anu'minu kamaa aamana s-sufahaa'u alaa innahum humu s-sufahaa'u walaakin laa ya'lamoon

DIN 31635waʾiḏā qīla lahum ʾāminū kamā ʾāmana n-nāsu qālū ʾanuʾminu kamā ʾāmana s-sufahāʾu ʾalā ʾinnahum humu s-sufahāʾu walākin lā yaʿlamūna

And when it is said to them, "Believe as the people have believed," they say, "Shall we believe as the fools have believed?" In fact, it is they who are the fools, but they do not know.

Compare translations (4)

And when it is said unto them: believe as the people believe, they say: shall we believe as the foolish believe? are not they indeed the foolish? But they know not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when it is said to them, 'Believe as other men believe,' they say, 'Shall we believe as fools believe?' Are not they themselves the fools? and yet they do not know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when it is said to them, "Believe as other men have believed;" they say, "Shall we believe as the fools have believed?" Is it not that they are themselves the fools? But they know it not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when one saith unto them, believe ye as others believe; they answer, shall we believe as fools believe? Are not they themselves fools? But they know it not

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:14

وَإِذَا لَقُوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ قَالُوٓا۟ ءَامَنَّا وَإِذَا خَلَوْا۟ إِلَىٰ شَيَٰطِينِهِمْ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا مَعَكُمْ إِنَّمَا نَحْنُ مُسْتَهْزِءُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa laqoo lladheena aamanoo qaaloo aamannaa wa'idhaa khalaw ilaa shayaateenihim qaaloo innaa ma'akum innamaa nahnu mustahzi'oon

DIN 31635waʾiḏā laqū llaḏīna ʾāmanū qālū ʾāmannā waʾiḏā ḫalaw ʾilā šayāṭīnihim qālū ʾinnā maʿakum ʾinnamā naḥnu mustahziʾūna

And when they come across those who believe, they say, "We believe"; but when they are alone with their devils, they say, "We are with you; we were only ridiculing."

Compare translations (4)

And when they fall in with those who believe, they say: We believe; but when they go apart to their devils they declare: Lo! we are with you; verily we did but mock

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when they meet those who believe, they say, 'We do believe;' but when they go aside with their devils, they say, 'We are with you; we were but mocking

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when they meet the faithful they say, "We believe;" but when they are apart with their Satans they say, "Verily we hold with you, and at them we only mock

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

When they meet those who believe, they say, we do believe: But when they retire privately to their devils, they say, we really hold with you, and only mock at those people

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:15

ٱللَّهُ يَسْتَهْزِئُ بِهِمْ وَيَمُدُّهُمْ فِى طُغْيَٰنِهِمْ يَعْمَهُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)allaahu yastahzi'u bihim wayamudduhum fee tughyaanihim ya'mahoon

DIN 31635allāhu yastahziʾu bihim wayamudduhum fī ṭuġyānihim yaʿmahūna

The translators word this verse differently

It is God who ridicules them, and leaves them bewildered in their transgression.

Compare translations (4)

Allah (Himself) doth mock them, leaving them to wander blindly on in their contumacy

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God shall mock at them and let them go on in their rebellion, blindly wandering on

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

God shall mock at them, and keep them long in their rebellion, wandering in perplexity

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God shall mock at them, and continue them in their impiety; they shall wander in confusion

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:16

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱشْتَرَوُا۟ ٱلضَّلَٰلَةَ بِٱلْهُدَىٰ فَمَا رَبِحَت تِّجَٰرَتُهُمْ وَمَا كَانُوا۟ مُهْتَدِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)oolaa'ika lladheena shtarawu d-dalaalata bil-hudaa famaa rabihat tijaaratuhum wamaa kaanoo muhtadeen

DIN 31635ʾūlāʾika llaḏīna štarawu ḍ-ḍalālata bil-hudā famā rabiḥat tiǧāratuhum wamā kānū muhtadīna

Those are they who have bartered error for guidance; but their trade does not profit them, and they are not guided.

Compare translations (4)

These are they who purchase error at the price of guidance, so their commerce doth not prosper, neither are they guided

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those who buy error for guidance, their traffic profits not, and they are not guided

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

These are they who have purchased error at the price of guidance: but their traffic hath not been gainful, neither are they guided at all

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

These are the men who have purchased error at the price of true direction: But their traffick hath not been gainful, neither have they been rightly directed

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:17

مَثَلُهُمْ كَمَثَلِ ٱلَّذِى ٱسْتَوْقَدَ نَارًا فَلَمَّآ أَضَآءَتْ مَا حَوْلَهُۥ ذَهَبَ ٱللَّهُ بِنُورِهِمْ وَتَرَكَهُمْ فِى ظُلُمَٰتٍ لَّا يُبْصِرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)mathaluhum kamathali lladhee stawqada naaran falammaa adaa'at maa hawlahu dhahaba llaahu binoorihim watarakahum fee zulumaatin laa yubsiroon

DIN 31635maṯaluhum kamaṯali llaḏī stawqada nāran falammā ʾaḍāʾat mā ḥawlahu ḏahaba llāhu binūrihim watarakahum fī ẓulumātin lā yubṣirūna

Their likeness is that of a person who kindled a fire; when it illuminated all around him, God took away their light, and left them in darkness, unable to see.

Compare translations (4)

Their likeness is as the likeness of one who kindleth fire, and when it sheddeth its light around him Allah taketh away their light and leaveth them in darkness, where they cannot see

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Their likeness is as the likeness of one who kindles a fire; and when it lights up all around, God goes off with their light, and leaves them in darkness that they cannot see

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They are like one who kindleth a fire, and when it hath thrown its light on all around him. . . . God taketh away their light and leaveth them in darkness - they cannot see

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They are like unto one who kindleth a fire, and when it hath enlightened all around him; God taketh away their light and leaveth them in darkness, they shall not see

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:18

صُمٌّۢ بُكْمٌ عُمْىٌ فَهُمْ لَا يَرْجِعُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)summun bukmun 'umyun fahum laa yarji'oon

DIN 31635ṣummun bukmun ʿumyun fahum lā yarǧiʿūna

Deaf, dumb, blind. They will not return.

Compare translations (4)

Deaf, dumb and blind; and they return not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Deafness, dumbness, blindness, and they shall not return

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Deaf, dumb, blind: therefore they shall not retrace their steps from error

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

they are deaf, dumb, and blind, therefore will they not repent

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:19

أَوْ كَصَيِّبٍ مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ فِيهِ ظُلُمَٰتٌ وَرَعْدٌ وَبَرْقٌ يَجْعَلُونَ أَصَٰبِعَهُمْ فِىٓ ءَاذَانِهِم مِّنَ ٱلصَّوَٰعِقِ حَذَرَ ٱلْمَوْتِ وَٱللَّهُ مُحِيطٌۢ بِٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)aw kasayyibin mina s-samaa'i feehi zulumaatun wara'dun wabarqun yaj'aloona asaabi'ahum fee aadhaanihim mina s-sawaa'iqi hadhara l-mawti wallaahu muheetun bil-kaafireen

DIN 31635ʾaw kaṣayyibin mina s-samāʾi fīhi ẓulumātun waraʿdun wabarqun yaǧʿalūna ʾaṣābiʿahum fī ʾāḏānihim mina ṣ-ṣawāʿiqi ḥaḏara l-mawti wallāhu muḥīṭun bil-kāfirīna

Or like a cloudburst from the sky, in which is darkness, and thunder, and lightning. They press their fingers into their ears from the thunderbolts, in fear of death. But God surrounds the disbelievers.

Compare translations (4)

Or like a rainstorm from the sky, wherein is darkness, thunder and the flash of lightning. They thrust their fingers in their ears by reason of the thunder-claps, for fear of death, Allah encompasseth the disbelievers (in His guidance, His omniscience and His omnipotence)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Or like a storm-cloud from the sky, wherein is darkness and thunder and lightning; they put their fingers in their ears at the thunder-clap, for fear of death, for God encompasses the misbelievers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Or like those who, when there cometh a storm-cloud out of the Heaven, big with darkness thunder and lightning, thrust their fingers into their ears because of the thunder-clap, for fear of death! God is round about the infidels

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Or like a stormy cloud from heaven, fraught with darkness, thunder, and lightning, they put their fingers in their ears, because of the noise of the thunder, for fear of death; God encompasseth the infidels

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:20

يَكَادُ ٱلْبَرْقُ يَخْطَفُ أَبْصَٰرَهُمْ كُلَّمَآ أَضَآءَ لَهُم مَّشَوْا۟ فِيهِ وَإِذَآ أَظْلَمَ عَلَيْهِمْ قَامُوا۟ وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ لَذَهَبَ بِسَمْعِهِمْ وَأَبْصَٰرِهِمْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yakaadu l-barqu yakhtafu absaarahum kullamaa adaa'a lahum mashaw feehi wa'idhaa azlama 'alayhim qaamoo walaw shaa'a llaahu ladhahaba bisam'ihim wa'absaarihim inna llaaha 'alaa kulli shay'in qadeer

DIN 31635yakādu l-barqu yaḫṭafu ʾabṣārahum kullamā ʾaḍāʾa lahum mašaw fīhi waʾiḏā ʾaẓlama ʿalayhim qāmū walaw šāʾa llāhu laḏahaba bisamʿihim waʾabṣārihim ʾinna llāha ʿalā kulli šayʾin qadīrun

The lightning almost snatches their sight away. Whenever it illuminates for them, they walk in it; but when it grows dark over them, they stand still. Had God willed, He could have taken away their hearing and their sight. God is capable of everything.

Compare translations (4)

The lightning almost snatcheth away their sight from them. As often as it flasheth forth for them they walk therein, and when it darkeneth against them they stand still. If Allah willed, He could destroy their hearing and their sight. Lo! Allah is able to do all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The lightning well-nigh snatches off their sight, whenever it shines for them they walk therein; but when it is dark for them they halt; and if God willed He would go off with their hearing and their sight; verily, God is mighty over all

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The lightning almost snatcheth away their eyes! So oft as it gleameth on them they walk on in it, but when darkness closeth upon them, they stop! And if God pleased, of their ears and of their eyes would he surely deprive them: verily God is Almighty

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

the lightning wanteth but little of taking away their sight; so often as it enlighteneth them, they walk therein, but when darkness cometh on them, they stand still; and if God so pleased, he would certainly deprive them of their hearing and their sight, for God is almighty

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:21

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ رَبَّكُمُ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَكُمْ وَٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِكُمْ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَتَّقُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa n-naasu 'budoo rabbakumu lladhee khalaqakum walladheena min qablikum la'allakum tattaqoon

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā n-nāsu ʿbudū rabbakumu llaḏī ḫalaqakum wallaḏīna min qablikum laʿallakum tattaqūna

O people! Worship your Lord who created you and those before you, that you may attain piety.

Compare translations (4)

O mankind! worship your Lord, Who hath created you and those before you, so that ye may ward off (evil)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye folk! serve your Lord who created you and those before you; haply ye may fear

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O men of Mecca adore your Lord, who hath created you and those who were before you: haply ye will fear Him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O men of Mecca serve your Lord who hath created you, and those who have been before you peradventure ye will fear Him

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:22

ٱلَّذِى جَعَلَ لَكُمُ ٱلْأَرْضَ فِرَٰشًا وَٱلسَّمَآءَ بِنَآءً وَأَنزَلَ مِنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ مَآءً فَأَخْرَجَ بِهِۦ مِنَ ٱلثَّمَرَٰتِ رِزْقًا لَّكُمْ فَلَا تَجْعَلُوا۟ لِلَّهِ أَندَادًا وَأَنتُمْ تَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladhee ja'ala lakumu l-'arda firaashan was-samaa'a binaa'an wa'anzala mina s-samaa'i maa'an fa'akhraja bihi mina th-thamaraati rizqan lakum falaa taj'aloo lillaahi andaadan wa'antum ta'lamoon

DIN 31635allaḏī ǧaʿala lakumu l-ʾarḍa firāšan was-samāʾa bināʾan waʾanzala mina s-samāʾi māʾan faʾaḫraǧa bihi mina ṯ-ṯamarāti rizqan lakum falā taǧʿalū lillāhi ʾandādan waʾantum taʿlamūna

He who made the earth a habitat for you, and the sky a structure, and sends water down from the sky, and brings out fruits thereby, as a sustenance for you. Therefore, do not assign rivals to God while you know.

Compare translations (4)

Who hath appointed the earth a resting-place for you, and the sky a canopy; and causeth water to pour down from the sky, thereby producing fruits as food for you. And do not set up rivals to Allah when ye know (better)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

who made the earth for you a bed and the heaven a dome; and sent down from heaven water, and brought forth therewith fruits as a sustenance for you; so make no peers for God, the while ye know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Who hath made the earth a bed for you, and the heaven a covering, and hath caused water to come down from heaven, and by it hath brought forth fruits for your sustenance! Do not then wittingly give peers to God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

who hath spread the earth as a bed for you, and the heaven as a covering, and hath caused water to descend from heaven, and thereby produced fruits for your sustenance. Set not up therefore any equals unto God, against your own knowledge

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:23

وَإِن كُنتُمْ فِى رَيْبٍ مِّمَّا نَزَّلْنَا عَلَىٰ عَبْدِنَا فَأْتُوا۟ بِسُورَةٍ مِّن مِّثْلِهِۦ وَٱدْعُوا۟ شُهَدَآءَكُم مِّن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'in kuntum fee raybin mimmaa nazzalnaa 'alaa 'abdinaa fa'too bisooratin min mithlihi wad'oo shuhadaa'akum min dooni llaahi in kuntum saadiqeen

DIN 31635waʾin kuntum fī raybin mimmā nazzalnā ʿalā ʿabdinā faʾtū bisūratin min miṯlihi wadʿū šuhadāʾakum min dūni llāhi ʾin kuntum ṣādiqīna

And if you are in doubt about what We have revealed to Our servant, then produce a chapter like these, and call your witnesses apart from God, if you are truthful.

Compare translations (4)

And if ye are in doubt concerning that which We reveal unto Our slave (Muhammad), then produce a surah of the like thereof, and call your witness beside Allah if ye are truthful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And if ye are in doubt of what we have revealed unto our servant, then bring a chapter like it, and call your witnesses other than God if ye tell truth

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And if ye be in doubt as to that which we have sent down to our servant, then produce a Sura like it, and summon your witnesses, beside God, if ye are men of truth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

If ye be in doubt concerning that revelation which We have sent down unto our servant, produce a chapter like unto it, and call upon your witnesses, besides God, if ye say truth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:24

فَإِن لَّمْ تَفْعَلُوا۟ وَلَن تَفْعَلُوا۟ فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱلنَّارَ ٱلَّتِى وَقُودُهَا ٱلنَّاسُ وَٱلْحِجَارَةُ أُعِدَّتْ لِلْكَٰفِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fa'in lam taf'aloo walan taf'aloo faattaqoo n-naara llatee waqooduhaa n-naasu wal-hijaaratu u'iddat lilkaafireen

DIN 31635faʾin lam tafʿalū walan tafʿalū fāttaqū n-nāra llatī waqūduhā n-nāsu wal-ḥiǧāratu ʾuʿiddat lilkāfirīna

But if you do not-and you will not-then beware the Fire whose fuel is people and stones, prepared for the disbelievers.

Compare translations (4)

And if ye do it not - and ye can never do it - then guard yourselves against the Fire prepared for disbelievers, whose fuel is of men and stones

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But if ye do it not, and ye shall surely do it not, then fear the fire whose fuel is men and stones, prepared for misbelievers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But if ye do it not, and never shall ye do it, then fear the fire prepared for the infidels, whose fuel is men and stones

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But if ye do it not, nor shall ever be able to do it; justly fear the fire whose fewel is men and stones, prepared for the unbeliebers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:25

وَبَشِّرِ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ أَنَّ لَهُمْ جَنَّٰتٍ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ كُلَّمَا رُزِقُوا۟ مِنْهَا مِن ثَمَرَةٍ رِّزْقًا قَالُوا۟ هَٰذَا ٱلَّذِى رُزِقْنَا مِن قَبْلُ وَأُتُوا۟ بِهِۦ مُتَشَٰبِهًا وَلَهُمْ فِيهَآ أَزْوَٰجٌ مُّطَهَّرَةٌ وَهُمْ فِيهَا خَٰلِدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wabashshiri lladheena aamanoo wa'amiloo s-saalihaati anna lahum jannaatin tajree min tahtihaa l-'anhaaru kullamaa ruziqoo minhaa min thamaratin rizqan qaaloo haadhaa lladhee ruziqnaa min qablu wa'utoo bihi mutashaabihan walahum feehaa azwaajun mutahharatun wahum feehaa khaalidoon

DIN 31635wabašširi llaḏīna ʾāmanū waʿamilū ṣ-ṣāliḥāti ʾanna lahum ǧannātin taǧrī min taḥtihā l-ʾanhāru kullamā ruziqū minhā min ṯamaratin rizqan qālū hāḏā llaḏī ruziqnā min qablu waʾutū bihi mutašābihan walahum fīhā ʾazwāǧun muṭahharatun wahum fīhā ḫālidūna

And give good news to those who believe and do righteous deeds; that they will have gardens beneath which rivers flow. Whenever they are provided with fruit therefrom as sustenance, they will say, "This is what we were provided with before," and they will be given the like of it. And they will have pure spouses therein, and they will abide therein forever.

Compare translations (4)

And give glad tidings (O Muhammad) unto those who believe and do good works; that theirs are Gardens underneath which rivers flow; as often as they are regaled with food of the fruit thereof, they say: this is what was given us aforetime; and it is given to them in resemblance. There for them are pure companions; there for ever they abide

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But bear the glad tidings to those who believe and work righteousness, that for them are gardens beneath which rivers flow; whenever they are provided with fruit therefrom they say, 'This is what we were provided with before,' and they shall be provided with the like; and there are pure wives for them therein, and they shall dwell therein for aye

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But announce to those who believe and do the things that are right, that for them are gardens 'neath which the rivers flow! So oft as they are fed therefrom with fruit for sustenance, they shall say, "This same was our sustenance of old:" And they shall have its like given to them. Therein shall they have wives of perfect purity, and therein shall they abide for ever

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But bear good tidings unto those who believe, and do good works, that they shall have gardens watered by rivers; so often as they eat of the fruit thereof for sustenance, they shall say, this is what we have formerly eaten of; and they shall be supplied with several sorts of fruit having a mutual resemblance to one another. There shall they enjoy wives subject to no impurity, and there shall they continue for ever

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:26

إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَسْتَحْىِۦٓ أَن يَضْرِبَ مَثَلًا مَّا بَعُوضَةً فَمَا فَوْقَهَا فَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ فَيَعْلَمُونَ أَنَّهُ ٱلْحَقُّ مِن رَّبِّهِمْ وَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ فَيَقُولُونَ مَاذَآ أَرَادَ ٱللَّهُ بِهَٰذَا مَثَلًا يُضِلُّ بِهِۦ كَثِيرًا وَيَهْدِى بِهِۦ كَثِيرًا وَمَا يُضِلُّ بِهِۦٓ إِلَّا ٱلْفَٰسِقِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna llaaha laa yastahyee an yadriba mathalan maa ba'oodatan famaa fawqahaa fa'ammaa lladheena aamanoo faya'lamoona annahu l-haqqu min rabbihim wa'ammaa lladheena kafaroo fayaqooloona maadhaa araada llaahu bihaadhaa mathalan yudillu bihi katheeran wayahdee bihi katheeran wamaa yudillu bihi illaa l-faasiqeen

DIN 31635ʾinna llāha lā yastaḥyī ʾan yaḍriba maṯalan mā baʿūḍatan famā fawqahā faʾammā llaḏīna ʾāmanū fayaʿlamūna ʾannahu l-ḥaqqu min rabbihim waʾammā llaḏīna kafarū fayaqūlūna māḏā ʾarāda llāhu bihāḏā maṯalan yuḍillu bihi kaṯīran wayahdī bihi kaṯīran wamā yuḍillu bihi ʾillā l-fāsiqīna

God does not shy away from making an example of a gnat, or something above it. As for those who believe, they know that it is the Truth from their Lord. But as for those who disbelieve, they say, "What did God intend by this example?" He leads astray many thereby, and He guides many thereby; but He misleads thereby only the evildoers.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! Allah disdaineth not to coin the similitude even of a gnat. Those who believe know that it is the truth from their Lord; but those who disbelieve say: What doth Allah wish (to teach) by such a similitude? He misleadeth many thereby, and He guideth many thereby; and He misleadeth thereby only miscreants

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Why, God is not ashamed to set forth a parable of a gnat, or anything beyond; and as for those who believe, they know that it is truth from the Lord; but as for those who disbelieve, they say, 'What is it that God means by this as a parable? He leads astray many and He guides many;' - but He leads astray only the evildoers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Verily God is not ashamed to set forth as well the instance of a gnat as of any nobler object: for as to those who have believed, they know it to be the truth from their Lord; but as to the unbelievers, they will say, "What meaneth God by this comparison?" Many will He mislead by such parables and many guide: but none will He mislead thereby except the wicked

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Moreover God will not be ashamed to propound in a parable a gnat, or even a more despicable thing; for they who believe will know it to be the truth from their Lord; but the unbelievers will say, What meaneth God by this parable? He will thereby mislead many, and will direct many thereby: but He will not mislead any thereby, except the transgressors

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:27

ٱلَّذِينَ يَنقُضُونَ عَهْدَ ٱللَّهِ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مِيثَٰقِهِۦ وَيَقْطَعُونَ مَآ أَمَرَ ٱللَّهُ بِهِۦٓ أَن يُوصَلَ وَيُفْسِدُونَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْخَٰسِرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena yanqudoona 'ahda llaahi min ba'di meethaaqihi wayaqta'oona maa amara llaahu bihi an yoosala wayufsidoona fee l-'ardi oolaa'ika humu l-khaasiroon

DIN 31635allaḏīna yanquḍūna ʿahda llāhi min baʿdi mīṯāqihi wayaqṭaʿūna mā ʾamara llāhu bihi ʾan yūṣala wayufsidūna fī l-ʾarḍi ʾūlāʾika humu l-ḫāsirūna

Those who violate God's covenant after its confirmation, and sever what God has commanded to be joined, and commit evil on earth. These are the losers.

Compare translations (4)

Those who break the covenant of Allah after ratifying it, and sever that which Allah ordered to be joined, and (who) make mischief in the earth: Those are they who are the losers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

who break God's covenant after the fixing thereof, and cut asunder what God has ordered to be joined, and do evil in the earth;- these it is who lose

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Who, after its establishment, violate the covenant of God, and cut in sunder what God hath bidden to be joined, and act disorderly on the Earth. These are they who shall suffer loss

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

who make void the covenant of God after the establishing thereof, and cut in sunder that which God hath commanded to be joined, and act corruptly in the earth; they shall perish

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:28

كَيْفَ تَكْفُرُونَ بِٱللَّهِ وَكُنتُمْ أَمْوَٰتًا فَأَحْيَٰكُمْ ثُمَّ يُمِيتُكُمْ ثُمَّ يُحْيِيكُمْ ثُمَّ إِلَيْهِ تُرْجَعُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)kayfa takfuroona billaahi wakuntum amwaatan fa'ahyaakum thumma yumeetukum thumma yuhyeekum thumma ilayhi turja'oon

DIN 31635kayfa takfurūna billāhi wakuntum ʾamwātan faʾaḥyākum ṯumma yumītukum ṯumma yuḥyīkum ṯumma ʾilayhi turǧaʿūna

How can you deny God, when you were dead and He gave you life, then He will put you to death, then He will bring you to life, then to Him you will be returned?

Compare translations (4)

How disbelieve ye in Allah when ye were dead and He gave life to you! Then He will give you death, then life again, and then unto Him ye will return

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

How can ye disbelieve in God, when ye were dead and He made you alive, and then He will kill you and then make you alive again, and then to Him will ye return

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

How can ye withhold faith from God? Ye were dead and He gave you life; next He will cause you to die; next He will restore you to life: next shall ye return to Him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

How is it that ye believe not in God? Since ye were dead, and He gave you life; He will hereafter cause you to die, and will again restore you to life; then shall ye return unto Him

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:29

هُوَ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ لَكُم مَّا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ جَمِيعًا ثُمَّ ٱسْتَوَىٰٓ إِلَى ٱلسَّمَآءِ فَسَوَّىٰهُنَّ سَبْعَ سَمَٰوَٰتٍ وَهُوَ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)huwa lladhee khalaqa lakum maa fee l-'ardi jamee'an thumma stawaa ilaa s-samaa'i fasawwaahunna sab'a samaawaatin wahuwa bikulli shay'in 'aleem

DIN 31635huwa llaḏī ḫalaqa lakum mā fī l-ʾarḍi ǧamīʿan ṯumma stawā ʾilā s-samāʾi fasawwāhunna sabʿa samāwātin wahuwa bikulli šayʾin ʿalīmun

It is He who created for you everything on earth, then turned to the heaven, and made them seven heavens. And He is aware of all things.

Compare translations (4)

He it is Who created for you all that is in the earth. Then turned He to the heaven, and fashioned it as seven heavens. And He is knower of all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

It is He who created for you all that is in the earth, then he made for the heavens and fashioned them seven heavens; and He knows all things

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

He it is who created for you all that is on Earth, then proceeded to the Heaven, and into seven Heavens did He fashion it: and He knoweth all things

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

It is He who hath created for you whatsoever is on earth, and then set his mind to the creation of heaven, and formed it into seven heavens; He knoweth all things

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:30

وَإِذْ قَالَ رَبُّكَ لِلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةِ إِنِّى جَاعِلٌ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ خَلِيفَةً قَالُوٓا۟ أَتَجْعَلُ فِيهَا مَن يُفْسِدُ فِيهَا وَيَسْفِكُ ٱلدِّمَآءَ وَنَحْنُ نُسَبِّحُ بِحَمْدِكَ وَنُقَدِّسُ لَكَ قَالَ إِنِّىٓ أَعْلَمُ مَا لَا تَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh qaala rabbuka lilmalaa'ikati innee jaa'ilun fee l-'ardi khaleefatan qaaloo ataj'alu feehaa man yufsidu feehaa wayasfiku d-dimaa'a wanahnu nusabbihu bihamdika wanuqaddisu laka qaala innee a'lamu maa laa ta'lamoon

DIN 31635waʾiḏ qāla rabbuka lilmalāʾikati ʾinnī ǧāʿilun fī l-ʾarḍi ḫalīfatan qālū ʾataǧʿalu fīhā man yufsidu fīhā wayasfiku d-dimāʾa wanaḥnu nusabbiḥu biḥamdika wanuqaddisu laka qāla ʾinnī ʾaʿlamu mā lā taʿlamūna

When your Lord said to the angels, "I am placing a successor on earth." They said, "Will You place in it someone who will cause corruption in it and shed blood, while we declare Your praises and sanctify You?" He said, "I know what you do not know."

Compare translations (4)

And when thy Lord said unto the angels: Lo! I am about to place a viceroy in the earth, they said: Wilt thou place therein one who will do harm therein and will shed blood, while we, we hymn Thy praise and sanctify Thee? He said: Surely I know that which ye know not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when thy Lord said unto the angels, 'I am about to place a vicegerent in the earth,' they said, 'Wilt Thou place therein one who will do evil therein and shed blood? we celebrate Thy praise and hallow Thee.' Said (the Lord), 'I know what ye know not

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

When thy Lord said to the angels, "Verily, I am about to place one in my stead on earth," they said, "Wilt thou place there one who will do ill therein and shed blood, when we celebrate thy praise and extol thy holiness?" God said, "Verily, I know what ye know not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

When thy Lord said unto the angels, I am going to place a substitute on earth; they said, Wilt thou place there one who will do evil therein, and shed blood? But we celebrate thy praise, and sanctify Thee. God answered, verily I know that which ye know not

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:31

وَعَلَّمَ ءَادَمَ ٱلْأَسْمَآءَ كُلَّهَا ثُمَّ عَرَضَهُمْ عَلَى ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةِ فَقَالَ أَنۢبِـُٔونِى بِأَسْمَآءِ هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'allama aadama l-'asmaa'a kullahaa thumma 'aradahum 'alaa l-malaa'ikati faqaala anbi'oonee bi'asmaa'i haa'ulaa'i in kuntum saadiqeen

DIN 31635waʿallama ʾādama l-ʾasmāʾa kullahā ṯumma ʿaraḍahum ʿalā l-malāʾikati faqāla ʾanbiʾūnī biʾasmāʾi hāʾulāʾi ʾin kuntum ṣādiqīna

And He taught Adam the names, all of them; then he presented them to the angels, and said, "Tell Me the names of these, if you are sincere."

Compare translations (4)

And He taught Adam all the names, then showed them to the angels, saying: Inform Me of the names of these, if ye are truthful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And He taught Adam the names, all of them; then He propounded them to the angels and said, 'Declare to me the names of these, if ye are truthful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And he taught Adam the names of all things, and then set them before the angels, and said, "Tell me the names of these, if ye are endued with wisdom

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and He taught Adam the names of all things, and then proposed them to the angels, and said, declare unto Me the names of these things if ye say truth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:32

قَالُوا۟ سُبْحَٰنَكَ لَا عِلْمَ لَنَآ إِلَّا مَا عَلَّمْتَنَآ إِنَّكَ أَنتَ ٱلْعَلِيمُ ٱلْحَكِيمُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qaaloo subhaanaka laa 'ilma lanaa illaa maa 'allamtanaa innaka anta l-'aleemu l-hakeem

DIN 31635qālū subḥānaka lā ʿilma lanā ʾillā mā ʿallamtanā ʾinnaka ʾanta l-ʿalīmu l-ḥakīmu

They said, "Glory be to You! We have no knowledge except what You have taught us. It is you who are the Knowledgeable, the Wise."

Compare translations (4)

They said: Be glorified! We have no knowledge saving that which Thou hast taught us. Lo! Thou, only Thou, art the Knower, the Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They said, 'Glory be to Thee! no knowledge is ours but what Thou thyself hast taught us, verily, Thou art the knowing, the wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They said, "Praise be to Thee! We have no knowledge but what Thou hast given us to know. Thou! Thou art the Knowing, the Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They answered, praise be unto thee, we have no knowledge but what Thou teachest us, for Thou art knowing and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:33

قَالَ يَٰٓـَٔادَمُ أَنۢبِئْهُم بِأَسْمَآئِهِمْ فَلَمَّآ أَنۢبَأَهُم بِأَسْمَآئِهِمْ قَالَ أَلَمْ أَقُل لَّكُمْ إِنِّىٓ أَعْلَمُ غَيْبَ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَأَعْلَمُ مَا تُبْدُونَ وَمَا كُنتُمْ تَكْتُمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qaala yaa aadamu anbi'hum bi'asmaa'ihim falammaa anba'ahum bi'asmaa'ihim qaala alam aqul lakum innee a'lamu ghayba s-samaawaati wal-'ardi wa'a'lamu maa tubdoona wamaa kuntum taktumoon

DIN 31635qāla yā ʾādamu ʾanbiʾhum biʾasmāʾihim falammā ʾanbaʾahum biʾasmāʾihim qāla ʾalam ʾaqul lakum ʾinnī ʾaʿlamu ġayba s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍi waʾaʿlamu mā tubdūna wamā kuntum taktumūna

He said, "O Adam, tell them their names." And when he told them their names, He said, "Did I not tell you that I know the secrets of the heavens and the earth, and that I know what you reveal and what you conceal?"

Compare translations (4)

He said: O Adam! Inform them of their names, and when he had informed them of their names, He said: Did I not tell you that I know the secret of the heavens and the earth? And I know that which ye disclose and which ye hide

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Said the Lord, 'O Adam declare to them their names;' and when he had declared to them their names He said, Did I not say to you, I know the secrets of the heavens and of the earth, and I know what ye show and what ye were hiding

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

He said, "O Adam, inform them of their names." And when he had informed them of their names, He said, "Did I not say to you that I know the hidden things of the Heavens and of the Earth, and that I know what ye bring to light, and what ye hide

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God said, O Adam, tell them their names. And when he had told them their names, God said, did I not tell you that I know the secrets of heaven and earth, and know that which ye discover, and that which ye conceal

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:34

وَإِذْ قُلْنَا لِلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةِ ٱسْجُدُوا۟ لِـَٔادَمَ فَسَجَدُوٓا۟ إِلَّآ إِبْلِيسَ أَبَىٰ وَٱسْتَكْبَرَ وَكَانَ مِنَ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh qulnaa lilmalaa'ikati sjudoo li'aadama fasajadoo illaa ibleesa abaa wastakbara wakaana mina l-kaafireen

DIN 31635waʾiḏ qulnā lilmalāʾikati sǧudū liʾādama fasaǧadū ʾillā ʾiblīsa ʾabā wastakbara wakāna mina l-kāfirīna

The translators word this verse differently

And We said to the angels, "Bow down to Adam." They bowed down, except for Satan. He refused, was arrogant, and was one of the disbelievers.

Compare translations (4)

And when We said unto the angels: Prostrate yourselves before Adam, they fell prostrate, all save Iblis. He demurred through pride, and so became a disbeliever

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when we said to the angels, 'Adore Adam,' they adored him save only Iblis, who refused and was too proud and became one of the misbelievers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when we said to the angels, "Bow down and worship Adam," then worshipped they all, save Eblis. He refused and swelled with pride, and became one of the unbelievers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when We said unto the angels, worship Adam; they all worshipped him, except Eblis who refused, and was puffed up with pride, and became of the number of unbelievers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:35

وَقُلْنَا يَٰٓـَٔادَمُ ٱسْكُنْ أَنتَ وَزَوْجُكَ ٱلْجَنَّةَ وَكُلَا مِنْهَا رَغَدًا حَيْثُ شِئْتُمَا وَلَا تَقْرَبَا هَٰذِهِ ٱلشَّجَرَةَ فَتَكُونَا مِنَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqulnaa yaa aadamu skun anta wazawjuka l-jannata wakulaa minhaa raghadan haythu shi'tumaa walaa taqrabaa haadhihi sh-shajarata fatakoonaa mina z-zaalimeen

DIN 31635waqulnā yā ʾādamu skun ʾanta wazawǧuka l-ǧannata wakulā minhā raġadan ḥayṯu šiʾtumā walā taqrabā hāḏihi š-šaǧarata fatakūnā mina ẓ-ẓālimīna

We said, "O Adam, inhabit the Garden, you and your spouse, and eat from it freely as you please, but do not approach this tree, lest you become wrongdoers."

Compare translations (4)

And We said: O Adam! Dwell thou and thy wife in the Garden, and eat ye freely (of the fruits) thereof where ye will; but come not nigh this tree lest ye become wrong-doers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And we said, 'O Adam dwell, thou and thy wife, in Paradise, and eat therefrom amply as you wish; but do not draw near this tree or ye will be of the transgressors

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And we said, "O Adam! dwell thou and thy wife in the Garden, and eat ye plentifully therefrom wherever ye list; but to this tree come not nigh, lest ye become of the transgressors

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And We said, O Adam, dwell thou and thy wife in the garden, and eat of the fruit thereof plentifully wherever ye will; but approach not this tree, lest ye become of the number of the transgressors

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:36

فَأَزَلَّهُمَا ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ عَنْهَا فَأَخْرَجَهُمَا مِمَّا كَانَا فِيهِ وَقُلْنَا ٱهْبِطُوا۟ بَعْضُكُمْ لِبَعْضٍ عَدُوٌّ وَلَكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مُسْتَقَرٌّ وَمَتَٰعٌ إِلَىٰ حِينٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fa'azallahumaa sh-shaytaanu 'anhaa fa'akhrajahumaa mimmaa kaanaa feehi waqulnaa hbitoo ba'dukum liba'din 'aduwwun walakum fee l-'ardi mustaqarrun wamataa'un ilaa heen

DIN 31635faʾazallahumā š-šayṭānu ʿanhā faʾaḫraǧahumā mimmā kānā fīhi waqulnā hbiṭū baʿḍukum libaʿḍin ʿaduwwun walakum fī l-ʾarḍi mustaqarrun wamatāʿun ʾilā ḥīnin

But Satan caused them to slip from it, and caused them to depart the state they were in. We said, "Go down, some of you enemies of one another. And you will have residence on earth, and enjoyment for a while."

Compare translations (4)

But Satan caused them to deflect therefrom and expelled them from the (happy) state in which they were; and We said: Fall down, one of you a foe unto the other! There shall be for you on earth a habitation and provision for a time

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And Satan made them backslide therefrom and drove them out from what they were in, and we said, 'Go down, one of you the enemy of the other, and in the earth there is an abode and a provision for a time

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But Satan made them slip from it, and caused their banishment from the place in which they were. And we said, "Get ye down, the one of you an enemy to the other: and there shall be for you in the earth a dwelling-place, and a provision for a time

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But Satan caused them to forfeit paradise, and turned them out of the state of happiness wherein they had been; whereupon We said, get ye down, the one of you an enemy unto the other, and there shall be a dwelling place for you in earth, and a provision for a season

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:37

فَتَلَقَّىٰٓ ءَادَمُ مِن رَّبِّهِۦ كَلِمَٰتٍ فَتَابَ عَلَيْهِ إِنَّهُۥ هُوَ ٱلتَّوَّابُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fatalaqqaa aadamu min rabbihi kalimaatin fataaba 'alayhi innahu huwa t-tawwaabu r-raheem

DIN 31635fatalaqqā ʾādamu min rabbihi kalimātin fatāba ʿalayhi ʾinnahu huwa t-tawwābu r-raḥīmu

Then Adam received words from his Lord, so He relented towards him. He is the Relenting, the Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

Then Adam received from his Lord words (of revelation), and He relented toward him. Lo! He is the relenting, the Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And Adam caught certain words from his Lord, and He turned towards him, for He is the compassionate one easily turned

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And words of prayer learned Adam from his Lord: and God turned to him; for He loveth to turn, the Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And Adam learned words of prayer from his Lord, and God turned unto him, for He is easy to be reconciled and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:38

قُلْنَا ٱهْبِطُوا۟ مِنْهَا جَمِيعًا فَإِمَّا يَأْتِيَنَّكُم مِّنِّى هُدًى فَمَن تَبِعَ هُدَاىَ فَلَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qulnaa hbitoo minhaa jamee'an fa'immaa ya'tiyannakum minnee hudan faman tabi'a hudaaya falaa khawfun 'alayhim walaa hum yahzanoon

DIN 31635qulnā hbiṭū minhā ǧamīʿan faʾimmā yaʾtiyannakum minnī hudan faman tabiʿa hudāya falā ḫawfun ʿalayhim walā hum yaḥzanūna

We said, "Go down from it, all of you. Yet whenever guidance comes to you from Me, then whoever follows My guidance-they have nothing to fear, nor shall they grieve.

Compare translations (4)

We said: Go down, all of you, from hence; but verily there cometh unto you from Me a guidance; and whoso followeth My guidance, there shall no fear come upon them neither shall they grieve

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

We said, 'Go down therefrom altogether and haply there may come from me a guidance, and whoso follows my guidance, no fear is theirs, nor shall they grieve

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

We said, "Get ye down from it, all together: and if Guidance shall come to you from me, whoso shall follow my guidance, on them shall come no fear, neither shall they be grieved

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

We said, get ye all down from hence; hereafter shall there come unto you a direction from me, and whoever shall follow my direction, on them shall no fear come, neither shall they be grieved

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:39

وَٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَكَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَآ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلنَّارِ هُمْ فِيهَا خَٰلِدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walladheena kafaroo wakadhdhaboo bi'aayaatinaa oolaa'ika ashaabu n-naari hum feehaa khaalidoon

DIN 31635wallaḏīna kafarū wakaḏḏabū biʾāyātinā ʾūlāʾika ʾaṣḥābu n-nāri hum fīhā ḫālidūna

But as for those who disbelieve and reject Our signs-these are the inmates of the Fire-wherein they will remain forever."

Compare translations (4)

But they who disbelieve, and deny Our revelations, such are rightful Peoples of the Fire. They will abide therein

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But those who misbelieve, and call our signs lies, they are the fellows of the Fire, they shall dwell therein for aye

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But they who shall not believe, and treat our signs as false-hoods, these shall be inmates of the fire; in it shall they remain for ever

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

but they who shall be unbelievers, and accuse our signs of falsehood, they shall be the companions of hell fire, therein shall they remain for ever

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:40

يَٰبَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ ٱذْكُرُوا۟ نِعْمَتِىَ ٱلَّتِىٓ أَنْعَمْتُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَأَوْفُوا۟ بِعَهْدِىٓ أُوفِ بِعَهْدِكُمْ وَإِيَّٰىَ فَٱرْهَبُونِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa banee israa'eela dhkuroo ni'matiya llatee an'amtu 'alaykum wa'awfoo bi'ahdee oofi bi'ahdikum wa'iyyaaya farhaboon

DIN 31635yā banī ʾisrāʾīla ḏkurū niʿmatiya llatī ʾanʿamtu ʿalaykum waʾawfū biʿahdī ʾūfi biʿahdikum waʾiyyāya farhabūni

O Children of Israel! Remember My blessings which I bestowed upon you, and fulfill your pledge to Me, and I will fulfill My pledge to you, and fear Me.

Compare translations (4)

O Children of Israel! Remember My favour wherewith I favoured you, and fulfil your (part of the) covenant, I shall fulfil My (part of the) covenant, and fear Me

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye children of Israel! remember my favours which I have favoured you with; fulfil my covenant and I will fulfil your covenant; me therefore dread

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O children of Israel! remember my favour wherewith I shewed favour upon you, and be true to your covenant with me; I will be true to my covenant with you; me therefore, revere me

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O children of Israel, remember my favour wherewith I have favoured you; and perform your covenant with me, and I will perform my covenant with you; and revere me

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:41

وَءَامِنُوا۟ بِمَآ أَنزَلْتُ مُصَدِّقًا لِّمَا مَعَكُمْ وَلَا تَكُونُوٓا۟ أَوَّلَ كَافِرٍۭ بِهِۦ وَلَا تَشْتَرُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِى ثَمَنًا قَلِيلًا وَإِيَّٰىَ فَٱتَّقُونِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'aaminoo bimaa anzaltu musaddiqan limaa ma'akum walaa takoonoo awwala kaafirin bihi walaa tashtaroo bi'aayaatee thamanan qaleelan wa'iyyaaya faattaqoon

DIN 31635waʾāminū bimā ʾanzaltu muṣaddiqan limā maʿakum walā takūnū ʾawwala kāfirin bihi walā taštarū biʾāyātī ṯamanan qalīlan waʾiyyāya fāttaqūni

And believe in what I revealed, confirming what is with you; and do not be the first to deny it; and do not exchange My revelations for a small price; and be conscious of Me.

Compare translations (4)

And believe in that which I reveal, confirming that which ye possess already (of the Scripture), and be not first to disbelieve therein, and part not with My revelations for a trifling price, and keep your duty unto Me

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Believe in what I have revealed, verifying what ye have got, and be not the first to disbelieve in it, and do not barter my signs for a little price, and me do ye fear

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

and believe in what I have sent down confirming your Scriptures, and be not the first to disbelieve it, neither for a mean price barter my signs: me therefore, fear ye me

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and believe in the revelation which I have sent down, confirming that which is with you, and be not the first who believe not therein, neither exchange my signs for a small price; and fear me

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:42

وَلَا تَلْبِسُوا۟ ٱلْحَقَّ بِٱلْبَٰطِلِ وَتَكْتُمُوا۟ ٱلْحَقَّ وَأَنتُمْ تَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa talbisoo l-haqqa bil-baatili wataktumoo l-haqqa wa'antum ta'lamoon

DIN 31635walā talbisū l-ḥaqqa bil-bāṭili wataktumū l-ḥaqqa waʾantum taʿlamūna

The translators word this verse differently

And do not mix truth with falsehood, and do not conceal the truth while you know.

Compare translations (4)

Confound not truth with falsehood, nor knowingly conceal the truth

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Clothe not truth with vanity, nor hide the truth the while ye know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And clothe not the truth with falsehood, and hide not the truth when ye know it

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Cloath not the truth with vanity, neither conceal the truth against your own knowledge

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:43

وَأَقِيمُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَءَاتُوا۟ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَٱرْكَعُوا۟ مَعَ ٱلرَّٰكِعِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'aqeemoo s-salaata wa'aatoo z-zakaata warka'oo ma'a r-raaki'een

DIN 31635waʾaqīmū ṣ-ṣalāta waʾātū z-zakāta warkaʿū maʿa r-rākiʿīna

The translators word this verse differently

And attend to your prayers, and practice regular charity, and kneel with those who kneel.

Compare translations (4)

Establish worship, pay the poor-due, and bow your heads with those who bow (in worship)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Be steadfast in prayer, give the alms, and bow down with those who bow

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And observe prayer and pay the legal impost, and bow down with those who bow

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

observe the stated times of prayer, and pay your legal alms, and bow down yourselves with those who bow down

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:44

أَتَأْمُرُونَ ٱلنَّاسَ بِٱلْبِرِّ وَتَنسَوْنَ أَنفُسَكُمْ وَأَنتُمْ تَتْلُونَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ أَفَلَا تَعْقِلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)ata'muroona n-naasa bil-birri watansawna anfusakum wa'antum tatloona l-kitaaba afalaa ta'qiloon

DIN 31635ʾataʾmurūna n-nāsa bil-birri watansawna ʾanfusakum waʾantum tatlūna l-kitāba ʾafalā taʿqilūna

The translators word this verse differently

Do you command people to virtuous conduct, and forget yourselves, even though you read the Scripture? Do you not understand?

Compare translations (4)

Enjoin ye righteousness upon mankind while ye yourselves forget (to practise it)? And ye are readers of the Scripture! Have ye then no sense

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Will ye order men to do piety and forget yourselves? ye read the Book, do ye not then understand

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Will ye enjoin what is right upon others, and forget yourselves? Yet ye read the Book: will ye not understand

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Will ye command men to do justice, and forget your own souls? Yet ye read the book of the law: Do ye not therefore understand

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:45

وَٱسْتَعِينُوا۟ بِٱلصَّبْرِ وَٱلصَّلَوٰةِ وَإِنَّهَا لَكَبِيرَةٌ إِلَّا عَلَى ٱلْخَٰشِعِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wasta'eenoo bis-sabri was-salaati wa'innahaa lakabeeratun illaa 'alaa l-khaashi'een

DIN 31635wastaʿīnū biṣ-ṣabri waṣ-ṣalāti waʾinnahā lakabīratun ʾillā ʿalā l-ḫāšiʿīna

And seek help through patience and prayer. But it is difficult, except for the devout.

Compare translations (4)

Seek help in patience and prayer; and truly it is hard save for the humble-minded

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Seek aid with patience and prayer, though it is a hard thing save for the humble

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And seek help with patience and prayer: a hard duty indeed is this, but not to the humble

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Ask help with perseverance and prayer; this indeed is grievous, unless to the humble

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:46

ٱلَّذِينَ يَظُنُّونَ أَنَّهُم مُّلَٰقُوا۟ رَبِّهِمْ وَأَنَّهُمْ إِلَيْهِ رَٰجِعُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena yazunnoona annahum mulaaqoo rabbihim wa'annahum ilayhi raaji'oon

DIN 31635allaḏīna yaẓunnūna ʾannahum mulāqū rabbihim waʾannahum ʾilayhi rāǧiʿūna

Those who know that they will meet their Lord, and that to Him they will return.

Compare translations (4)

Who know that they will have to meet their Lord, and that unto Him they are returning

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

who think that they will meet their Lord, and that to Him will they return

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Who bear in mind that they shall meet their Lord, and that unto Him shall they return

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

who seriously think they shall meet their Lord, and that to Him they shall return

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:47

يَٰبَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ ٱذْكُرُوا۟ نِعْمَتِىَ ٱلَّتِىٓ أَنْعَمْتُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَأَنِّى فَضَّلْتُكُمْ عَلَى ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa banee israa'eela dhkuroo ni'matiya llatee an'amtu 'alaykum wa'annee faddaltukum 'alaa l-'aalameen

DIN 31635yā banī ʾisrāʾīla ḏkurū niʿmatiya llatī ʾanʿamtu ʿalaykum waʾannī faḍḍaltukum ʿalā l-ʿālamīna

O Children of Israel! Remember My favor which I bestowed upon you, and I that favored you over all nations.

Compare translations (4)

O Children of Israel! Remember My favour wherewith I favoured you and how I preferred you to (all) creatures

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye children of Israel! remember my favours which I have favoured you with, and that I have preferred you above the worlds

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O children of Israel! remember my favour wherewith I shewed favour upon you; for verily to you above all human beings have I been bounteous

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O children of Israel, remember my favour wherewith I have favoured you, and that I have preferred you above all nations

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:48

وَٱتَّقُوا۟ يَوْمًا لَّا تَجْزِى نَفْسٌ عَن نَّفْسٍ شَيْـًٔا وَلَا يُقْبَلُ مِنْهَا شَفَٰعَةٌ وَلَا يُؤْخَذُ مِنْهَا عَدْلٌ وَلَا هُمْ يُنصَرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waattaqoo yawman laa tajzee nafsun 'an nafsin shay'an walaa yuqbalu minhaa shafaa'atun walaa yu'khadhu minhaa 'adlun walaa hum yunsaroon

DIN 31635wāttaqū yawman lā taǧzī nafsun ʿan nafsin šayʾan walā yuqbalu minhā šafāʿatun walā yuʾḫaḏu minhā ʿadlun walā hum yunṣarūna

And beware of a Day when no soul will avail another in the least, nor will any intercession be accepted on its behalf, nor will any ransom be taken from it, nor will they be helped.

Compare translations (4)

And guard yourselves against a day when no soul will in aught avail another, nor will intercession be accepted from it, nor will compensation be received from it, nor will they be helped

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Fear the day wherein no soul shall pay any recompense for another soul, nor shall intercession be accepted for it, nor shall compensation be taken from it, nor shall they be helped

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And fear ye the day when soul shall not satisfy for soul at all, nor shall any intercession be accepted from them, nor shall any ransom be taken, neither shall they be helped

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Dread the day wherein one soul shall not make satisfaction for another soul, neither shall any intercession be accepted from them, nor shall any compensation be received, neither shall they be helped

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:49

وَإِذْ نَجَّيْنَٰكُم مِّنْ ءَالِ فِرْعَوْنَ يَسُومُونَكُمْ سُوٓءَ ٱلْعَذَابِ يُذَبِّحُونَ أَبْنَآءَكُمْ وَيَسْتَحْيُونَ نِسَآءَكُمْ وَفِى ذَٰلِكُم بَلَآءٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ عَظِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh najjaynaakum min aali fir'awna yasoomoonakum soo'a l-'adhaabi yudhabbihoona abnaa'akum wayastahyoona nisaa'akum wafee dhaalikum balaa'un min rabbikum 'azeem

DIN 31635waʾiḏ naǧǧaynākum min ʾāli firʿawna yasūmūnakum sūʾa l-ʿaḏābi yuḏabbiḥūna ʾabnāʾakum wayastaḥyūna nisāʾakum wafī ḏālikum balāʾun min rabbikum ʿaẓīmun

And recall that We delivered you from the people of Pharaoh. They inflicted on you terrible persecution, killing your sons and sparing your women. Therein was a tremendous trial from your Lord.

Compare translations (4)

And (remember) when We did deliver you from Pharaoh's folk, who were afflicting you with dreadful torment, slaying your sons and sparing your women: that was a tremendous trial from your Lord

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When we saved you from Pharaohs people who sought to wreak you evil and woe, slaughtering your sons and letting your women live; in that was a great trial for you from your Lord

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And remember when we rescued you from the people of Pharaoh, who had laid on you a cruel chastisement. They slew your male children, and let only your females live: and in this was a great trial from your Lord

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Remember when we delivered you from the people of Pharaoh, who grievously oppressed you, they slew your male children, and let your females live: Therein was a great trial from your Lord

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:50

وَإِذْ فَرَقْنَا بِكُمُ ٱلْبَحْرَ فَأَنجَيْنَٰكُمْ وَأَغْرَقْنَآ ءَالَ فِرْعَوْنَ وَأَنتُمْ تَنظُرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh faraqnaa bikumu l-bahra fa'anjaynaakum wa'aghraqnaa aala fir'awna wa'antum tanzuroon

DIN 31635waʾiḏ faraqnā bikumu l-baḥra faʾanǧaynākum waʾaġraqnā ʾāla firʿawna waʾantum tanẓurūna

And recall that We parted the sea for you, so We saved you, and We drowned the people of Pharaoh as you looked on.

Compare translations (4)

And when We brought you through the sea and rescued you, and drowned the folk of Pharaoh in your sight

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When we divided for you the sea and saved you and drowned Pharaohs people while ye looked on

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when we parted the sea for you, and saved you, and drowned the people of Pharaoh, while ye were looking on

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when we divided the sea for you and delivered you, and drowned Pharaoh's people while ye looked on

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:51

وَإِذْ وَٰعَدْنَا مُوسَىٰٓ أَرْبَعِينَ لَيْلَةً ثُمَّ ٱتَّخَذْتُمُ ٱلْعِجْلَ مِنۢ بَعْدِهِۦ وَأَنتُمْ ظَٰلِمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh waa'adnaa moosaa arba'eena laylatan thumma takhadhtumu l-'ijla min ba'dihi wa'antum zaalimoon

DIN 31635waʾiḏ wāʿadnā mūsā ʾarbaʿīna laylatan ṯumma taḫaḏtumu l-ʿiǧla min baʿdihi waʾantum ẓālimūna

And recall that We appointed for Moses forty nights. Then you took to worshiping the calf after him, and you turned wicked.

Compare translations (4)

And when We did appoint for Moses forty nights (of solitude), and then ye chose the calf, when he had gone from you, and were wrong-doers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When we treated with Moses forty nights, then ye took the calf after he had gone and ye did wrong

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when we were in treaty with Moses forty nights: then during his absence took ye the calf and acted wickedly

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when we treated with Moses forty nights; then ye took the calf for your God, and did evil

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:52

ثُمَّ عَفَوْنَا عَنكُم مِّنۢ بَعْدِ ذَٰلِكَ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَشْكُرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)thumma 'afawnaa 'ankum min ba'di dhaalika la'allakum tashkuroon

DIN 31635ṯumma ʿafawnā ʿankum min baʿdi ḏālika laʿallakum taškurūna

Then We pardoned you after that, so that you might be grateful.

Compare translations (4)

Then, even after that, We pardoned you in order that ye might give thanks

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Yet then we forgave you after that; perhaps ye may be grateful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Yet after this we forgave you, that ye might be grateful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

yet afterwards we forgave you, that preadventure ye might give thanks

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:53

وَإِذْ ءَاتَيْنَا مُوسَى ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَٱلْفُرْقَانَ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَهْتَدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh aataynaa moosaa l-kitaaba wal-furqaana la'allakum tahtadoon

DIN 31635waʾiḏ ʾātaynā mūsā l-kitāba wal-furqāna laʿallakum tahtadūna

The translators word this verse differently

And recall that We gave Moses the Scripture and the Criterion, so that you may be guided.

Compare translations (4)

And when We gave unto Moses the Scripture and the criterion (of right and wrong), that ye might be led aright

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when we gave Moses the Scriptures and the Discrimination; perhaps ye will be guided

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when we gave Moses the Book and the Illumination in order to your guidance

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when we gave Moses the book of the law, and the distinction between good and evil, that peradventure ye might be directed

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:54

وَإِذْ قَالَ مُوسَىٰ لِقَوْمِهِۦ يَٰقَوْمِ إِنَّكُمْ ظَلَمْتُمْ أَنفُسَكُم بِٱتِّخَاذِكُمُ ٱلْعِجْلَ فَتُوبُوٓا۟ إِلَىٰ بَارِئِكُمْ فَٱقْتُلُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَكُمْ ذَٰلِكُمْ خَيْرٌ لَّكُمْ عِندَ بَارِئِكُمْ فَتَابَ عَلَيْكُمْ إِنَّهُۥ هُوَ ٱلتَّوَّابُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh qaala moosaa liqawmihi yaa qawmi innakum zalamtum anfusakum bittikhaadhikumu l-'ijla fatooboo ilaa baari'ikum faqtuloo anfusakum dhaalikum khayrun lakum 'inda baari'ikum fataaba 'alaykum innahu huwa t-tawwaabu r-raheem

DIN 31635waʾiḏ qāla mūsā liqawmihi yā qawmi ʾinnakum ẓalamtum ʾanfusakum bittiḫāḏikumu l-ʿiǧla fatūbū ʾilā bāriʾikum faqtulū ʾanfusakum ḏālikum ḫayrun lakum ʿinda bāriʾikum fatāba ʿalaykum ʾinnahu huwa t-tawwābu r-raḥīmu

And recall that Moses said to his people, "O my people, you have done wrong to yourselves by worshiping the calf. So repent to your Maker, and kill your egos. That would be better for you with your Maker." So He turned to you in repentance. He is the Accepter of Repentance, the Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

And when Moses said unto his people: O my people! Ye have wronged yourselves by your choosing of the calf (for worship) so turn in penitence to your Creator, and kill (the guilty) yourselves. That will be best for you with your Creator and He will relent toward you. Lo! He is the Relenting, the Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When Moses said to his people, 'O my people! Ye have wronged yourselves in taking this calf; repent unto your Creator and kill each other; that will be better for you in your Creators eyes; and He turned unto you, for He is the compassionate one easily turned

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And remember when Moses said to his people, "O my people! verily ye - have sinned to your own hurt, by your taking the calf to worship it: Be turned then to your creator, and slay the guilty among you; this will be best for you with your creator:" Then turned He unto you, for He is the one who turneth, the Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when Moses said unto his people, O my people, verily ye have injured your own souls, by your taking the calf for your God; therefore be turned unto your Creator, and slay those among you who have been guilty of that crime; this will be better for you in the sight of your Creator; and thereupon He turned unto you, for He is easy to be reconciled, and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:55

وَإِذْ قُلْتُمْ يَٰمُوسَىٰ لَن نُّؤْمِنَ لَكَ حَتَّىٰ نَرَى ٱللَّهَ جَهْرَةً فَأَخَذَتْكُمُ ٱلصَّٰعِقَةُ وَأَنتُمْ تَنظُرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh qultum yaa moosaa lan nu'mina laka hattaa naraa llaaha jahratan fa'akhadhatkumu s-saa'iqatu wa'antum tanzuroon

DIN 31635waʾiḏ qultum yā mūsā lan nuʾmina laka ḥattā narā llāha ǧahratan faʾaḫaḏatkumu ṣ-ṣāʿiqatu waʾantum tanẓurūna

And recall that you said, "O Moses, we will not believe in you unless we see God plainly." Thereupon the thunderbolt struck you, as you looked on.

Compare translations (4)

And when ye said: O Moses! We will not believe in thee till we see Allah plainly; and even while ye gazed the lightning seized you

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when ye said to Moses, 'O Moses! we will not believe in thee until we see God manifestly,' and the thunderbolt caught you while ye yet looked on

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when ye said, "O Moses! we will not believe thee until we see God plainly;" the thunderbolt fell upon you while ye were looking on

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when ye said, O Moses, we will not believe thee, untill we see God manifestly; therefore a punishment came upon you, while ye looked on

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:56

ثُمَّ بَعَثْنَٰكُم مِّنۢ بَعْدِ مَوْتِكُمْ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَشْكُرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)thumma ba'athnaakum min ba'di mawtikum la'allakum tashkuroon

DIN 31635ṯumma baʿaṯnākum min baʿdi mawtikum laʿallakum taškurūna

Then We revived you after your death, so that you may be appreciative.

Compare translations (4)

Then We revived you after your extinction, that ye might give thanks

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Then we raised you up after your death; perhaps ye may be grateful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Then we raised you to life after ye had been dead, that haply ye might give thanks

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

then we raised you to life after ye had been dead, that peradventure ye might give thanks

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:57

وَظَلَّلْنَا عَلَيْكُمُ ٱلْغَمَامَ وَأَنزَلْنَا عَلَيْكُمُ ٱلْمَنَّ وَٱلسَّلْوَىٰ كُلُوا۟ مِن طَيِّبَٰتِ مَا رَزَقْنَٰكُمْ وَمَا ظَلَمُونَا وَلَٰكِن كَانُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ يَظْلِمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wazallalnaa 'alaykumu l-ghamaama wa'anzalnaa 'alaykumu l-manna was-salwaa kuloo min tayyibaati maa razaqnaakum wamaa zalamoonaa walaakin kaanoo anfusahum yazlimoon

DIN 31635waẓallalnā ʿalaykumu l-ġamāma waʾanzalnā ʿalaykumu l-manna was-salwā kulū min ṭayyibāti mā razaqnākum wamā ẓalamūnā walākin kānū ʾanfusahum yaẓlimūna

And We shaded you with clouds, and We sent down to you manna and quails: "Eat of the good things We have provided for you." They did not wrong Us, but they used to wrong their own souls.

Compare translations (4)

And We caused the white cloud to overshadow you and sent down on you the manna and the quails, (saying): Eat of the good things wherewith We have provided you - they wronged Us not, but they did wrong themselves

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And we overshadowed you with the cloud, and sent down the manna and the quails; 'Eat of the good things we have given you.' They did not wrong us, but it was themselves they were wronging

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And we caused the clouds to overshadow you, and we sent down manna and quails upon you; - "Eat of the good things we have give you for sustenance;" - and they injured not us but they injured themselves

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And We caused clouds to overshadow you, and manna and quails to descend upon you, saying, eat of the food things which We have given you for food: And they injured not Us, but injured their own souls

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:58

وَإِذْ قُلْنَا ٱدْخُلُوا۟ هَٰذِهِ ٱلْقَرْيَةَ فَكُلُوا۟ مِنْهَا حَيْثُ شِئْتُمْ رَغَدًا وَٱدْخُلُوا۟ ٱلْبَابَ سُجَّدًا وَقُولُوا۟ حِطَّةٌ نَّغْفِرْ لَكُمْ خَطَٰيَٰكُمْ وَسَنَزِيدُ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh qulnaa dkhuloo haadhihi l-qaryata fakuloo minhaa haythu shi'tum raghadan wadkhuloo l-baaba sujjadan waqooloo hittatun naghfir lakum khataayaakum wasanazeedu l-muhsineen

DIN 31635waʾiḏ qulnā dḫulū hāḏihi l-qaryata fakulū minhā ḥayṯu šiʾtum raġadan wadḫulū l-bāba suǧǧadan waqūlū ḥiṭṭatun naġfir lakum ḫaṭāyākum wasanazīdu l-muḥsinīna

And recall that We said, "Enter this town, and eat plentifully from it whatever you wish; but enter the gate humbly, and say, 'Pardon.' We will forgive your sins, and give increase to the virtuous."

Compare translations (4)

And when We said: Go into this township and eat freely of that which is therein, and enter the gate prostrate, and say: "Repentance." We will forgive you your sins and will increase (reward) for the right-doers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when we said, 'Enter this city and eat therefrom as plentifully as ye wish; and enter the gate worshipping and say 'hittatun. So will we pardon you your sins and give increase unto those who do well

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when we said, "Enter this city, and eat therefrom plentifully, at your will, and enter the gate with prostrations, and say, 'Forgiveness;' and we will pardon you your sins, and give an increase to the doers of good

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when We said, enter into this city, and eat of the provisions thereof plentifully as ye will; and enter the gate worshipping, and say, forgiveness! We will pardon you your sins, and give increase unto the well-doers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:59

فَبَدَّلَ ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ قَوْلًا غَيْرَ ٱلَّذِى قِيلَ لَهُمْ فَأَنزَلْنَا عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ رِجْزًا مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْسُقُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fabaddala lladheena zalamoo qawlan ghayra lladhee qeela lahum fa'anzalnaa 'alaa lladheena zalamoo rijzan mina s-samaa'i bimaa kaanoo yafsuqoon

DIN 31635fabaddala llaḏīna ẓalamū qawlan ġayra llaḏī qīla lahum faʾanzalnā ʿalā llaḏīna ẓalamū riǧzan mina s-samāʾi bimā kānū yafsuqūna

But the wrongdoers among them substituted words other than those given to them, so We sent down on the wrongdoers a plague from heaven, because of their wicked behavior.

Compare translations (4)

But those who did wrong changed the word which had been told them for another saying, and We sent down upon the evil-doers wrath from heaven for their evil-doing

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But those who did wrong changed it for another word than that which was said to them: and we sent down upon those who did wrong, wrath from heaven for that they had so sinned

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But the evil-doers changed that word into another than that spoken to them, and we sent down upon those evil-doers wrath from heaven, for that they had done amiss

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But the ungodly changed the expression into another, different from what had been spoken unto them; and we sent down upon the ungodly indignation from heaven, because they had transgressed

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:60

وَإِذِ ٱسْتَسْقَىٰ مُوسَىٰ لِقَوْمِهِۦ فَقُلْنَا ٱضْرِب بِّعَصَاكَ ٱلْحَجَرَ فَٱنفَجَرَتْ مِنْهُ ٱثْنَتَا عَشْرَةَ عَيْنًا قَدْ عَلِمَ كُلُّ أُنَاسٍ مَّشْرَبَهُمْ كُلُوا۟ وَٱشْرَبُوا۟ مِن رِّزْقِ ٱللَّهِ وَلَا تَعْثَوْا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مُفْسِدِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhi stasqaa moosaa liqawmihi faqulnaa drib bi'asaaka l-hajara faanfajarat minhu thnataa 'ashrata 'aynan qad 'alima kullu unaasin mashrabahum kuloo washraboo min rizqi llaahi walaa ta'thaw fee l-'ardi mufsideen

DIN 31635waʾiḏi stasqā mūsā liqawmihi faqulnā ḍrib biʿaṣāka l-ḥaǧara fānfaǧarat minhu ṯnatā ʿašrata ʿaynan qad ʿalima kullu ʾunāsin mašrabahum kulū wašrabū min rizqi llāhi walā taʿṯaw fī l-ʾarḍi mufsidīna

And recall when Moses prayed for water for his people. We said, "Strike the rock with your staff." Thereupon twelve springs gushed out from it, and each tribe recognized its drinking-place. "Eat and drink from God's provision, and do not corrupt the earth with disobedience."

Compare translations (4)

And when Moses asked for water for his people, We said: Smite with thy staff the rock. And there gushed out therefrom twelve springs (so that) each tribe knew their drinking-place. Eat and drink of that which Allah hath provided, and do not act corruptly, making mischief in the earth

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When Moses, too, asked drink for his people and we said, 'Strike with thy staff the rock,' and from it burst forth twelve springs; each man among them knew his drinking place. 'Eat and drink of what God has provided, and transgress not on the earth as evildoers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when Moses asked drink for his people, we said, "Strike the rock with thy rod;" and from it there gushed twelve fountains: each tribe knew their drinking-place : - "Eat and drink," said we, "of what God hath supplied, and do no wrong on the earth by licentious deeds

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when Moses asked drink for his people, We said, strike the rock with thy rod; and there gushed thereout twelve fountains according to the number of the tribes, and all men knew their respective drinking-place. Eat and drink of the bounty of God, and commit not evil in the earth, acting unjustly

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:61

وَإِذْ قُلْتُمْ يَٰمُوسَىٰ لَن نَّصْبِرَ عَلَىٰ طَعَامٍ وَٰحِدٍ فَٱدْعُ لَنَا رَبَّكَ يُخْرِجْ لَنَا مِمَّا تُنۢبِتُ ٱلْأَرْضُ مِنۢ بَقْلِهَا وَقِثَّآئِهَا وَفُومِهَا وَعَدَسِهَا وَبَصَلِهَا قَالَ أَتَسْتَبْدِلُونَ ٱلَّذِى هُوَ أَدْنَىٰ بِٱلَّذِى هُوَ خَيْرٌ ٱهْبِطُوا۟ مِصْرًا فَإِنَّ لَكُم مَّا سَأَلْتُمْ وَضُرِبَتْ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلذِّلَّةُ وَٱلْمَسْكَنَةُ وَبَآءُو بِغَضَبٍ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ يَكْفُرُونَ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ وَيَقْتُلُونَ ٱلنَّبِيِّـۧنَ بِغَيْرِ ٱلْحَقِّ ذَٰلِكَ بِمَا عَصَوا۟ وَّكَانُوا۟ يَعْتَدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh qultum yaa moosaa lan nasbira 'alaa ta'aamin waahidin fad'u lanaa rabbaka yukhrij lanaa mimmaa tunbitu l-'ardu min baqlihaa waqiththaa'ihaa wafoomihaa wa'adasihaa wabasalihaa qaala atastabdiloona lladhee huwa adnaa billadhee huwa khayrun hbitoo misran fa'inna lakum maa sa'altum waduribat 'alayhimu dh-dhillatu wal-maskanatu wabaa'oo bighadabin mina llaahi dhaalika bi'annahum kaanoo yakfuroona bi'aayaati llaahi wayaqtuloona n-nabiyyeena bighayri l-haqqi dhaalika bimaa 'asaw wakaanoo ya'tadoon

DIN 31635waʾiḏ qultum yā mūsā lan naṣbira ʿalā ṭaʿāmin wāḥidin fadʿu lanā rabbaka yuḫriǧ lanā mimmā tunbitu l-ʾarḍu min baqlihā waqiṯṯāʾihā wafūmihā waʿadasihā wabaṣalihā qāla ʾatastabdilūna llaḏī huwa ʾadnā billaḏī huwa ḫayrun hbiṭū miṣran faʾinna lakum mā saʾaltum waḍuribat ʿalayhimu ḏ-ḏillatu wal-maskanatu wabāʾū biġaḍabin mina llāhi ḏālika biʾannahum kānū yakfurūna biʾāyāti llāhi wayaqtulūna n-nabiyyīna biġayri l-ḥaqqi ḏālika bimā ʿaṣaw wakānū yaʿtadūna

And recall when you said, "O Moses, we cannot endure one kind of food, so call to your Lord to produce for us of what the earth grows: of its herbs, and its cucumbers, and its garlic, and its lentils, and its onions." He said, "Would you substitute worse for better? Go down to Egypt, where you will have what you asked for." They were struck with humiliation and poverty, and incurred wrath from God. That was because they rejected God's revelations and wrongfully killed the prophets. That was because they disobeyed and transgressed.

Compare translations (4)

And when ye said: O Moses! We are weary of one kind of food; so call upon thy Lord for us that He bring forth for us of that which the earth groweth - of its herbs and its cucumbers and its corn and its lentils and its onions. He said: Would ye exchange that which is higher for that which is lower? Go down to settled country, thus ye shall get that which ye demand. And humiliation and wretchedness were stamped upon them and they were visited with wrath from Allah. That was because they disbelieved in Allah's revelations and slew the prophets wrongfully. That was for their disobedience and transgression

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when they said, 'O Moses, we cannot always bear one kind of food; pray then thy Lord to bring forth for us of what the earth grows, its green herbs, its cucumbers, its garlic, its lentils, and its onions.' Said he, 'Do ye ask what is meaner instead of what is best? Go down to Egypt,- there is what ye ask.' Then were they smitten with abasement and poverty, and met with wrath from God. That was because they had misbelieved in God's signs and killed the prophets undeservedly; that was for that they were rebellious and had transgressed

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when ye said, "O Moses! we will not put up with one sort of food: pray, therefore, thy Lord for us, that He would bring forth for us of that which the earth groweth, its herbs and its cucumbers and its garlic and its lentils and its onions:" He said, "What! will ye exchange that which is worse for what is better? Get ye down into Egypt; - for ye shall have what ye have asked:" Vileness and poverty were stamped upon them, and they returned with wrath from God: This, for that they disbelieved the signs of God, and slew the Prophets unjustly: this, for that they rebelled and transgressed

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when ye said, O Moses, we will by no means be satisfied with one kind of food; pray unto thy Lord therefore for us, that He would produce for us of that which the earth bringeth forth, herbs, and cucumbers, and garlick, and lentils, and onions; Moses answered, will ye exchange that which is better, for that which is worse? Get ye down in Egypt, for there shall ye find what ye desire: And they were smitten with vileness and misery, and drew on themselves indignation from God. This they suffered, because they believed not in the signs of God, and killed the prophets unjustly; this, because they rebelled and transgressed

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:62

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَٱلَّذِينَ هَادُوا۟ وَٱلنَّصَٰرَىٰ وَٱلصَّٰبِـِٔينَ مَنْ ءَامَنَ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْـَٔاخِرِ وَعَمِلَ صَٰلِحًا فَلَهُمْ أَجْرُهُمْ عِندَ رَبِّهِمْ وَلَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena aamanoo walladheena haadoo wan-nasaaraa was-saabi'eena man aamana billaahi wal-yawmi l-'aakhiri wa'amila saalihan falahum ajruhum 'inda rabbihim walaa khawfun 'alayhim walaa hum yahzanoon

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna ʾāmanū wallaḏīna hādū wan-naṣārā waṣ-ṣābiʾīna man ʾāmana billāhi wal-yawmi l-ʾāḫiri waʿamila ṣāliḥan falahum ʾaǧruhum ʿinda rabbihim walā ḫawfun ʿalayhim walā hum yaḥzanūna

Those who believe, and those who are Jewish, and the Christians, and the Sabeans-any who believe in God and the Last Day, and act righteously-will have their reward with their Lord; they have nothing to fear, nor will they grieve.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! Those who believe (in that which is revealed unto thee, Muhammad), and those who are Jews, and Christians, and Sabaeans - whoever believeth in Allah and the Last Day and doeth right - surely their reward is with their Lord, and there shall no fear come upon them neither shall they grieve

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, whether it be of those who believe, or those who are Jews or Christians or Sabaeans, whosoever believe in God and the last day and act aright, they have their reward at their Lords hand, and there is no fear for them, nor shall they grieve

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Verily, they who believe (Muslims), and they who follow the Jewish religion, and the Christians, and the Sabeites - whoever of these believeth in God and the last day, and doeth that which is right, shall have their reward with their Lord: fear shall not come upon them, neither shall they be grieved

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Surely those who believe, and those who Judaize, and Christians, and Sabians, whoever believeth in God, and the last day, and doth that which is right, they shall have their reward with their Lord, there shall come no fear on them, neither shall they be grieved

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:63

وَإِذْ أَخَذْنَا مِيثَٰقَكُمْ وَرَفَعْنَا فَوْقَكُمُ ٱلطُّورَ خُذُوا۟ مَآ ءَاتَيْنَٰكُم بِقُوَّةٍ وَٱذْكُرُوا۟ مَا فِيهِ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَتَّقُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh akhadhnaa meethaaqakum warafa'naa fawqakumu t-toora khudhoo maa aataynaakum biquwwatin wadhkuroo maa feehi la'allakum tattaqoon

DIN 31635waʾiḏ ʾaḫaḏnā mīṯāqakum warafaʿnā fawqakumu ṭ-ṭūra ḫuḏū mā ʾātaynākum biquwwatin waḏkurū mā fīhi laʿallakum tattaqūna

The translators word this verse differently

And recall when We received a pledge from you, and raised the Mount above you: "Take what We have given you earnestly, and remember what is in it, that you may attain righteousness."

Compare translations (4)

And (remember, O Children of Israel) when We made a covenant with you and caused the mount to tower above you, (saying): Hold fast that which We have given you, and remember that which is therein, that ye may ward off (evil)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when we took a covenant with you and held the mountain over you; ' Accept what we have brought you with strong will, and bear in mind what is therein, haply ye yet may fear

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Call to mind also when we entered into a covenant with you, and lifted up the mountain over you: - "Take hold," said we, "on what we have revealed to you, with resolution, and remember what is therein, that ye may fear

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Call to mind also when we accepted your covenant, and lifted up the mountain of Sinai over you, saying, receive the law which we have given you, with a resolution to keep it, and remember that which is contained therein, that ye may beware

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:64

ثُمَّ تَوَلَّيْتُم مِّنۢ بَعْدِ ذَٰلِكَ فَلَوْلَا فَضْلُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَتُهُۥ لَكُنتُم مِّنَ ٱلْخَٰسِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)thumma tawallaytum min ba'di dhaalika falawlaa fadlu llaahi 'alaykum warahmatuhu lakuntum mina l-khaasireen

DIN 31635ṯumma tawallaytum min baʿdi ḏālika falawlā faḍlu llāhi ʿalaykum waraḥmatuhu lakuntum mina l-ḫāsirīna

But after that you turned away. Were it not for God's grace and mercy towards you, you would have been among the losers.

Compare translations (4)

Then, even after that, ye turned away, and if it had not been for the grace of Allah and His mercy ye had been among the losers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Then did ye turn aside after this, and were it not for God's grace towards you and His mercy, ye would have been of those who lose

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But after this ye turned back, and but for God's grace and mercy toward you, ye had surely been of the lost

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

After this ye again turned back, so that if it had not been for God's indulgence and mercy towards you, ye had certainly been destroyed

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:65

وَلَقَدْ عَلِمْتُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱعْتَدَوْا۟ مِنكُمْ فِى ٱلسَّبْتِ فَقُلْنَا لَهُمْ كُونُوا۟ قِرَدَةً خَٰسِـِٔينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaqad 'alimtumu lladheena 'tadaw minkum fee s-sabti faqulnaa lahum koonoo qiradatan khaasi'een

DIN 31635walaqad ʿalimtumu llaḏīna ʿtadaw minkum fī s-sabti faqulnā lahum kūnū qiradatan ḫāsiʾīna

And you surely knew those of you who violated the Sabbath. We said to them, "Be despicable apes!"

Compare translations (4)

And ye know of those of you who broke the Sabbath, how We said unto them: Be ye apes, despised and hated

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Ye know too of those among you who transgressed upon the Sabbath, and we said, 'Become ye apes, despised and spurned

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Ye know too those of you who transgressed on the Sabbath, and to whom we said, "Be changed into scouted apes

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Moreover ye know what befall those of your nation who transgressed on the sabbath day; we said unto them, be ye changed into apes, driven away from the society of men

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:66

فَجَعَلْنَٰهَا نَكَٰلًا لِّمَا بَيْنَ يَدَيْهَا وَمَا خَلْفَهَا وَمَوْعِظَةً لِّلْمُتَّقِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)faja'alnaahaa nakaalan limaa bayna yadayhaa wamaa khalfahaa wamaw'izatan lilmuttaqeen

DIN 31635faǧaʿalnāhā nakālan limā bayna yadayhā wamā ḫalfahā wamawʿiẓatan lilmuttaqīna

The translators word this verse differently

Thus We made it a deterrent for their generation, and for subsequent generations, and a lesson for the righteous.

Compare translations (4)

And We made it an example to their own and to succeeding generations, and an admonition to the Allah-fearing

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Thus we made them an example unto those who stood before them, and those who should come after them, and a warning unto those who fear

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And we made them a warning to those of their day, and to those who came after them, and a caution to the God-fearing

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And we made them an example unto those who were contemporary with them, and unto those who came after them, and a warning to the pious

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:67

وَإِذْ قَالَ مُوسَىٰ لِقَوْمِهِۦٓ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَأْمُرُكُمْ أَن تَذْبَحُوا۟ بَقَرَةً قَالُوٓا۟ أَتَتَّخِذُنَا هُزُوًا قَالَ أَعُوذُ بِٱللَّهِ أَنْ أَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْجَٰهِلِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh qaala moosaa liqawmihi inna llaaha ya'murukum an tadhbahoo baqaratan qaaloo atattakhidhunaa huzuwan qaala a'oodhu billaahi an akoona mina l-jaahileen

DIN 31635waʾiḏ qāla mūsā liqawmihi ʾinna llāha yaʾmurukum ʾan taḏbaḥū baqaratan qālū ʾatattaḫiḏunā huzuwan qāla ʾaʿūḏu billāhi ʾan ʾakūna mina l-ǧāhilīna

And recall when Moses said to his people, "God commands you to sacrifice a heifer." They said, "Do you make a mockery of us?" He said, "God forbid that I should be so ignorant."

Compare translations (4)

And when Moses said unto his people: Lo! Allah commandeth you that ye sacrifice a cow, they said: Dost thou make game of us? He answered: Allah forbid that I should be among the foolish

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when Moses said to his people, 'God bids you slaughter a cow,' they said, 'Art thou making a jest of us?' Said he, 'I seek refuge with God from being one of the unwise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when Moses said to his people, "Verily, God bids you sacrifice a COW;" they said, "Makest thou a jest of us?" He said, "God keep me from being one of the foolish

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when Moses said unto his people, verily God commandeth you to sacrifice a cow; they answered, dost thou make a jest of us? Moses said, God fobid that I should be one of the foolish

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:68

قَالُوا۟ ٱدْعُ لَنَا رَبَّكَ يُبَيِّن لَّنَا مَا هِىَ قَالَ إِنَّهُۥ يَقُولُ إِنَّهَا بَقَرَةٌ لَّا فَارِضٌ وَلَا بِكْرٌ عَوَانٌۢ بَيْنَ ذَٰلِكَ فَٱفْعَلُوا۟ مَا تُؤْمَرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qaaloo d'u lanaa rabbaka yubayyin lanaa maa hiya qaala innahu yaqoolu innahaa baqaratun laa faaridun walaa bikrun 'awaanun bayna dhaalika faf'aloo maa tu'maroon

DIN 31635qālū dʿu lanā rabbaka yubayyin lanā mā hiya qāla ʾinnahu yaqūlu ʾinnahā baqaratun lā fāriḍun walā bikrun ʿawānun bayna ḏālika fafʿalū mā tuʾmarūna

They said, "Call upon your Lord to show us which one." He said, "He says she is a heifer, neither too old, nor too young, but in between. So do what you are commanded."

Compare translations (4)

They said: Pray for us unto thy Lord that He make clear to us what (cow) she is. (Moses) answered: Lo! He saith, Verily she is a cow neither with calf nor immature; (she is) between the two conditions; so do that which ye are commanded

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They said, 'Then pray thy Lord for us to show us what she is to be.' He answered, 'He saith it is a cow, nor old, nor young, of middle age between the two; so do as ye are bid

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They said, "Call on thy Lord for us that He would make plain to us what she is." He said, "God saith, 'She is a cow neither old nor young, but of the middle age between the two:' do therefore what ye are bidden

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They said, pray for us unto thy Lord, that He would shew us what cow it is. Moses answered, he saith, she is neither an old cow, nor a young heifer, but of a middle age between both: Do ye therefore that which ye are commanded

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:69

قَالُوا۟ ٱدْعُ لَنَا رَبَّكَ يُبَيِّن لَّنَا مَا لَوْنُهَا قَالَ إِنَّهُۥ يَقُولُ إِنَّهَا بَقَرَةٌ صَفْرَآءُ فَاقِعٌ لَّوْنُهَا تَسُرُّ ٱلنَّٰظِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qaaloo d'u lanaa rabbaka yubayyin lanaa maa lawnuhaa qaala innahu yaqoolu innahaa baqaratun safraa'u faaqi'un lawnuhaa tasurru n-naazireen

DIN 31635qālū dʿu lanā rabbaka yubayyin lanā mā lawnuhā qāla ʾinnahu yaqūlu ʾinnahā baqaratun ṣafrāʾu fāqiʿun lawnuhā tasurru n-nāẓirīna

They said, "Call upon your Lord to show us what her color is." He said, "He says she is a yellow heifer, bright in color, pleasing to the beholders."

Compare translations (4)

They said: Pray for us unto thy Lord that He make clear to us of what colour she is. (Moses) answered: Lo! He saith: Verily she is a yellow cow. Bright is her colour, gladdening beholders

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They said, 'Pray now thy Lord to show us what her colour is to be.' He answered, 'He saith it is a dun cow, intensely dun, her colour delighting those who look upon her

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They said, "Call on your Lord for us, that he would make plain to us what is her colour." He said, "God saith, 'She is a fawn-coloured cow; her colour is very bright; she rejoiceth the beholders

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They said, pray for us unto thy Lord that he would shew us what colour she is of. Moses answered, he saith, she is a red cow, intensely red, her colour rejoiceth the beholders

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:70

قَالُوا۟ ٱدْعُ لَنَا رَبَّكَ يُبَيِّن لَّنَا مَا هِىَ إِنَّ ٱلْبَقَرَ تَشَٰبَهَ عَلَيْنَا وَإِنَّآ إِن شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ لَمُهْتَدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qaaloo d'u lanaa rabbaka yubayyin lanaa maa hiya inna l-baqara tashaabaha 'alaynaa wa'innaa in shaa'a llaahu lamuhtadoon

DIN 31635qālū dʿu lanā rabbaka yubayyin lanā mā hiya ʾinna l-baqara tašābaha ʿalaynā waʾinnā ʾin šāʾa llāhu lamuhtadūna

The translators word this verse differently

They said, "Call upon your Lord to show us which one; the heifers look alike to us; and God willing, we will be guided."

Compare translations (4)

They said: Pray for us unto thy Lord that He make clear to us what (cow) she is. Lo! cows are much alike to us; and Lo! if Allah wills, we may be led aright

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Again they said, 'Pray thy Lord to show us what she is to be; for cows appear the same to us; then we, if God will, shall be guided

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They said, "Call on they Lord for us that He would make plain to us what cow it is - for to us are cows alike, - and verily, if God please, we shall be guided rightly

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They said, pray for us unto thy Lord, that He would further shew us what cow it is, for several cows with us are like one another, and we, if God please, will be directed

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:71

قَالَ إِنَّهُۥ يَقُولُ إِنَّهَا بَقَرَةٌ لَّا ذَلُولٌ تُثِيرُ ٱلْأَرْضَ وَلَا تَسْقِى ٱلْحَرْثَ مُسَلَّمَةٌ لَّا شِيَةَ فِيهَا قَالُوا۟ ٱلْـَٰٔنَ جِئْتَ بِٱلْحَقِّ فَذَبَحُوهَا وَمَا كَادُوا۟ يَفْعَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qaala innahu yaqoolu innahaa baqaratun laa dhaloolun tutheeru l-'arda walaa tasqee l-hartha musallamatun laa shiyata feehaa qaaloo l-'aana ji'ta bil-haqqi fadhabahoohaa wamaa kaadoo yaf'aloon

DIN 31635qāla ʾinnahu yaqūlu ʾinnahā baqaratun lā ḏalūlun tuṯīru l-ʾarḍa walā tasqī l-ḥarṯa musallamatun lā šiyata fīhā qālū l-ʾāna ǧiʾta bil-ḥaqqi faḏabaḥūhā wamā kādū yafʿalūna

The translators word this verse differently

He said, "He says she is a heifer, neither yoked to plow the earth, nor to irrigate the field; sound without blemish." They said, "Now you have brought the truth." So they slew her; though they almost did not.

Compare translations (4)

(Moses) answered: Lo! He saith: Verily she is a cow unyoked; she plougheth not the soil nor watereth the tilth; whole and without mark. They said: Now thou bringest the truth. So they sacrificed her, though almost they did not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He answered, 'He saith, it is a cow, not broken in to plough the earth or irrigate the tilth, a sound one with no blemish on her.' They said, 'Now hast thou brought the truth.' And they slaughtered her, though they came near leaving it undone

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

He said, "God saith, 'She is a cow not worn by ploughing the earth or watering the field, sound, no blemish in her.' " They said, "Now hast thou brought the truth:" Then they sacrificed her; Yet nearly had they done it not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Moses answered, he saith, she is a cow not broken to plough the earth, or water the field, a found one, there is no blemish in her. They said, now hast thou brought the truth. Then they sacrificed her; yet they wanted but little of leaving it undone

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:72

وَإِذْ قَتَلْتُمْ نَفْسًا فَٱدَّٰرَْٰٔتُمْ فِيهَا وَٱللَّهُ مُخْرِجٌ مَّا كُنتُمْ تَكْتُمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh qataltum nafsan faaddaara'tum feehaa wallaahu mukhrijun maa kuntum taktumoon

DIN 31635waʾiḏ qataltum nafsan fāddāraʾtum fīhā wallāhu muḫriǧun mā kuntum taktumūna

The translators word this verse differently

And recall when you killed a person, and disputed in the matter; but God was to expose what you were hiding.

Compare translations (4)

And (remember) when ye slew a man and disagreed concerning it and Allah brought forth that which ye were hiding

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When too ye slew a soul and disputed thereupon, and God brought forth that which ye had hidden

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when ye slew a man, and strove among yourselves about him, God brought to light what he had hidden

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when ye slew a man, and contended among your selves concerning him, God brought forth to light that which ye concealed

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:73

فَقُلْنَا ٱضْرِبُوهُ بِبَعْضِهَا كَذَٰلِكَ يُحْىِ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْمَوْتَىٰ وَيُرِيكُمْ ءَايَٰتِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَعْقِلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)faqulnaa driboohu biba'dihaa kadhaalika yuhyee llaahu l-mawtaa wayureekum aayaatihi la'allakum ta'qiloon

DIN 31635faqulnā ḍribūhu bibaʿḍihā kaḏālika yuḥyī llāhu l-mawtā wayurīkum ʾāyātihi laʿallakum taʿqilūna

We said, "Strike him with part of it." Thus God brings the dead to life; and He shows you His signs, that you may understand.

Compare translations (4)

And We said: Smite him with some of it. Thus Allah bringeth the dead to life and showeth you His portents so that ye may understand

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

then we said, 'Strike him with part of her.' Thus God brings the dead to life and shows you His signs, that haply ye may understand

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

For we said, "Strike the corpse with part of her." So God giveth life to the dead, and sheweth you his signs, that haply ye may understand

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

For we said, strike the dead body with part of the sacrificed cow: So God raiseth the dead to life, and sheweth you his signs, that peradventure ye may understand

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:74

ثُمَّ قَسَتْ قُلُوبُكُم مِّنۢ بَعْدِ ذَٰلِكَ فَهِىَ كَٱلْحِجَارَةِ أَوْ أَشَدُّ قَسْوَةً وَإِنَّ مِنَ ٱلْحِجَارَةِ لَمَا يَتَفَجَّرُ مِنْهُ ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ وَإِنَّ مِنْهَا لَمَا يَشَّقَّقُ فَيَخْرُجُ مِنْهُ ٱلْمَآءُ وَإِنَّ مِنْهَا لَمَا يَهْبِطُ مِنْ خَشْيَةِ ٱللَّهِ وَمَا ٱللَّهُ بِغَٰفِلٍ عَمَّا تَعْمَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)thumma qasat quloobukum min ba'di dhaalika fahiya kal-hijaarati aw ashaddu qaswatan wa'inna mina l-hijaarati lamaa yatafajjaru minhu l-'anhaaru wa'inna minhaa lamaa yashshaqqaqu fayakhruju minhu l-maa'u wa'inna minhaa lamaa yahbitu min khashyati llaahi wamaa llaahu bighaafilin 'ammaa ta'maloon

DIN 31635ṯumma qasat qulūbukum min baʿdi ḏālika fahiya kal-ḥiǧārati ʾaw ʾašaddu qaswatan waʾinna mina l-ḥiǧārati lamā yatafaǧǧaru minhu l-ʾanhāru waʾinna minhā lamā yaššaqqaqu fayaḫruǧu minhu l-māʾu waʾinna minhā lamā yahbiṭu min ḫašyati llāhi wamā llāhu biġāfilin ʿammā taʿmalūna

Then after that your hearts hardened. They were as rocks, or even harder. For there are some rocks from which rivers gush out, and others that splinter and water comes out from them, and others that sink in awe of God. God is not unaware of what you do.

Compare translations (4)

Then, even after that, your hearts were hardened and became as rocks, or worse than rocks, for hardness. For indeed there are rocks from out which rivers gush, and indeed there are rocks which split asunder so that water floweth from them. And indeed there are rocks which fall down for the fear of Allah. Allah is not unaware of what ye do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Yet were your hearts hardened even after that, till they were as stones or harder still, for verily of stones are some from which streams burst forth, and of them there are some that burst asunder and the water issues out, and of them there are some that fall down for fear of God; but God is never careless of what ye do

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Then after that your hearts became hard like rocks, or harder still: for verily, from rocks have rivers gushed; others, verily, have been cleft, and water hath issued from them; and others, verily, have sunk down through fear of God: And God is not regardless of your actions

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Then were your hearts hardened after this, even as stones, or exceeding them in hardness: For from some stones have rivers bursted forth, others have been rent in sunder, and water hath issued from them, and others have fallen down for fear of God. But God is not regardless of that which ye do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:75

أَفَتَطْمَعُونَ أَن يُؤْمِنُوا۟ لَكُمْ وَقَدْ كَانَ فَرِيقٌ مِّنْهُمْ يَسْمَعُونَ كَلَٰمَ ٱللَّهِ ثُمَّ يُحَرِّفُونَهُۥ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا عَقَلُوهُ وَهُمْ يَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)afatatma'oona an yu'minoo lakum waqad kaana fareequn minhum yasma'oona kalaama llaahi thumma yuharrifoonahu min ba'di maa 'aqaloohu wahum ya'lamoon

DIN 31635ʾafataṭmaʿūna ʾan yuʾminū lakum waqad kāna farīqun minhum yasmaʿūna kalāma llāhi ṯumma yuḥarrifūnahu min baʿdi mā ʿaqalūhu wahum yaʿlamūna

Do you hope that they will believe in you, when some of them used to hear the Word of God, and then deliberately distort it, even after understanding it?

Compare translations (4)

Have ye any hope that they will be true to you when a party of them used to listen to the word of Allah, then used to change it, after they had understood it, knowingly

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Do ye crave that they should believe you when already a sect of them have heard the word of God and then perverted it after they had understood it, though they knew

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Desire ye then that for your sakesthe Jews should believe? Yet a part of them heard the word of God, and then, after they had understood it, perverted it, and knew that they did so

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Do ye therefore desire that the Jews should believe you? Yet a part of them heard the word of God, and then perverted it, after they had understood it, against their own conscience

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:76

وَإِذَا لَقُوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ قَالُوٓا۟ ءَامَنَّا وَإِذَا خَلَا بَعْضُهُمْ إِلَىٰ بَعْضٍ قَالُوٓا۟ أَتُحَدِّثُونَهُم بِمَا فَتَحَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْكُمْ لِيُحَآجُّوكُم بِهِۦ عِندَ رَبِّكُمْ أَفَلَا تَعْقِلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa laqoo lladheena aamanoo qaaloo aamannaa wa'idhaa khalaa ba'duhum ilaa ba'din qaaloo atuhaddithoonahum bimaa fataha llaahu 'alaykum liyuhaajjookum bihi 'inda rabbikum afalaa ta'qiloon

DIN 31635waʾiḏā laqū llaḏīna ʾāmanū qālū ʾāmannā waʾiḏā ḫalā baʿḍuhum ʾilā baʿḍin qālū ʾatuḥaddiṯūnahum bimā fataḥa llāhu ʿalaykum liyuḥāǧǧūkum bihi ʿinda rabbikum ʾafalā taʿqilūna

And when they come across those who believe, they say, "We believe," but when they come together privately, they say, "Will you inform them of what God has disclosed to you, so that they might dispute with you concerning it before your Lord?" Do you not understand?

Compare translations (4)

And when they fall in with those who believe, they say: We believe. But when they go apart one with another they say: Prate ye to them of that which Allah hath disclosed to you that they may contend with you before your Lord concerning it? Have ye then no sense

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when they meet those who believe they say, 'We believe,' but when one goes aside with another they say, 'Will ye talk to them of what God has opened up to you, that they may argue with you upon it before your Lord? Do ye not therefore understand

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when they fall in with the faithful, they say, "We believe;" but when they are apart one with another, they say, "Will ye acquaint them with what God hath revealed to you, that they may dispute with you about it in the presence of your Lord?" Understand ye their aim

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when they meet the true believers, they say, we believe: But when they are privately assembled together, they say, will ye acquaint them with what God hath revealed unto you, that they may dispute with you concerning it in the presence of your Lord? Do ye not therefore understand

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:77

أَوَلَا يَعْلَمُونَ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَعْلَمُ مَا يُسِرُّونَ وَمَا يُعْلِنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)awalaa ya'lamoona anna llaaha ya'lamu maa yusirroona wamaa yu'linoon

DIN 31635ʾawalā yaʿlamūna ʾanna llāha yaʿlamu mā yusirrūna wamā yuʿlinūna

The translators word this verse differently

Do they not know that God knows what they conceal and what they reveal?

Compare translations (4)

Are they then unaware that Allah knoweth that which they keep hidden and that which they proclaim

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Do they not then know that God knoweth what they keep secret and what they make known abroad

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Know they not that God knoweth what they hide, as well as what they bring to light

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Do not they know that God knoweth that which they conceal as well as that which they publish

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:78

وَمِنْهُمْ أُمِّيُّونَ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ إِلَّآ أَمَانِىَّ وَإِنْ هُمْ إِلَّا يَظُنُّونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waminhum ummiyyoona laa ya'lamoona l-kitaaba illaa amaaniyya wa'in hum illaa yazunnoon

DIN 31635waminhum ʾummiyyūna lā yaʿlamūna l-kitāba ʾillā ʾamāniyya waʾin hum ʾillā yaẓunnūna

The translators word this verse differently

And among them are uneducated who know the Scripture only through hearsay, and they only speculate.

Compare translations (4)

Among them are unlettered folk who know the Scripture not except from hearsay. They but guess

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And some of them there are, illiterate folk, that know not the Book, but only idle tales; for they do but fancy

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But there are illiterates among them who are unacquainted with the Book, but with lies only, and have but vague fancies

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But there are illiterate men among them, who know not the book of the law, but only lying stories, although they think otherwise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:79

فَوَيْلٌ لِّلَّذِينَ يَكْتُبُونَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ بِأَيْدِيهِمْ ثُمَّ يَقُولُونَ هَٰذَا مِنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ لِيَشْتَرُوا۟ بِهِۦ ثَمَنًا قَلِيلًا فَوَيْلٌ لَّهُم مِّمَّا كَتَبَتْ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَوَيْلٌ لَّهُم مِّمَّا يَكْسِبُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fawaylun lilladheena yaktuboona l-kitaaba bi'aydeehim thumma yaqooloona haadhaa min 'indi llaahi liyashtaroo bihi thamanan qaleelan fawaylun lahum mimmaa katabat aydeehim wawaylun lahum mimmaa yaksiboon

DIN 31635fawaylun lillaḏīna yaktubūna l-kitāba biʾaydīhim ṯumma yaqūlūna hāḏā min ʿindi llāhi liyaštarū bihi ṯamanan qalīlan fawaylun lahum mimmā katabat ʾaydīhim wawaylun lahum mimmā yaksibūna

So woe to those who write the Scripture with their own hands, and then say, "This is from God," that they may exchange it for a little price. Woe to them for what their hands have written, and woe to them for what they earn.

Compare translations (4)

Therefore woe be unto those who write the Scripture with their hands and then say, "This is from Allah," that they may purchase a small gain therewith. Woe unto them for that their hands have written, and woe unto them for that they earn thereby

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But woe to those who write out the Book with their hands and say 'this is from God;' to buy therewith a little price! and woe to them for what their hands have written, and woe to them for what they gain

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Woe to those who with their own hands transcribe the Book corruptly, and then say, "This is from God," that they may sell it for some mean price! Woe then to them for that which their hands have written! and, Woe to them for the gains which they have made

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And woe unto them who transcribe corruptly the book of the law with their hands, and then say, this is from God: That they may sell it for a small price. Therefore woe unto them because of that which their hands have written; and woe unto them for that which they have gained

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:80

وَقَالُوا۟ لَن تَمَسَّنَا ٱلنَّارُ إِلَّآ أَيَّامًا مَّعْدُودَةً قُلْ أَتَّخَذْتُمْ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ عَهْدًا فَلَن يُخْلِفَ ٱللَّهُ عَهْدَهُۥٓ أَمْ تَقُولُونَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا تَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqaaloo lan tamassanaa n-naaru illaa ayyaaman ma'doodatan qul attakhadhtum 'inda llaahi 'ahdan falan yukhlifa llaahu 'ahdahu am taqooloona 'alaa llaahi maa laa ta'lamoon

DIN 31635waqālū lan tamassanā n-nāru ʾillā ʾayyāman maʿdūdatan qul ʾattaḫaḏtum ʿinda llāhi ʿahdan falan yuḫlifa llāhu ʿahdahu ʾam taqūlūna ʿalā llāhi mā lā taʿlamūna

And they say, "The Fire will not touch us except for a number of days." Say, "Have you received a promise from God-God never breaks His promise-or are you saying about God what you do not know?"

Compare translations (4)

And they say: The Fire (of punishment) will not touch us save for a certain number of days. Say: Have ye received a covenant from Allah - truly Allah will not break His covenant - or tell ye concerning Allah that which ye know not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And then they say, 'Hell fire shall not touch us save for a number of days.' Say, 'Have ye taken a covenant with God?' but God breaks not His covenant. Or do ye say of God that which ye do not know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And they say, "Hell fire shall not touch us, but for a few days: "SAY: Have ye received such a promise from God? for God will not revoke his promise: or, Speak ye of God that which ye know not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They say, the fire of hell shall not touch us but for a certain number of days. Answer, have ye received any promise from God to that purpose? For God will not act contrary to his promise: Or do ye speak concerning God that which ye know not

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:81

بَلَىٰ مَن كَسَبَ سَيِّئَةً وَأَحَٰطَتْ بِهِۦ خَطِيٓـَٔتُهُۥ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلنَّارِ هُمْ فِيهَا خَٰلِدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)balaa man kasaba sayyi'atan wa'ahaatat bihi khatee'atuhu fa'oolaa'ika ashaabu n-naari hum feehaa khaalidoon

DIN 31635balā man kasaba sayyiʾatan waʾaḥāṭat bihi ḫaṭīʾatuhu faʾūlāʾika ʾaṣḥābu n-nāri hum fīhā ḫālidūna

The translators word this verse differently

Indeed, whoever commits misdeeds, and becomes besieged by his iniquities-these are the inmates of the Fire, wherein they will dwell forever.

Compare translations (4)

Nay, but whosoever hath done evil and his sin surroundeth him; such are rightful owners of the Fire; they will abide therein

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Yea! whoso gains an evil gain, and is encompassed by his sins, those are the fellows of the Fire, and they shall dwell therein for aye

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But they whose only gains are evil works, and who are environed by their sins, - they shall be inmates of the fire, therein to abide for ever

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily who so doth evil, and is encompassed by his iniquity, they shall be the companions of hell fire, they shall remain therein for ever

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:82

وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلْجَنَّةِ هُمْ فِيهَا خَٰلِدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walladheena aamanoo wa'amiloo s-saalihaati oolaa'ika ashaabu l-jannati hum feehaa khaalidoon

DIN 31635wallaḏīna ʾāmanū waʿamilū ṣ-ṣāliḥāti ʾūlāʾika ʾaṣḥābu l-ǧannati hum fīhā ḫālidūna

The translators word this verse differently

As for those who believe and do righteous deeds-these are the inhabitants of Paradise, wherein they will dwell forever.

Compare translations (4)

And those who believe and do good works: such are rightful owners of the Garden. They will abide therein

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But such as act aright, those are the fellows of Paradise, and they shall dwell therein for aye

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But they who have believed and done the things that be right, they shall be the inmates of Paradise, - therein to abide for ever

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But they who believe and do good works, they shall be the companions of paradise, they shall continue therein for ever

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:83

وَإِذْ أَخَذْنَا مِيثَٰقَ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ لَا تَعْبُدُونَ إِلَّا ٱللَّهَ وَبِٱلْوَٰلِدَيْنِ إِحْسَانًا وَذِى ٱلْقُرْبَىٰ وَٱلْيَتَٰمَىٰ وَٱلْمَسَٰكِينِ وَقُولُوا۟ لِلنَّاسِ حُسْنًا وَأَقِيمُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَءَاتُوا۟ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ ثُمَّ تَوَلَّيْتُمْ إِلَّا قَلِيلًا مِّنكُمْ وَأَنتُم مُّعْرِضُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh akhadhnaa meethaaqa banee israa'eela laa ta'budoona illaa llaaha wabil-waalidayni ihsaanan wadhee l-qurbaa wal-yataamaa wal-masaakeeni waqooloo lilnnaasi husnan wa'aqeemoo s-salaata wa'aatoo z-zakaata thumma tawallaytum illaa qaleelan minkum wa'antum mu'ridoon

DIN 31635waʾiḏ ʾaḫaḏnā mīṯāqa banī ʾisrāʾīla lā taʿbudūna ʾillā llāha wabil-wālidayni ʾiḥsānan waḏī l-qurbā wal-yatāmā wal-masākīni waqūlū lilnnāsi ḥusnan waʾaqīmū ṣ-ṣalāta waʾātū z-zakāta ṯumma tawallaytum ʾillā qalīlan minkum waʾantum muʿriḍūna

We made a covenant with the Children of Israel: "Worship none but God; and be good to parents, and relatives, and orphans, and the needy; and speak nicely to people; and pray regularly, and give alms." Then you turned away, except for a few of you, recanting.

Compare translations (4)

And (remember) when We made a covenant with the Children of Israel, (saying): Worship none save Allah (only), and be good to parents and to kindred and to orphans and the needy, and speak kindly to mankind; and establish worship and pay the poor-due. Then, after that, ye slid back, save a few of you, being averse

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when we took from the children of Israel a covenant, saying, 'Serve ye none but God, and to your two parents show kindness, and to your kindred and the orphans and the poor, and speak to men kindly, and be steadfast in prayer, and give alms;' and then ye turned back, save a few of you, and swerved aside

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when we entered into covenant with the children of Israel, we said, "Worship none but God, and be good to your parents and kindred, and to orphans, and to the poor, and speak with men what is right, and observe prayer, and pay the stated alms." Then turned ye away, except a few of you, and withdrew afar off

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Remember also, when We accepted the covenant of the children of Israel, saying, ye shall not worship any other except God, and ye shall shew kindness to your parents and kindred, and to orphans, and to the poor, and speak that which is good unto men; and be constant at prayer, and give alms. Afterwards ye turned back, except a few of you, and retired afar off

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:84

وَإِذْ أَخَذْنَا مِيثَٰقَكُمْ لَا تَسْفِكُونَ دِمَآءَكُمْ وَلَا تُخْرِجُونَ أَنفُسَكُم مِّن دِيَٰرِكُمْ ثُمَّ أَقْرَرْتُمْ وَأَنتُمْ تَشْهَدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh akhadhnaa meethaaqakum laa tasfikoona dimaa'akum walaa tukhrijoona anfusakum min diyaarikum thumma aqrartum wa'antum tashhadoon

DIN 31635waʾiḏ ʾaḫaḏnā mīṯāqakum lā tasfikūna dimāʾakum walā tuḫriǧūna ʾanfusakum min diyārikum ṯumma ʾaqrartum waʾantum tašhadūna

And We made a covenant with you: "You shall not shed the blood of your own, nor shall you evict your own from your homes." You agreed, and were all witnesses.

Compare translations (4)

And when We made with you a covenant (saying): Shed not the blood of your people nor turn (a party of) your people out of your dwellings. Then ye ratified (Our covenant) and ye were witnesses (thereto)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when we took covenant from you, 'shed ye not your kinsmans blood, nor turn your kinsmen out of their homes:' then did ye confirm it and were witnesses thereto

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when we made a covenant with you that ye should not shed your own blood, nor expel one another from your abodes, then ye ratified it and yourselves were witnesses

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when We accepted your covenant, saying, ye shall not shed your brothers blood, nor dispossess one another of your habitations. Then ye confirmed it, and were witnesses thereto

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:85

ثُمَّ أَنتُمْ هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ تَقْتُلُونَ أَنفُسَكُمْ وَتُخْرِجُونَ فَرِيقًا مِّنكُم مِّن دِيَٰرِهِمْ تَظَٰهَرُونَ عَلَيْهِم بِٱلْإِثْمِ وَٱلْعُدْوَٰنِ وَإِن يَأْتُوكُمْ أُسَٰرَىٰ تُفَٰدُوهُمْ وَهُوَ مُحَرَّمٌ عَلَيْكُمْ إِخْرَاجُهُمْ أَفَتُؤْمِنُونَ بِبَعْضِ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ وَتَكْفُرُونَ بِبَعْضٍ فَمَا جَزَآءُ مَن يَفْعَلُ ذَٰلِكَ مِنكُمْ إِلَّا خِزْىٌ فِى ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَيَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ يُرَدُّونَ إِلَىٰٓ أَشَدِّ ٱلْعَذَابِ وَمَا ٱللَّهُ بِغَٰفِلٍ عَمَّا تَعْمَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)thumma antum haa'ulaa'i taqtuloona anfusakum watukhrijoona fareeqan minkum min diyaarihim tazaaharoona 'alayhim bil-'ithmi wal-'udwaani wa'in ya'tookum usaaraa tufaadoohum wahuwa muharramun 'alaykum ikhraajuhum afatu'minoona biba'di l-kitaabi watakfuroona biba'din famaa jazaa'u man yaf'alu dhaalika minkum illaa khizyun fee l-hayaati d-dunyaa wayawma l-qiyaamati yuraddoona ilaa ashaddi l-'adhaabi wamaa llaahu bighaafilin 'ammaa ta'maloon

DIN 31635ṯumma ʾantum hāʾulāʾi taqtulūna ʾanfusakum watuḫriǧūna farīqan minkum min diyārihim taẓāharūna ʿalayhim bil-ʾiṯmi wal-ʿudwāni waʾin yaʾtūkum ʾusārā tufādūhum wahuwa muḥarramun ʿalaykum ʾiḫrāǧuhum ʾafatuʾminūna bibaʿḍi l-kitābi watakfurūna bibaʿḍin famā ǧazāʾu man yafʿalu ḏālika minkum ʾillā ḫizyun fī l-ḥayāti d-dunyā wayawma l-qiyāmati yuraddūna ʾilā ʾašaddi l-ʿaḏābi wamā llāhu biġāfilin ʿammā taʿmalūna

But here you are, killing your own, and expelling a group of your own from their homes-conspiring against them in wrongdoing and hostility. And if they come to you as captives, you ransom them, although it was forbidden to you. Is it that you believe in part of the Scripture, and disbelieve in part? What is the reward for those among you who do that but humiliation in this life? And on the Day of Resurrection, they will be assigned to the most severe torment. God is not unaware of what you do.

Compare translations (4)

Yet ye it is who slay each other and drive out a party of your people from their homes, supporting one another against them by sin and transgression? - and if they came to you as captives ye would ransom them, whereas their expulsion was itself unlawful for you - Believe ye in part of the Scripture and disbelieve ye in part thereof? And what is the reward of those who do so save ignominy in the life of the world, and on the Day of Resurrection they will be consigned to the most grievous doom. For Allah is not unaware of what ye do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Yet ye were those who slay your kinsmen and turn a party out of their homes, and back each other up against them with sin and enmity. But if they come to you as captives ye ransom them!- and yet it is as unlawful for you to turn them out. Do ye then believe in part of the Book and disbelieve in part? But the reward of such among you as do that shall be nought else but disgrace in this worldly life, and on the day of the resurrection shall they be driven to the most grievous torment, for God is not unmindful of what ye do

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Then were ye the very persons who slew one another; and ye drove out a part of your own people from their abodes; ye lent help against them with wrong and hatred; but if they come captives to you, ye redeem them! - Yet it was forbidden you to drive them out. Believe ye then part of the Book, and deny part? But what shall be the meed of him among you who doth this, but shame in this life? And on the day of the Resurrection they shall be sent to the most cruel of torments, for God is not regardless of what ye do

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Afterwards ye were they who slew one another, and turned several of your brethren out of their houses, mutually assisting each other against them with injustice and enmity; but if they come captives unto you, ye redeem them: Yet it is equally unlawful for you to dispossess them. Do ye therefore believe in part of the book of the law, and reject other part thereof? But whoso among you doth this, shall have no other reward than shame in this life, and on the day of resurrection they shall be sent to a most grievous punishment; for God is not regardless of that which ye do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:86

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱشْتَرَوُا۟ ٱلْحَيَوٰةَ ٱلدُّنْيَا بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ فَلَا يُخَفَّفُ عَنْهُمُ ٱلْعَذَابُ وَلَا هُمْ يُنصَرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)oolaa'ika lladheena shtarawu l-hayaata d-dunyaa bil-'aakhirati falaa yukhaffafu 'anhumu l-'adhaabu walaa hum yunsaroon

DIN 31635ʾūlāʾika llaḏīna štarawu l-ḥayāta d-dunyā bil-ʾāḫirati falā yuḫaffafu ʿanhumu l-ʿaḏābu walā hum yunṣarūna

Those are they who bought the present life for the Hereafter, so the punishment will not be lightened for them, nor will they be helped.

Compare translations (4)

Such are those who buy the life of the world at the price of the Hereafter. Their punishment will not be lightened, neither will they have support

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those who have bought this worldly life with the Future, the torment shall not be lightened from them nor shall they be helped

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

These are they who purchase this present life at the price of that which is to come: their torment shall not be lightened, neither shall they be helped

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

These are they who have purchased this present life, at the price of that which is to come; wherefore their punishment shall not be mitigated, neither shall they be helped

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:87

وَلَقَدْ ءَاتَيْنَا مُوسَى ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَقَفَّيْنَا مِنۢ بَعْدِهِۦ بِٱلرُّسُلِ وَءَاتَيْنَا عِيسَى ٱبْنَ مَرْيَمَ ٱلْبَيِّنَٰتِ وَأَيَّدْنَٰهُ بِرُوحِ ٱلْقُدُسِ أَفَكُلَّمَا جَآءَكُمْ رَسُولٌۢ بِمَا لَا تَهْوَىٰٓ أَنفُسُكُمُ ٱسْتَكْبَرْتُمْ فَفَرِيقًا كَذَّبْتُمْ وَفَرِيقًا تَقْتُلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaqad aataynaa moosaa l-kitaaba waqaffaynaa min ba'dihi bir-rusuli wa'aataynaa 'eesaa bna maryama l-bayyinaati wa'ayyadnaahu biroohi l-qudusi afakullamaa jaa'akum rasoolun bimaa laa tahwaa anfusukumu stakbartum fafareeqan kadhdhabtum wafareeqan taqtuloon

DIN 31635walaqad ʾātaynā mūsā l-kitāba waqaffaynā min baʿdihi bir-rusuli waʾātaynā ʿīsā bna maryama l-bayyināti waʾayyadnāhu birūḥi l-qudusi ʾafakullamā ǧāʾakum rasūlun bimā lā tahwā ʾanfusukumu stakbartum fafarīqan kaḏḏabtum wafarīqan taqtulūna

We gave Moses the Scripture, and sent a succession of messengers after him. And We gave Jesus son of Mary the clear proofs, and We supported him with the Holy Spirit. Is it that whenever a messenger comes to you with anything your souls do not desire, you grew arrogant, calling some impostors, and killing others?

Compare translations (4)

And verily We gave unto Moses the Scripture and We caused a train of messengers to follow after him, and We gave unto Jesus, son of Mary, clear proofs (of Allah's sovereignty), and We supported him with the Holy spirit. Is it ever so, that, when there cometh unto you a messenger (from Allah) with that which ye yourselves desire not, ye grow arrogant, and some ye disbelieve and some ye slay

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

We gave Moses the Book and we followed him up with other apostles, and we gave Jesus the son of Mary manifest signs and aided him with the Holy Spirit. Do ye then, every time an apostle comes to you with what your souls love not, proudly scorn him, and charge a part with lying and slay a part

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Moreover, to Moses gave we "the Book," and we raised up apostles after him; and to Jesus, son of Mary, gave we clear proofs of his mission, and strengthened him by the Holy Spirit. So oft then as an apostle cometh to you with that which your souls desire not, swell ye with pride, and treat some as impostors, and slay others

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

We formerly delivered the book of the law unto Moses, and caused Apostles to succeed him, and gave evident miracles to Jesus the son of Mary, and strengthened him with the holy spirit. Do ye therefore, whenever an Apostle cometh unto you with that which your souls desire not, proudly reject him, and accuse some of imposture, and slay others

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:88

وَقَالُوا۟ قُلُوبُنَا غُلْفٌۢ بَل لَّعَنَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِكُفْرِهِمْ فَقَلِيلًا مَّا يُؤْمِنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqaaloo quloobunaa ghulfun bal la'anahumu llaahu bikufrihim faqaleelan maa yu'minoon

DIN 31635waqālū qulūbunā ġulfun bal laʿanahumu llāhu bikufrihim faqalīlan mā yuʾminūna

And they said, "Our hearts are sealed." Rather, God has cursed them for their ingratitude. They have little faith.

Compare translations (4)

And they say: Our hearts are hardened. Nay, but Allah hath cursed them for their unbelief. Little is that which they believe

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They say, 'Our hearts are uncircumcised;' nay, God has cursed them in their unbelief, and few it is who do believe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And they say, "Uncircumcised are our hearts." Nay! God hath cursed them in their infidelity: few are they who believe

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The Jews say, our hearts are uncircumcised: But God hath cursed them with their infidelity, therefore few shall believe

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:89

وَلَمَّا جَآءَهُمْ كِتَٰبٌ مِّنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ مُصَدِّقٌ لِّمَا مَعَهُمْ وَكَانُوا۟ مِن قَبْلُ يَسْتَفْتِحُونَ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ فَلَمَّا جَآءَهُم مَّا عَرَفُوا۟ كَفَرُوا۟ بِهِۦ فَلَعْنَةُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَى ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walammaa jaa'ahum kitaabun min 'indi llaahi musaddiqun limaa ma'ahum wakaanoo min qablu yastaftihoona 'alaa lladheena kafaroo falammaa jaa'ahum maa 'arafoo kafaroo bihi fala'natu llaahi 'alaa l-kaafireen

DIN 31635walammā ǧāʾahum kitābun min ʿindi llāhi muṣaddiqun limā maʿahum wakānū min qablu yastaftiḥūna ʿalā llaḏīna kafarū falammā ǧāʾahum mā ʿarafū kafarū bihi falaʿnatu llāhi ʿalā l-kāfirīna

And when a scripture came to them from God, confirming what they have-although previously they were seeking victory against those who disbelieved-but when there came to them what they recognized, they disbelieved in it. So God's curse is upon the disbelievers.

Compare translations (4)

And when there cometh unto them a scripture from Allah, confirming that in their possession - though before that they were asking for a signal triumph over those who disbelieved - and when there cometh unto them that which they know (to be the truth) they disbelieve therein. The curse of Allah is on disbelievers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when a book came down from God confirming what they had with them, though they had before prayed for victory over those who misbelieve, yet when that came to them which they knew, then they disbelieved it,- God's curse be on the misbelievers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when a Book had come to them from God, confirming that which they had received already - although they had before prayed for victory over those who believed not - yet when that Koran come to them, of which they had knowledge, they did not recognise it. The curse of God on the infidels

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when a book came unto them from God, confirming the scriptures which were with them, although they had before prayed for assistance against those who believed not, yet when that came unto them which they knew to be from God, they would not believe therein: therefore the curse of God shall be on the infidels

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:90

بِئْسَمَا ٱشْتَرَوْا۟ بِهِۦٓ أَنفُسَهُمْ أَن يَكْفُرُوا۟ بِمَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ بَغْيًا أَن يُنَزِّلَ ٱللَّهُ مِن فَضْلِهِۦ عَلَىٰ مَن يَشَآءُ مِنْ عِبَادِهِۦ فَبَآءُو بِغَضَبٍ عَلَىٰ غَضَبٍ وَلِلْكَٰفِرِينَ عَذَابٌ مُّهِينٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)bi'samaa shtaraw bihi anfusahum an yakfuroo bimaa anzala llaahu baghyan an yunazzila llaahu min fadlihi 'alaa man yashaa'u min 'ibaadihi fabaa'oo bighadabin 'alaa ghadabin walilkaafireena 'adhaabun muheen

DIN 31635biʾsamā štaraw bihi ʾanfusahum ʾan yakfurū bimā ʾanzala llāhu baġyan ʾan yunazzila llāhu min faḍlihi ʿalā man yašāʾu min ʿibādihi fabāʾū biġaḍabin ʿalā ġaḍabin walilkāfirīna ʿaḏābun muhīnun

The translators word this verse differently

Miserable is what they sold their souls for-rejecting what God has revealed, out of resentment that God would send down His grace upon whomever He chooses from among His servants. Thus they incurred wrath upon wrath. And there is a demeaning punishment for the disbelievers.

Compare translations (4)

Evil is that for which they sell their souls: that they should disbelieve in that which Allah hath revealed, grudging that Allah should reveal of His bounty unto whom He will of His slaves. They have incurred anger upon anger. For disbelievers is a shameful doom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

For a bad bargain have they sold their souls, not to believe in what God has revealed, grudging because God sends down of His grace on whomsoever of His servants He will; and they have brought on themselves wrath after wrath and for the misbelievers is there shameful woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

For a vile price have they sold themselves, by not believing what God hath sent down, envious of God's sending down his grace on such of his servants as he pleaseth: and they have brought on themselves wrath upon wrath. And for the unbelievers is a disgraceful chastisement

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

For a vile price have they sold their souls, that they should not believe in that which God hath sent down; out of envy, because God sendeth down his favours to such of his servants as he pleaseth: Therefore they brought on themselves indignation on indignation; and the unbelievers shall suffer an ignominious punishment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:91

وَإِذَا قِيلَ لَهُمْ ءَامِنُوا۟ بِمَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ قَالُوا۟ نُؤْمِنُ بِمَآ أُنزِلَ عَلَيْنَا وَيَكْفُرُونَ بِمَا وَرَآءَهُۥ وَهُوَ ٱلْحَقُّ مُصَدِّقًا لِّمَا مَعَهُمْ قُلْ فَلِمَ تَقْتُلُونَ أَنۢبِيَآءَ ٱللَّهِ مِن قَبْلُ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa qeela lahum aaminoo bimaa anzala llaahu qaaloo nu'minu bimaa unzila 'alaynaa wayakfuroona bimaa waraa'ahu wahuwa l-haqqu musaddiqan limaa ma'ahum qul falima taqtuloona anbiyaa'a llaahi min qablu in kuntum mu'mineen

DIN 31635waʾiḏā qīla lahum ʾāminū bimā ʾanzala llāhu qālū nuʾminu bimā ʾunzila ʿalaynā wayakfurūna bimā warāʾahu wahuwa l-ḥaqqu muṣaddiqan limā maʿahum qul falima taqtulūna ʾanbiyāʾa llāhi min qablu ʾin kuntum muʾminīna

And when it is said to them, "Believe in what God has revealed," they say, "We believe in what was revealed to us," and they reject anything beyond that, although it is the truth which confirms what they have. Say, "Why did you kill God's prophets before, if you were believers?"

Compare translations (4)

And when it is said unto them: Believe in that which Allah hath revealed, they say: We believe in that which was revealed unto us. And they disbelieve in that which cometh after it, though it is the truth confirming that which they possess. Say (unto them, O Muhammad): Why then slew ye the prophets of Allah aforetime, if ye are (indeed) believers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when they are told to believe in what God has revealed, they say, 'We believe in what has been revealed to us;' but they disbelieve in all beside, although it is the truth confirming what they have. Say, 'Wherefore did ye kill God's prophets of yore if ye were true believers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when it is said to them, "Believe in what God hath sent down," they say, "In that which hath been sent down to us we believe:" but what hath since been sent down they disbelieve, although it be the truth confirmatory of their own Scriptures. SAY: Why then have ye of old slain God's prophets, if ye are indeed believers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

When one saith unto them, believe in that which God hath sent down; they answer, we believe in that which hath been sent down unto us: And they reject what hath been revealed since, although it be the truth, confirming that which is with them. Say, why therefore have ye slain the prophets of God in times past, if ye be true believers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:92

وَلَقَدْ جَآءَكُم مُّوسَىٰ بِٱلْبَيِّنَٰتِ ثُمَّ ٱتَّخَذْتُمُ ٱلْعِجْلَ مِنۢ بَعْدِهِۦ وَأَنتُمْ ظَٰلِمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaqad jaa'akum moosaa bil-bayyinaati thumma takhadhtumu l-'ijla min ba'dihi wa'antum zaalimoon

DIN 31635walaqad ǧāʾakum mūsā bil-bayyināti ṯumma taḫaḏtumu l-ʿiǧla min baʿdihi waʾantum ẓālimūna

The translators word this verse differently

Moses came to you with clear proofs, yet you adopted the calf in his absence, and you were in the wrong.

Compare translations (4)

And Moses came unto you with clear proofs (of Allah's Sovereignty), yet, while he was away, ye chose the calf (for worship) and ye were wrong-doers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Moses came to you with manifest signs, then ye took up with the calf when he had gone and did so wrong

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Moreover, Moses came unto you with proofs of his mission. Then in his absence ye took the calf for your God, and did wickedly

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Moses formerly came unto you with evident signs, but ye afterwards took the calf for your god and did wickedly

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:93

وَإِذْ أَخَذْنَا مِيثَٰقَكُمْ وَرَفَعْنَا فَوْقَكُمُ ٱلطُّورَ خُذُوا۟ مَآ ءَاتَيْنَٰكُم بِقُوَّةٍ وَٱسْمَعُوا۟ قَالُوا۟ سَمِعْنَا وَعَصَيْنَا وَأُشْرِبُوا۟ فِى قُلُوبِهِمُ ٱلْعِجْلَ بِكُفْرِهِمْ قُلْ بِئْسَمَا يَأْمُرُكُم بِهِۦٓ إِيمَٰنُكُمْ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh akhadhnaa meethaaqakum warafa'naa fawqakumu t-toora khudhoo maa aataynaakum biquwwatin wasma'oo qaaloo sami'naa wa'asaynaa wa'ushriboo fee quloobihimu l-'ijla bikufrihim qul bi'samaa ya'murukum bihi eemaanukum in kuntum mu'mineen

DIN 31635waʾiḏ ʾaḫaḏnā mīṯāqakum warafaʿnā fawqakumu ṭ-ṭūra ḫuḏū mā ʾātaynākum biquwwatin wasmaʿū qālū samiʿnā waʿaṣaynā waʾušribū fī qulūbihimu l-ʿiǧla bikufrihim qul biʾsamā yaʾmurukum bihi ʾīmānukum ʾin kuntum muʾminīna

And We made a covenant with you, and raised the Mount above you: "Take what We have given you firmly, and listen." They said, "We hear and disobey." And their hearts became filled with the love of the calf because of their disbelief. Say, "Wretched is what your faith commands you to do, if you are believers."

Compare translations (4)

And when We made with you a covenant and caused the Mount to tower above you, (saying): Hold fast by that which We have given you, and hear (Our Word), they said: We hear and we rebel. And (worship of) the calf was made to sink into their hearts because of their rejection (of the covenant). Say (unto them): Evil is that which your belief enjoineth on you, if ye are believers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when we took a covenant with you and raised the mountain over you, 'Take what we have given you with resolution and hear;' they said, 'We hear but disobey;' and they were made to drink the calf down into their hearts for their unbelief. Say, 'An evil thing is it which your belief bids you do, if ye be true believers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when we accepted your covenant, and uplifted the mountain over you, we said, "Take firm hold on what we have given you, and hearken." They said, "We have hearkened and have rebelled:" then were they made to drink down the calf into their hearts for their ingratitude. SAY: A bad thing hath your faith commanded you, if ye be indeed believers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when we accepted your covenant and lifted the mountain of Sinai over you, saying, receive the law which we have given you, with a resolution to perform it, and hear; they said, we have heard, and have rebelled: And they were made to drink down the calf into their hearts for their unbelief. Say, a grievous thing hath your faith commanded you, if ye be true believers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:94

قُلْ إِن كَانَتْ لَكُمُ ٱلدَّارُ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةُ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ خَالِصَةً مِّن دُونِ ٱلنَّاسِ فَتَمَنَّوُا۟ ٱلْمَوْتَ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul in kaanat lakumu d-daaru l-'aakhiratu 'inda llaahi khaalisatan min dooni n-naasi fatamannawu l-mawta in kuntum saadiqeen

DIN 31635qul ʾin kānat lakumu d-dāru l-ʾāḫiratu ʿinda llāhi ḫāliṣatan min dūni n-nāsi fatamannawu l-mawta ʾin kuntum ṣādiqīna

The translators word this verse differently

Say, "If the Final Home with God is yours alone, to the exclusion of all other people, then wish for death if you are sincere."

Compare translations (4)

Say (unto them): If the abode of the Hereafter in the providence of Allah is indeed for you alone and not for others of mankind (as ye pretend), then long for death (for ye must long for death) if ye are truthful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'If the abode of the future with God is yours alone and not mankinds: long for death then if ye speak the truth

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: If the future dwelling place with God be specially for you, but not for the rest of mankind, then wish for death, if ye are sincere

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, if the future mansion with God be prepared peculiarly for you, exclusive of the rest of mankind, wish for death, if ye say truth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:95

وَلَن يَتَمَنَّوْهُ أَبَدًۢا بِمَا قَدَّمَتْ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌۢ بِٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walan yatamannawhu abadan bimaa qaddamat aydeehim wallaahu 'aleemun biz-zaalimeen

DIN 31635walan yatamannawhu ʾabadan bimā qaddamat ʾaydīhim wallāhu ʿalīmun biẓ-ẓālimīna

But they will never wish for it, because of what their hands have forwarded. God is aware of the evildoers.

Compare translations (4)

But they will never long for it, because of that which their own hands have sent before them. Allah is aware of evil-doers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But they will never long for it because of what their hands have sent on before; but God is knowing as to the wrong doers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But never can they wish for it, because of that which their own hands have sent on before them! And God knoweth the offenders

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But they will never wish for it, because of that which their hands have sent before them; God knoweth the wicked doers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:96

وَلَتَجِدَنَّهُمْ أَحْرَصَ ٱلنَّاسِ عَلَىٰ حَيَوٰةٍ وَمِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ أَشْرَكُوا۟ يَوَدُّ أَحَدُهُمْ لَوْ يُعَمَّرُ أَلْفَ سَنَةٍ وَمَا هُوَ بِمُزَحْزِحِهِۦ مِنَ ٱلْعَذَابِ أَن يُعَمَّرَ وَٱللَّهُ بَصِيرٌۢ بِمَا يَعْمَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walatajidannahum ahrasa n-naasi 'alaa hayaatin wamina lladheena ashrakoo yawaddu ahaduhum law yu'ammaru alfa sanatin wamaa huwa bimuzahzihihi mina l-'adhaabi an yu'ammara wallaahu baseerun bimaa ya'maloon

DIN 31635walataǧidannahum ʾaḥraṣa n-nāsi ʿalā ḥayātin wamina llaḏīna ʾašrakū yawaddu ʾaḥaduhum law yuʿammaru ʾalfa sanatin wamā huwa bimuzaḥziḥihi mina l-ʿaḏābi ʾan yuʿammara wallāhu baṣīrun bimā yaʿmalūna

You will find them, of all mankind, the most eager for life, even more than the polytheists. Every one of them wishes he could live a thousand years; but to be granted a long life will not nudge him from the punishment. God is Seeing of what they do.

Compare translations (4)

And thou wilt find them greediest of mankind for life and (greedier) than the idolaters. (Each) one of them would like to be allowed to live a thousand years. And to live (a thousand years) would be no means remove him from the doom. Allah is Seer of what they do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Why, thou wilt find them the greediest of men for life; and of those who associate others with God one would fain live for a thousand years,- but he will not be reprieved from punishment by being let live, for God seeth what they do

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And thou wilt surely find them of all men most covetous of life, beyond even the polytheists. To be kept alive a thousand years might one of them desire: but that he may be preserved alive, shall no one reprieve himself from the punishment! And God seeth what they do

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and thou shalt surely find them of all men the most covetous of life, even more than the idolaters: One of them would desire his life to be prolonged a thousand years, but none shall reprieve himself from punishment, that his life may be prolonged: God seeth that which they do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:97

قُلْ مَن كَانَ عَدُوًّا لِّجِبْرِيلَ فَإِنَّهُۥ نَزَّلَهُۥ عَلَىٰ قَلْبِكَ بِإِذْنِ ٱللَّهِ مُصَدِّقًا لِّمَا بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ وَهُدًى وَبُشْرَىٰ لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul man kaana 'aduwwan lijibreela fa'innahu nazzalahu 'alaa qalbika bi'idhni llaahi musaddiqan limaa bayna yadayhi wahudan wabushraa lilmu'mineen

DIN 31635qul man kāna ʿaduwwan liǧibrīla faʾinnahu nazzalahu ʿalā qalbika biʾiḏni llāhi muṣaddiqan limā bayna yadayhi wahudan wabušrā lilmuʾminīna

Say, "Whoever is hostile to Gabriel-it is he who revealed it to your heart by God's leave, confirming what preceded it, and guidance and good news for the believers."

Compare translations (4)

Say (O Muhammad, to mankind): Who is an enemy to Gabriel! For he it is who hath revealed (this Scripture) to thy heart by Allah's leave, confirming that which was (revealed) before it, and a guidance and glad tidings to believers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'Who is an enemy to Gabriel?' for he hath revealed to thy heart, with God's permission, confirmation of what had been before, and a guidance and glad tidings to believers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: Whoso is the enemy of Gabriel - For he it is who by God's leave hath caused the Koran to descend on thy heart, the confirmation of previous revelations, and guidance, and good tidings to the faithful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, whoever is an enemy to Gabriel -- for he hath caused the Koran to descend on thy heart, by the permission of God, confirming that which was before revealed, a direction, and good tidings to the faithful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:98

مَن كَانَ عَدُوًّا لِّلَّهِ وَمَلَٰٓئِكَتِهِۦ وَرُسُلِهِۦ وَجِبْرِيلَ وَمِيكَىٰلَ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَدُوٌّ لِّلْكَٰفِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)man kaana 'aduwwan lillaahi wamalaa'ikatihi warusulihi wajibreela wameekaala fa'inna llaaha 'aduwwun lilkaafireen

DIN 31635man kāna ʿaduwwan lillāhi wamalāʾikatihi warusulihi waǧibrīla wamīkāla faʾinna llāha ʿaduwwun lilkāfirīna

Whoever is hostile to God, and His angels, and His messengers, and Gabriel, and Michael-God is hostile to the faithless.

Compare translations (4)

Who is an enemy to Allah, and His angels and His messengers, and Gabriel and Michael! Then, lo! Allah (Himself) is an enemy to the disbelievers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Who is an enemy to God and His angels and His apostles and Gabriel and Michael?- Verily, God is an enemy to the unbelievers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Whoso is an enemy to God or his angels, or to Gabriel, or to Michael, shall have God as his enemy: for verily God is an enemy to the Infidels

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

whosoever is an enemy to God, or his angels, or his Apostles, or to Gabriel, or Michael, verily God is an enemy to the unbelievers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:99

وَلَقَدْ أَنزَلْنَآ إِلَيْكَ ءَايَٰتٍۭ بَيِّنَٰتٍ وَمَا يَكْفُرُ بِهَآ إِلَّا ٱلْفَٰسِقُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaqad anzalnaa ilayka aayaatin bayyinaatin wamaa yakfuru bihaa illaa l-faasiqoon

DIN 31635walaqad ʾanzalnā ʾilayka ʾāyātin bayyinātin wamā yakfuru bihā ʾillā l-fāsiqūna

We have revealed to you clear signs, and none rejects them except the sinners.

Compare translations (4)

Verily We have revealed unto thee clear tokens, and only miscreants will disbelieve in them

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

We have sent down to thee conspicuous signs, and none will disbelieve therein except the evildoers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Moreover, clear signs have we sent down to thee, and none will disbelieve them but the perverse

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And now we have sent down unto thee evident signs, and none will disbelieve them but the evil-doers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:100

أَوَكُلَّمَا عَٰهَدُوا۟ عَهْدًا نَّبَذَهُۥ فَرِيقٌ مِّنْهُم بَلْ أَكْثَرُهُمْ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)awakullamaa 'aahadoo 'ahdan nabadhahu fareequn minhum bal aktharuhum laa yu'minoon

DIN 31635ʾawakullamā ʿāhadū ʿahdan nabaḏahu farīqun minhum bal ʾakṯaruhum lā yuʾminūna

Is it not that whenever they make a covenant, some of them toss it aside? In fact, most of them do not believe.

Compare translations (4)

Is it ever so that when they make a covenant a party of them set it aside? The truth is, most of them believe not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Or every time they make a covenant, will a part of them repudiate it? Nay, most of them do not believe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Oft as they have formed an engagement with thee, will some of them set it aside? But most of them believe not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Whenever they make a covenant, will some of them reject it? Yea the greater part of them do not believe

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:101

وَلَمَّا جَآءَهُمْ رَسُولٌ مِّنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ مُصَدِّقٌ لِّمَا مَعَهُمْ نَبَذَ فَرِيقٌ مِّنَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ كِتَٰبَ ٱللَّهِ وَرَآءَ ظُهُورِهِمْ كَأَنَّهُمْ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walammaa jaa'ahum rasoolun min 'indi llaahi musaddiqun limaa ma'ahum nabadha fareequn mina lladheena ootoo l-kitaaba kitaaba llaahi waraa'a zuhoorihim ka'annahum laa ya'lamoon

DIN 31635walammā ǧāʾahum rasūlun min ʿindi llāhi muṣaddiqun limā maʿahum nabaḏa farīqun mina llaḏīna ʾūtū l-kitāba kitāba llāhi warāʾa ẓuhūrihim kaʾannahum lā yaʿlamūna

And when there came to them a messenger from God, confirming what they had, a faction of those who were given the Book threw the Book of God behind their backs, as if they do not know.

Compare translations (4)

And when there cometh unto them a messenger from Allah, confirming that which they possess, a party of those who have received the Scripture fling the Scripture of Allah behind their backs as if they knew not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when there comes to them an apostle confirming what they have, a part of those who have received the Book repudiate God's book, casting it behind their backs as though they did not know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when there came to them an apostle from God, affirming the previous revelations made to them, some of those to whom the Scriptures were given, threw the Book of God behind their backs as if they knew it not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when there came unto them an Apostle from God, confirming that scripture which was with them, some of those to whom the scriptures were given, cast the book of God behind their backs, as if they knew it not

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:102

وَٱتَّبَعُوا۟ مَا تَتْلُوا۟ ٱلشَّيَٰطِينُ عَلَىٰ مُلْكِ سُلَيْمَٰنَ وَمَا كَفَرَ سُلَيْمَٰنُ وَلَٰكِنَّ ٱلشَّيَٰطِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ يُعَلِّمُونَ ٱلنَّاسَ ٱلسِّحْرَ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ عَلَى ٱلْمَلَكَيْنِ بِبَابِلَ هَٰرُوتَ وَمَٰرُوتَ وَمَا يُعَلِّمَانِ مِنْ أَحَدٍ حَتَّىٰ يَقُولَآ إِنَّمَا نَحْنُ فِتْنَةٌ فَلَا تَكْفُرْ فَيَتَعَلَّمُونَ مِنْهُمَا مَا يُفَرِّقُونَ بِهِۦ بَيْنَ ٱلْمَرْءِ وَزَوْجِهِۦ وَمَا هُم بِضَآرِّينَ بِهِۦ مِنْ أَحَدٍ إِلَّا بِإِذْنِ ٱللَّهِ وَيَتَعَلَّمُونَ مَا يَضُرُّهُمْ وَلَا يَنفَعُهُمْ وَلَقَدْ عَلِمُوا۟ لَمَنِ ٱشْتَرَىٰهُ مَا لَهُۥ فِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ مِنْ خَلَٰقٍ وَلَبِئْسَ مَا شَرَوْا۟ بِهِۦٓ أَنفُسَهُمْ لَوْ كَانُوا۟ يَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waattaba'oo maa tatloo sh-shayaateenu 'alaa mulki sulaymaana wamaa kafara sulaymaanu walaakinna sh-shayaateena kafaroo yu'allimoona n-naasa s-sihra wamaa unzila 'alaa l-malakayni bibaabila haaroota wamaaroota wamaa yu'allimaani min ahadin hattaa yaqoolaa innamaa nahnu fitnatun falaa takfur fayata'allamoona minhumaa maa yufarriqoona bihi bayna l-mar'i wazawjihi wamaa hum bidaarreena bihi min ahadin illaa bi'idhni llaahi wayata'allamoona maa yadurruhum walaa yanfa'uhum walaqad 'alimoo lamani shtaraahu maa lahu fee l-'aakhirati min khalaaqin walabi'sa maa sharaw bihi anfusahum law kaanoo ya'lamoon

DIN 31635wāttabaʿū mā tatlū š-šayāṭīnu ʿalā mulki sulaymāna wamā kafara sulaymānu walākinna š-šayāṭīna kafarū yuʿallimūna n-nāsa s-siḥra wamā ʾunzila ʿalā l-malakayni bibābila hārūta wamārūta wamā yuʿallimāni min ʾaḥadin ḥattā yaqūlā ʾinnamā naḥnu fitnatun falā takfur fayataʿallamūna minhumā mā yufarriqūna bihi bayna l-marʾi wazawǧihi wamā hum biḍārrīna bihi min ʾaḥadin ʾillā biʾiḏni llāhi wayataʿallamūna mā yaḍurruhum walā yanfaʿuhum walaqad ʿalimū lamani štarāhu mā lahu fī l-ʾāḫirati min ḫalāqin walabiʾsa mā šaraw bihi ʾanfusahum law kānū yaʿlamūna

And they followed what the devils taught during the reign of Solomon. It was not Solomon who disbelieved, but it was the devils who disbelieved. They taught the people witchcraft and what was revealed in Babylon to the two angels Harut and Marut. They did not teach anybody until they had said, "We are a test, so do not lose faith." But they learned from them the means to cause separation between man and his wife. But they cannot harm anyone except with God's permission. And they learned what would harm them and not benefit them. Yet they knew that whoever deals in it will have no share in the Hereafter. Miserable is what they sold their souls for, if they only knew.

Compare translations (4)

And follow that which the devils falsely related against the kingdom of Solomon. Solomon disbelieved not; but the devils disbelieved, teaching mankind magic and that which was revealed to the two angels in Babel, Harut and Marut. Nor did they (the two angels) teach it to anyone till they had said: We are only a temptation, therefore disbelieve not (in the guidance of Allah). And from these two (angles) people learn that by which they cause division between man and wife; but they injure thereby no-one save by Allah's leave. And they learn that which harmeth them and profiteth them not. And surely they do know that he who trafficketh therein will have no (happy) portion in the Hereafter; and surely evil is the price for which they sell their souls, if they but knew

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And they follow that which the devils recited against Solomons kingdom;- it was not Solomon who misbelieved, but the devils who misbelieved, teaching men sorcery,- and what has been revealed to the two angels at Babylon, Harut and Marut; yet these taught no one until they said, 'We are but a temptation, so do not misbelieve.' Men learn from them only that by which they may part man and wife; but they can harm no one therewith, unless with the permission of God, and they learn what hurts them and profits them not. And yet they knew that he who purchased it would have no portion in the future; but sad is the price at which they have sold their souls, had they but known

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And they followed what the Satans read in the reign of Solomon: not that Solomon was unbelieving, but the Satans were unbelieving. Sorcery did they teach to men, and what had been revealed to the two angels, Harut and Marut, at Babel. Yet no man did these two teach until they had said, "We are only a temptation. Be not then an unbeliever." From these two did men learn how to cause division between man and wife: but unless by leave of God, no man did they harm thereby. They learned, indeed, what would harm and not profit them; and yet they knew that he who bought that art should have no part in the life to come! And vile the price for which they have sold themselves, - if they had but known it

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And they followed the device which the devils devised against the kingdom of Solomon; and Solomon was not an unbeliever; but the devils believed not, they taught men sorcery, and that which was sent down to the two angels at Babel, Harut and Marut: Yet those two taught no man until they had said, verily we are a temptation, therefore be not an unbeliever. So men learned from those two a charm by which they might cause division between a man and his wife; but they hurt none thereby, unless by God's permission; and they learned that which would hurt them, and not profit them; and yet they knew that he who bought that art should have no part in the life to come, and woful is the price for which they have sold their souls, if they knew it

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:103

وَلَوْ أَنَّهُمْ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَٱتَّقَوْا۟ لَمَثُوبَةٌ مِّنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ خَيْرٌ لَّوْ كَانُوا۟ يَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaw annahum aamanoo waattaqaw lamathoobatun min 'indi llaahi khayrun law kaanoo ya'lamoon

DIN 31635walaw ʾannahum ʾāmanū wāttaqaw lamaṯūbatun min ʿindi llāhi ḫayrun law kānū yaʿlamūna

Had they believed and been righteous, the reward from God would have been better, if they only knew.

Compare translations (4)

And if they had believed and kept from evil, a recompense from Allah would be better, if they only knew

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But had they believed and feared, a reward from God were better, had they but known

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But had they believed and feared God, better surely would have been the reward from God, - if they had but known it

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But if they had believed, and feared God, verily the reward they would have had from God, would have been better, if they had known it

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:104

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَقُولُوا۟ رَٰعِنَا وَقُولُوا۟ ٱنظُرْنَا وَٱسْمَعُوا۟ وَلِلْكَٰفِرِينَ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo laa taqooloo raa'inaa waqooloo nzurnaa wasma'oo walilkaafireena 'adhaabun aleem

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū lā taqūlū rāʿinā waqūlū nẓurnā wasmaʿū walilkāfirīna ʿaḏābun ʾalīmun

The translators word this verse differently

O you who believe! Do not say ambiguous words, but say words of respect, and listen. The disbelievers will have a painful torment.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe, say not (unto the Prophet): "Listen to us" but say "Look upon us," and be ye listeners. For disbelievers is a painful doom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! say not 'ra'hina,' but say 'unthurna,' and hearken; for unto misbelievers shall be grievous woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O ye who believe! say not to our apostle, "Raina" (Look at us); but say, "Ondhorna" (Regard us). And attend to this; for, the Infidels shall suffer a grievous chastisement

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, say not to our Apostle, Raina; but say Ondhorna; and hearken: The infidels shall suffer a grievous punishment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:105

مَّا يَوَدُّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِنْ أَهْلِ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ وَلَا ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ أَن يُنَزَّلَ عَلَيْكُم مِّنْ خَيْرٍ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ وَٱللَّهُ يَخْتَصُّ بِرَحْمَتِهِۦ مَن يَشَآءُ وَٱللَّهُ ذُو ٱلْفَضْلِ ٱلْعَظِيمِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)maa yawaddu lladheena kafaroo min ahli l-kitaabi walaa l-mushrikeena an yunazzala 'alaykum min khayrin min rabbikum wallaahu yakhtassu birahmatihi man yashaa'u wallaahu dhoo l-fadli l-'azeem

DIN 31635mā yawaddu llaḏīna kafarū min ʾahli l-kitābi walā l-mušrikīna ʾan yunazzala ʿalaykum min ḫayrin min rabbikum wallāhu yaḫtaṣṣu biraḥmatihi man yašāʾu wallāhu ḏū l-faḍli l-ʿaẓīmi

It is never the wish of the disbelievers from among the People of the Book, nor of the polytheists, that any good should be sent down to you from your Lord. But God chooses for His mercy whomever He wills. God is Possessor of Sublime Grace.

Compare translations (4)

Neither those who disbelieve among the people of the Scripture nor the idolaters love that there should be sent down unto you any good thing from your Lord. But Allah chooseth for His mercy whom He will, and Allah is of Infinite Bounty

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They who misbelieve, whether of those who have the Book or of the idolaters, would fain that no good were sent down to you from your Lord; but God specially favours with His mercy whom He will, for God is Lord of mighty grace

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The unbelievers among the people of the Book, and among the idolaters, desire not that any good should be sent down to you from your Lord: but God will shew His special mercy to whom He will, for He is of great bounty

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

It is not the desire of the unbelievers, either among those unto whom the scriptures have been given, or among the idolaters, that any good should be sent down unto you from your Lord: But God will appropriate his mercy unto whom he pleaseth; for God is exceeding beneficent

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:106

مَا نَنسَخْ مِنْ ءَايَةٍ أَوْ نُنسِهَا نَأْتِ بِخَيْرٍ مِّنْهَآ أَوْ مِثْلِهَآ أَلَمْ تَعْلَمْ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)maa nansakh min aayatin aw nunsihaa na'ti bikhayrin minhaa aw mithlihaa alam ta'lam anna llaaha 'alaa kulli shay'in qadeer

DIN 31635mā nansaḫ min ʾāyatin ʾaw nunsihā naʾti biḫayrin minhā ʾaw miṯlihā ʾalam taʿlam ʾanna llāha ʿalā kulli šayʾin qadīrun

We never nullify a verse, nor cause it to be forgotten, unless We bring one better than it, or similar to it. Do you not know that God is capable of all things?

Compare translations (4)

Nothing of our revelation (even a single verse) do we abrogate or cause be forgotten, but we bring (in place) one better or the like thereof. Knowest thou not that Allah is Able to do all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Whatever verse we may annul or cause thee to forget, we will bring a better one than it, or one like it; dost thou not know that God is mighty over all

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Whatever verses we cancel, or cause thee to forget, we bring a better or its like. Knowest thou not that God hath power over all things

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Whatever verse we shall abrogate, or cause thee to forget, we will bring a better than it, or one like unto it. Dost thou not know that God is almighty

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:107

أَلَمْ تَعْلَمْ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَهُۥ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا لَكُم مِّن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ مِن وَلِىٍّ وَلَا نَصِيرٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alam ta'lam anna llaaha lahu mulku s-samaawaati wal-'ardi wamaa lakum min dooni llaahi min waliyyin walaa naseer

DIN 31635ʾalam taʿlam ʾanna llāha lahu mulku s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍi wamā lakum min dūni llāhi min waliyyin walā naṣīrin

Do you not know that to God belongs the sovereignty of the heavens and the earth, and that apart from God you have no guardian or helper?

Compare translations (4)

Knowest thou not that it is Allah unto Whom belongeth the Sovereignty of the heavens and the earth; and ye have not, beside Allah, any guardian or helper

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Dost thou not know that God's is the kingdom of the heavens and the earth? nor have ye besides God a patron or a help

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Knowest thou not that the dominion of the Heavens and of the Earth is God's? and that ye have neither patron nor helper, save God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Dost thou not know that unto God belongeth the kingdom of heaven and earth? Neither have ye any protector or helper except God

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:108

أَمْ تُرِيدُونَ أَن تَسْـَٔلُوا۟ رَسُولَكُمْ كَمَا سُئِلَ مُوسَىٰ مِن قَبْلُ وَمَن يَتَبَدَّلِ ٱلْكُفْرَ بِٱلْإِيمَٰنِ فَقَدْ ضَلَّ سَوَآءَ ٱلسَّبِيلِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)am tureedoona an tas'aloo rasoolakum kamaa su'ila moosaa min qablu waman yatabaddali l-kufra bil-'eemaani faqad dalla sawaa'a s-sabeel

DIN 31635ʾam turīdūna ʾan tasʾalū rasūlakum kamā suʾila mūsā min qablu waman yatabaddali l-kufra bil-ʾīmāni faqad ḍalla sawāʾa s-sabīli

The translators word this verse differently

Or do you want to question your Messenger as Moses was questioned before? Whoever exchanges faith for disbelief has strayed from the right path.

Compare translations (4)

Or would ye question your messenger as Moses was questioned aforetime? He who chooseth disbelief instead of faith, verily he hath gone astray from a plain road

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Do ye wish to question your apostle as Moses was questioned aforetime? but whoso takes misbelief in exchange for faith has erred from the level road

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Would ye ask of your apostle what of old was asked of Moses? But he who exchangeth faith for unbelief, hath already erred from the even way

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Will ye require of your Apostle according to that which was formerly required of Moses? But he that hath exchanged faith for infidelity, hath already erred from the strait way

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:109

وَدَّ كَثِيرٌ مِّنْ أَهْلِ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لَوْ يَرُدُّونَكُم مِّنۢ بَعْدِ إِيمَٰنِكُمْ كُفَّارًا حَسَدًا مِّنْ عِندِ أَنفُسِهِم مِّنۢ بَعْدِ مَا تَبَيَّنَ لَهُمُ ٱلْحَقُّ فَٱعْفُوا۟ وَٱصْفَحُوا۟ حَتَّىٰ يَأْتِىَ ٱللَّهُ بِأَمْرِهِۦٓ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wadda katheerun min ahli l-kitaabi law yaruddoonakum min ba'di eemaanikum kuffaaran hasadan min 'indi anfusihim min ba'di maa tabayyana lahumu l-haqqu fa'foo wasfahoo hattaa ya'tiya llaahu bi'amrihi inna llaaha 'alaa kulli shay'in qadeer

DIN 31635wadda kaṯīrun min ʾahli l-kitābi law yaruddūnakum min baʿdi ʾīmānikum kuffāran ḥasadan min ʿindi ʾanfusihim min baʿdi mā tabayyana lahumu l-ḥaqqu faʿfū waṣfaḥū ḥattā yaʾtiya llāhu biʾamrihi ʾinna llāha ʿalā kulli šayʾin qadīrun

The translators word this verse differently

Many of the People of the Book wish to turn you back into unbelievers after you have believed, out of envy on their part, after the Truth has become clear to them. But pardon and overlook, until God brings His command. God has power over all things.

Compare translations (4)

Many of the people of the Scripture long to make you disbelievers after your belief, through envy on their own account, after the truth hath become manifest unto them. Forgive and be indulgent (toward them) until Allah give command. Lo! Allah is Able to do all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Many of those who have the Book would fain turn you back into misbelievers after ye have once believed, through envy from themselves, after the truth has been made manifest to them; but pardon and shun them till God brings His command; verily, God is mighty over all

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Many of the people of the Book desire to bring you back to unbelief after ye have believed, out of selfish envy, even after the truth hath been clearly shewn them. But forgive them, and shun them till God shall come in with His working. Truly God hath power over all things

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Many of those unto whom the scriptures have been given, desire to render you again unbelievers, after ye have believed; out of envy from their souls, even after the truth is become manifest unto them; but forgive them, and avoid them, till God shall send his command; for God is omnipotent

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:110

وَأَقِيمُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَءَاتُوا۟ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَمَا تُقَدِّمُوا۟ لِأَنفُسِكُم مِّنْ خَيْرٍ تَجِدُوهُ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ بَصِيرٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'aqeemoo s-salaata wa'aatoo z-zakaata wamaa tuqaddimoo li'anfusikum min khayrin tajidoohu 'inda llaahi inna llaaha bimaa ta'maloona baseer

DIN 31635waʾaqīmū ṣ-ṣalāta waʾātū z-zakāta wamā tuqaddimū liʾanfusikum min ḫayrin taǧidūhu ʿinda llāhi ʾinna llāha bimā taʿmalūna baṣīrun

The translators word this verse differently

And perform the prayer, and give alms. Whatever good you forward for yourselves, you will find it with God. God is Seeing of everything you do.

Compare translations (4)

Establish worship, and pay the poor-due; and whatever of good ye send before (you) for your souls, ye will find it with Allah. Lo! Allah is Seer of what ye do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Be ye steadfast in prayer, and give alms; and whatsoever good ye send before for your own souls, ye shall find it with God, for God in all ye do doth see

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And observe prayer and pay the legal impost: and whatever good thing ye have sent on before for your soul's sake, ye shall find it with God. Verily God seeth what ye do

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Be constant in prayer, and give alms; and what good ye have sent before for your souls, ye shall find it with God; surely God seeth that which ye do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:111

وَقَالُوا۟ لَن يَدْخُلَ ٱلْجَنَّةَ إِلَّا مَن كَانَ هُودًا أَوْ نَصَٰرَىٰ تِلْكَ أَمَانِيُّهُمْ قُلْ هَاتُوا۟ بُرْهَٰنَكُمْ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqaaloo lan yadkhula l-jannata illaa man kaana hoodan aw nasaaraa tilka amaaniyyuhum qul haatoo burhaanakum in kuntum saadiqeen

DIN 31635waqālū lan yadḫula l-ǧannata ʾillā man kāna hūdan ʾaw naṣārā tilka ʾamāniyyuhum qul hātū burhānakum ʾin kuntum ṣādiqīna

The translators word this verse differently

And they say, "None will enter Heaven unless he is a Jew or a Christian." These are their wishes. Say, "Produce your proof, if you are truthful."

Compare translations (4)

And they say: None entereth paradise unless he be a Jew or a Christian. These are their own desires. Say: Bring your proof (of what ye state) if ye are truthful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They say, 'None shall enter Paradise save such as be Jews or Christians;' that is their faith. Say thou, 'Bring your proofs, if ye be speaking truth

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And they say, "None but Jews or Christians shall enter Paradise:" This is their wish. SAY: Give your proofs if ye speak the truth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They say, verily none shall enter paradise, except they who are Jews or Christians: This is their wish. Say, produce your proof of this, if ye speak truth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:112

بَلَىٰ مَنْ أَسْلَمَ وَجْهَهُۥ لِلَّهِ وَهُوَ مُحْسِنٌ فَلَهُۥٓ أَجْرُهُۥ عِندَ رَبِّهِۦ وَلَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)balaa man aslama wajhahu lillaahi wahuwa muhsinun falahu ajruhu 'inda rabbihi walaa khawfun 'alayhim walaa hum yahzanoon

DIN 31635balā man ʾaslama waǧhahu lillāhi wahuwa muḥsinun falahu ʾaǧruhu ʿinda rabbihi walā ḫawfun ʿalayhim walā hum yaḥzanūna

The translators word this verse differently

In fact, whoever submits himself to God, and is a doer of good, will have his reward with his Lord-they have nothing to fear, nor shall they grieve.

Compare translations (4)

Nay, but whosoever surrendereth his purpose to Allah while doing good, his reward is with his Lord; and there shall no fear come upon them neither shall they grieve

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Aye, he who resigns his face to God, and who is kind, he shall have his reward from his Lord, and no fear shall be on them, and they shall not grieve

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But they who set their face with resignation Godward, and do what is right, - their reward is with their Lord; no fear shall come on them, neither shall they be grieved

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Nay, but he who resigneth himself to God, and doth that which is right, he shall have his reward with his Lord; there shall come no fear on them, neither shall they be grieved

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:113

وَقَالَتِ ٱلْيَهُودُ لَيْسَتِ ٱلنَّصَٰرَىٰ عَلَىٰ شَىْءٍ وَقَالَتِ ٱلنَّصَٰرَىٰ لَيْسَتِ ٱلْيَهُودُ عَلَىٰ شَىْءٍ وَهُمْ يَتْلُونَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ كَذَٰلِكَ قَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ مِثْلَ قَوْلِهِمْ فَٱللَّهُ يَحْكُمُ بَيْنَهُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ فِيمَا كَانُوا۟ فِيهِ يَخْتَلِفُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqaalati l-yahoodu laysati n-nasaaraa 'alaa shay'in waqaalati n-nasaaraa laysati l-yahoodu 'alaa shay'in wahum yatloona l-kitaaba kadhaalika qaala lladheena laa ya'lamoona mithla qawlihim fallaahu yahkumu baynahum yawma l-qiyaamati feemaa kaanoo feehi yakhtalifoon

DIN 31635waqālati l-yahūdu laysati n-naṣārā ʿalā šayʾin waqālati n-naṣārā laysati l-yahūdu ʿalā šayʾin wahum yatlūna l-kitāba kaḏālika qāla llaḏīna lā yaʿlamūna miṯla qawlihim fallāhu yaḥkumu baynahum yawma l-qiyāmati fīmā kānū fīhi yaḫtalifūna

The Jews say, "The Christians are not based on anything;" and the Christians say, "The Jews are not based on anything." Yet they both read the Scripture. Similarly, the ignorant said the same thing. God will judge between them on the Day of Resurrection regarding their differences.

Compare translations (4)

And the Jews say the Christians follow nothing (true), and the Christians say the Jews follow nothing (true); yet both are readers of the Scripture. Even thus speak those who know not. Allah will judge between them on the Day of Resurrection concerning that wherein they differ

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The Jews say, 'The Christians rest on nought;' and the Christians say, 'The Jews rest on nought;' and yet they read the Book. So, too, say those who know not, like to what these say; but God shall judge between them on the resurrection day concerning that whereon they do dispute

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Moreover, the Jews say, "The Christians lean on nought:" "On nought lean the Jews," say the Christians: Yet both are readers of the Book. So with like words say they who have no knowledge. But on the resurrection day, God shall judge between them as to that in which they differ

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The Jews say, the Christians are grounded on nothing; and the Christians say, the Jews are grounded on nothing: Yet they both read the scriptures. So likewise say they who know not the scripture, according to their saying. But God shall judge between them on the day of the resurrection, concerning that about which they now disagree

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:114

وَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّن مَّنَعَ مَسَٰجِدَ ٱللَّهِ أَن يُذْكَرَ فِيهَا ٱسْمُهُۥ وَسَعَىٰ فِى خَرَابِهَآ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ مَا كَانَ لَهُمْ أَن يَدْخُلُوهَآ إِلَّا خَآئِفِينَ لَهُمْ فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا خِزْىٌ وَلَهُمْ فِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ عَذَابٌ عَظِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waman azlamu mimman mana'a masaajida llaahi an yudhkara feehaa smuhu wasa'aa fee kharaabihaa oolaa'ika maa kaana lahum an yadkhuloohaa illaa khaa'ifeena lahum fee d-dunyaa khizyun walahum fee l-'aakhirati 'adhaabun 'azeem

DIN 31635waman ʾaẓlamu mimman manaʿa masāǧida llāhi ʾan yuḏkara fīhā smuhu wasaʿā fī ḫarābihā ʾūlāʾika mā kāna lahum ʾan yadḫulūhā ʾillā ḫāʾifīna lahum fī d-dunyā ḫizyun walahum fī l-ʾāḫirati ʿaḏābun ʿaẓīmun

The translators word this verse differently

Who is more unjust than him who forbids the remembrance of God's name in places of worship, and contributes to their ruin? These ought not to enter them except in fear. For them is disgrace in this world, and for them is a terrible punishment in the Hereafter.

Compare translations (4)

And who doth greater wrong than he who forbiddeth the approach to the sanctuaries of Allah lest His name should be mentioned therein, and striveth for their ruin. As for such, it was never meant that they should enter them except in fear. Theirs in the world is ignominy and theirs in the Hereafter is an awful doom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But who is more unjust than he who prohibits God's mosques, that His name should not be mentioned there, and who strives to ruin them? 'Tis not for such to enter into them except in fear, for them is disgrace in this world, and in the future mighty woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And who committeth a greater wrong than he who hindereth God's name from being remembered in his temples, and who hasteth to ruin them? Such men cannot enter them but with fear. Their's is shame in this world, and a severe torment in the next

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Who is more unjust than he who prohibiteth the temples of God, that his name should be remembered therin, and who hasteth to destroy them? Those men cannot enter therein, but with fear: They shall have shame in this world, and in the next a grievous punishment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:115

وَلِلَّهِ ٱلْمَشْرِقُ وَٱلْمَغْرِبُ فَأَيْنَمَا تُوَلُّوا۟ فَثَمَّ وَجْهُ ٱللَّهِ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ وَٰسِعٌ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walillaahi l-mashriqu wal-maghribu fa'aynamaa tuwalloo fathamma wajhu llaahi inna llaaha waasi'un 'aleem

DIN 31635walillāhi l-mašriqu wal-maġribu faʾaynamā tuwallū faṯamma waǧhu llāhi ʾinna llāha wāsiʿun ʿalīmun

To God belong the East and the West. Whichever way you turn, there is God's presence. God is Omnipresent and Omniscient.

Compare translations (4)

Unto Allah belong the East and the West, and whithersoever ye turn, there is Allah's Countenance. Lo! Allah is All-Embracing, All-Knowing

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God's is the east and the west, and wherever ye turn there is God's face; verily, God comprehends and knows

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The East and the West is God's: therefore, whichever way ye turn, there is the face of God: Truly God is immense and knoweth all

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

To God belongeth the east and the west; therefore whithersoever ye turn your selves to pray, there is the face of God; for God is omnipresent and omniscient

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:116

وَقَالُوا۟ ٱتَّخَذَ ٱللَّهُ وَلَدًا سُبْحَٰنَهُۥ بَل لَّهُۥ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ كُلٌّ لَّهُۥ قَٰنِتُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqaaloo takhadha llaahu waladan subhaanahu bal lahu maa fee s-samaawaati wal-'ardi kullun lahu qaanitoon

DIN 31635waqālū taḫaḏa llāhu waladan subḥānahu bal lahu mā fī s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍi kullun lahu qānitūna

And they say, "God has begotten a son." Be He glorified. Rather, His is everything in the heavens and the earth; all are obedient to Him.

Compare translations (4)

And they say: Allah hath taken unto Himself a son. Be He glorified! Nay, but whatsoever is in the heavens and the earth is His. All are subservient unto Him

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They say, 'God takes unto Himself a son.' Celebrated be His praise! Nay, His is what is in the heavens and the earth, and Him all things obey

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And they say, "God hath a son:" No! Praise be to Him! But - His, whatever is in the Heavens and the Earth! All obeyeth Him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They say, God hath begotten children: God forbid! To him belongeth whatever is in heaven, and on earth; all is possessed by him

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:117

بَدِيعُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَإِذَا قَضَىٰٓ أَمْرًا فَإِنَّمَا يَقُولُ لَهُۥ كُن فَيَكُونُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)badee'u s-samaawaati wal-'ardi wa'idhaa qadaa amran fa'innamaa yaqoolu lahu kun fayakoon

DIN 31635badīʿu s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍi waʾiḏā qaḍā ʾamran faʾinnamā yaqūlu lahu kun fayakūnu

Originator of the heavens and the earth. Whenever He decrees a thing, He says to it, "Be," and it becomes.

Compare translations (4)

The Originator of the heavens and the earth! When He decreeth a thing, He saith unto it only: Be! and it is

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The Originator of the heavens and the earth, when He decrees a matter He doth but say unto it, 'BE,' and it is

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Sole maker of the Heavens and of the Earth! And when He decreeth a thing, He only saith to it, "Be," and it is

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

the creator of heaven and earth; and when he decreeth a thing, he only saith unto it, be, and it is

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:118

وَقَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ لَوْلَا يُكَلِّمُنَا ٱللَّهُ أَوْ تَأْتِينَآ ءَايَةٌ كَذَٰلِكَ قَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِهِم مِّثْلَ قَوْلِهِمْ تَشَٰبَهَتْ قُلُوبُهُمْ قَدْ بَيَّنَّا ٱلْـَٔايَٰتِ لِقَوْمٍ يُوقِنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqaala lladheena laa ya'lamoona lawlaa yukallimunaa llaahu aw ta'teenaa aayatun kadhaalika qaala lladheena min qablihim mithla qawlihim tashaabahat quloobuhum qad bayyannaa l-'aayaati liqawmin yooqinoon

DIN 31635waqāla llaḏīna lā yaʿlamūna lawlā yukallimunā llāhu ʾaw taʾtīnā ʾāyatun kaḏālika qāla llaḏīna min qablihim miṯla qawlihim tašābahat qulūbuhum qad bayyannā l-ʾāyāti liqawmin yūqinūna

Those who do not know say, "If only God would speak to us, or a sign would come to us." Thus said those who were before them. Their hearts are alike. We have made the signs clear for people who are certain.

Compare translations (4)

And those who have no knowledge say: Why doth not Allah speak unto us, or some sign come unto us? Even thus, as they now speak, spake those (who were) before them. Their hearts are all alike. We have made clear the revelations for people who are sure

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And those who do not know (the Scriptures) say, 'Unless God speak to us, or there comes a sign.' So spake those before them like unto their speech. Their hearts are all alike. We have made manifest the signs unto a people that are sure

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And they who have no knowledge say, "Unless God speak to us, or thou shew us a sign . . . !" So, with like words, said those who were before them: their hearts are alike: Clear signs have we already shewn for those who have firm faith

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And they who know not the scriptures say, unless God speak unto us, or thou shew us a sign, we will not believe. So said those before them, according to their saying: Their hearts resemble each other. We have already shewn manifest signs unto people who firmly believe

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:119

إِنَّآ أَرْسَلْنَٰكَ بِٱلْحَقِّ بَشِيرًا وَنَذِيرًا وَلَا تُسْـَٔلُ عَنْ أَصْحَٰبِ ٱلْجَحِيمِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)innaa arsalnaaka bil-haqqi basheeran wanadheeran walaa tus'alu 'an ashaabi l-jaheem

DIN 31635ʾinnā ʾarsalnāka bil-ḥaqqi bašīran wanaḏīran walā tusʾalu ʿan ʾaṣḥābi l-ǧaḥīmi

We have sent you with the truth-bringing good news, and giving warnings. You will not be questioned about the inmates of Hell.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! We have sent thee (O Muhammad) with the truth, a bringer of glad tidings and a warner. And thou wilt not be asked about the owners of hell-fire

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

We have sent thee with the truth, a bearer of good tidings and of warning, and thou shalt not be questioned as to the fellows of hell

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Verily, with the Truth have we sent thee, a bearer of good tidings and a warner: and of the people of Hell thou shalt not be questioned

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

we have sent thee in truth, a bearer of good tidings, and a preacher; and thou shalt not be questioned concerning the companions of hell

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:120

وَلَن تَرْضَىٰ عَنكَ ٱلْيَهُودُ وَلَا ٱلنَّصَٰرَىٰ حَتَّىٰ تَتَّبِعَ مِلَّتَهُمْ قُلْ إِنَّ هُدَى ٱللَّهِ هُوَ ٱلْهُدَىٰ وَلَئِنِ ٱتَّبَعْتَ أَهْوَآءَهُم بَعْدَ ٱلَّذِى جَآءَكَ مِنَ ٱلْعِلْمِ مَا لَكَ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ مِن وَلِىٍّ وَلَا نَصِيرٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walan tardaa 'anka l-yahoodu walaa n-nasaaraa hattaa tattabi'a millatahum qul inna hudaa llaahi huwa l-hudaa wala'ini taba'ta ahwaa'ahum ba'da lladhee jaa'aka mina l-'ilmi maa laka mina llaahi min waliyyin walaa naseer

DIN 31635walan tarḍā ʿanka l-yahūdu walā n-naṣārā ḥattā tattabiʿa millatahum qul ʾinna hudā llāhi huwa l-hudā walaʾini tabaʿta ʾahwāʾahum baʿda llaḏī ǧāʾaka mina l-ʿilmi mā laka mina llāhi min waliyyin walā naṣīrin

The Jews and the Christians will not approve of you, unless you follow their creed. Say, "God's guidance is the guidance." Should you follow their desires, after the knowledge that has come to you, you will have in God neither guardian nor helper.

Compare translations (4)

And the Jews will not be pleased with thee, nor will the Christians, till thou follow their creed. Say: Lo! the guidance of Allah (Himself) is Guidance. And if thou shouldst follow their desires after the knowledge which hath come unto thee, then wouldst thou have from Allah no protecting guardian nor helper

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The Jews will not be satisfied with thee, nor yet the Christians, until thou followest their creed. Say, 'God's guidance is the guidance;' and if thou followest their lusts after the knowledge that has come to thee, thou hast not then from God a patron or a help

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But until thou follow their religion, neither Jews nor Christians will be satisfied with thee. SAY: Verily, guidance of God, - that is the guidance! And if, after "the Knowledge" which hath reached thee, thou follow their desires, thou shalt find neither helper nor protector against God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But the Jews will not be pleased with thee, neither the Christians, until thou follow their religion; say, the direction of God is the true direction. And verily if thou follow their desires, after the knowledge which hath been given thee, thou shalt find no patron or protector against God

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:121

ٱلَّذِينَ ءَاتَيْنَٰهُمُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ يَتْلُونَهُۥ حَقَّ تِلَاوَتِهِۦٓ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِهِۦ وَمَن يَكْفُرْ بِهِۦ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْخَٰسِرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena aataynaahumu l-kitaaba yatloonahu haqqa tilaawatihi oolaa'ika yu'minoona bihi waman yakfur bihi fa'oolaa'ika humu l-khaasiroon

DIN 31635allaḏīna ʾātaynāhumu l-kitāba yatlūnahu ḥaqqa tilāwatihi ʾūlāʾika yuʾminūna bihi waman yakfur bihi faʾūlāʾika humu l-ḫāsirūna

Those to whom We have given the Scripture follow it, as it ought to be followed-these believe in it. But as for those who reject it-these are the losers.

Compare translations (4)

Those unto whom We have given the Scripture, who read it with the right reading, those believe in it. And whoso disbelieveth in it, those are they who are the losers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They to whom we have brought the Book and who read it as it should be read, believe therein; and whoso disbelieve therein, 'tis they who lose thereby

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They to whom we have given the Book, and who read it as it ought to be read, - these believe therein: but whoso believeth not therein, shall meet with perdition

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They to whom we have given the book of the Koran, and who read it with its true reading, they believe therein; and whoever believeth not therein, they shall perish

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:122

يَٰبَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ ٱذْكُرُوا۟ نِعْمَتِىَ ٱلَّتِىٓ أَنْعَمْتُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَأَنِّى فَضَّلْتُكُمْ عَلَى ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa banee israa'eela dhkuroo ni'matiya llatee an'amtu 'alaykum wa'annee faddaltukum 'alaa l-'aalameen

DIN 31635yā banī ʾisrāʾīla ḏkurū niʿmatiya llatī ʾanʿamtu ʿalaykum waʾannī faḍḍaltukum ʿalā l-ʿālamīna

O Children of Israel! Remember My blessing which I bestowed upon you, and that I have favored you over all people.

Compare translations (4)

O Children of Israel! Remember My favour wherewith I favoured you and how I preferred you to (all) creatures

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O children of Israel! remember my favours with which I favoured you, and that I have preferred you over the worlds

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O children of Israel! remember my favour wherewith I have favoured you, and that high above all mankind have I raised you

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O children of Israel, remember my favour wherewith I have favoured you, and that I have preferred you before all nations

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:123

وَٱتَّقُوا۟ يَوْمًا لَّا تَجْزِى نَفْسٌ عَن نَّفْسٍ شَيْـًٔا وَلَا يُقْبَلُ مِنْهَا عَدْلٌ وَلَا تَنفَعُهَا شَفَٰعَةٌ وَلَا هُمْ يُنصَرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waattaqoo yawman laa tajzee nafsun 'an nafsin shay'an walaa yuqbalu minhaa 'adlun walaa tanfa'uhaa shafaa'atun walaa hum yunsaroon

DIN 31635wāttaqū yawman lā taǧzī nafsun ʿan nafsin šayʾan walā yuqbalu minhā ʿadlun walā tanfaʿuhā šafāʿatun walā hum yunṣarūna

And beware of a Day when no soul will avail another soul in any way, and no ransom will be accepted from it, and no intercession will benefit it, and they will not be helped.

Compare translations (4)

And guard (yourselves) against a day when no soul will in aught avail another, nor will compensation be accepted from it, nor will intercession be of use to it; nor will they be helped

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And fear the day when no soul shall pay a recompense for a soul, nor shall an equivalent be received therefrom, nor any intercession avail; and they shall not be helped

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And dread the day when not in aught shall soul satisfy for soul, nor shall any ransom be taken from it, nor shall any intercession avail, and they shall not be helped

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and dread the day wherein one soul shall not make satisfaction for another soul, neither shall any compensation be accepted from them, nor shall any intercession avail, neither shall they be helped

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:124

وَإِذِ ٱبْتَلَىٰٓ إِبْرَٰهِـۧمَ رَبُّهُۥ بِكَلِمَٰتٍ فَأَتَمَّهُنَّ قَالَ إِنِّى جَاعِلُكَ لِلنَّاسِ إِمَامًا قَالَ وَمِن ذُرِّيَّتِى قَالَ لَا يَنَالُ عَهْدِى ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhi btalaa ibraaheema rabbuhu bikalimaatin fa'atammahunna qaala innee jaa'iluka lilnnaasi imaaman qaala wamin dhurriyyatee qaala laa yanaalu 'ahdee z-zaalimeen

DIN 31635waʾiḏi btalā ʾibrāhīma rabbuhu bikalimātin faʾatammahunna qāla ʾinnī ǧāʿiluka lilnnāsi ʾimāman qāla wamin ḏurriyyatī qāla lā yanālu ʿahdī ẓ-ẓālimīna

The translators word this verse differently

And when his Lord tested Abraham with certain words, and he fulfilled them. He said, "I am making you a leader of humanity." He said, "And my descendants?" He said, "My pledge does not include the wrongdoers."

Compare translations (4)

And (remember) when his Lord tried Abraham with (His) commands, and he fulfilled them, He said: Lo! I have appointed thee a leader for mankind. (Abraham) said: And of my offspring (will there be leaders)? He said: My covenant includeth not wrong-doers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when his Lord tried Abraham with words, and he fulfilled them, He said, 'Verily, I will set thee as a high priest for men.' Said he, ' And of my seed?' God said, 'My covenant touches not the evildoers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

When his Lord made trial of Abraham by commands which he fulfilled, He said, "I am about to make thee an Imam to mankind:" he said, "Of my offspring also:" "My covenant," said God, "embraceth not the evil doers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Remember when the Lord tried Abraham by certain words, which he fulfilled: God said, verily I will constitute thee a model of religion unto mankind; he answered, and also of my posterity; God said, my covenant doth not comprehend the ungodly

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:125

وَإِذْ جَعَلْنَا ٱلْبَيْتَ مَثَابَةً لِّلنَّاسِ وَأَمْنًا وَٱتَّخِذُوا۟ مِن مَّقَامِ إِبْرَٰهِـۧمَ مُصَلًّى وَعَهِدْنَآ إِلَىٰٓ إِبْرَٰهِـۧمَ وَإِسْمَٰعِيلَ أَن طَهِّرَا بَيْتِىَ لِلطَّآئِفِينَ وَٱلْعَٰكِفِينَ وَٱلرُّكَّعِ ٱلسُّجُودِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh ja'alnaa l-bayta mathaabatan lilnnaasi wa'amnan waattakhidhoo min maqaami ibraaheema musallan wa'ahidnaa ilaa ibraaheema wa'ismaa'eela an tahhiraa baytiya lilttaa'ifeena wal-'aakifeena war-rukka'i s-sujood

DIN 31635waʾiḏ ǧaʿalnā l-bayta maṯābatan lilnnāsi waʾamnan wāttaḫiḏū min maqāmi ʾibrāhīma muṣallan waʿahidnā ʾilā ʾibrāhīma waʾismāʿīla ʾan ṭahhirā baytiya lilṭṭāʾifīna wal-ʿākifīna war-rukkaʿi s-suǧūdi

The translators word this verse differently

And We made the House a focal point for the people, and a sanctuary. Use the shrine of Abraham as a place of prayer. And We commissioned Abraham and Ishmael, "Sanctify My House for those who circle around it, and those who seclude themselves in it, and those who kneel and prostrate."

Compare translations (4)

And when We made the House (at Makka) a resort for mankind and sanctuary, (saying): Take as your place of worship the place where Abraham stood (to pray). And We imposed a duty upon Abraham and Ishmael, (saying): Purify My house for those who go around and those who meditate therein and those who bow down and prostrate themselves (in worship)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when we made the House a place of resort unto men, and a sanctuary, and (said) take the station of Abraham for a place of prayer; and covenanted with Abraham and Ishmael, saying, 'Do ye two cleanse my house for those who make the circuit, for those who pay devotions there, for those who bow down, and for those too who adore

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And remember when we appointed the Holy House as man's resort and safe retreat, and said, "Take ye the station of Abraham for a place of prayer:" And we commanded Abraham and Ismael, "Purify my house for those who shall go in procession round it, and those who shall abide there for devotion, and those who shall bow down and prostrate themselves

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when we appointed the holy house of Mecca to be a place of resort for mankind, and a place of security; and said, take the station of Abraham for a place of prayer; and we covenanted with Abraham and Ismael, that they should cleanse my house for those who should compass it, and those who should be devoutly assiduous there, and those who should bow down and worship

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:126

وَإِذْ قَالَ إِبْرَٰهِـۧمُ رَبِّ ٱجْعَلْ هَٰذَا بَلَدًا ءَامِنًا وَٱرْزُقْ أَهْلَهُۥ مِنَ ٱلثَّمَرَٰتِ مَنْ ءَامَنَ مِنْهُم بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْـَٔاخِرِ قَالَ وَمَن كَفَرَ فَأُمَتِّعُهُۥ قَلِيلًا ثُمَّ أَضْطَرُّهُۥٓ إِلَىٰ عَذَابِ ٱلنَّارِ وَبِئْسَ ٱلْمَصِيرُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh qaala ibraaheemu rabbi j'al haadhaa baladan aaminan warzuq ahlahu mina th-thamaraati man aamana minhum billaahi wal-yawmi l-'aakhiri qaala waman kafara fa'umatti'uhu qaleelan thumma adtarruhu ilaa 'adhaabi n-naari wabi'sa l-maseer

DIN 31635waʾiḏ qāla ʾibrāhīmu rabbi ǧʿal hāḏā baladan ʾāminan warzuq ʾahlahu mina ṯ-ṯamarāti man ʾāmana minhum billāhi wal-yawmi l-ʾāḫiri qāla waman kafara faʾumattiʿuhu qalīlan ṯumma ʾaḍṭarruhu ʾilā ʿaḏābi n-nāri wabiʾsa l-maṣīru

When Abraham said, "O My Lord, make this a peaceful land, and provide its people with fruits-whoever of them believes in God and the Last Day." He said, "And whoever disbelieves, I will give him a little enjoyment, then I will consign him to the punishment of the Fire; how miserable the destiny!"

Compare translations (4)

And when Abraham prayed: My Lord! Make this a region of security and bestow upon its people fruits, such of them as believe in Allah and the Last Day, He answered: As for him who disbelieveth, I shall leave him in contentment for a while, then I shall compel him to the doom of Fire - a hapless journey's end

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When Abraham said, 'Lord, make this a town of safety, and provide the dwellers there with fruits, such as believe in God and the last day!' (God) said, ' And he who misbelieves, I will give him but little to enjoy, then will drive him to the torment of the fire, an evil journey will it be

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when Abraham said, "Lord! make this secure land, and supply its people with fruits, such of them as believe in God and in the last day:" He said, "And whoso believeth not, for a little while will I bestow good things on him; then will I drive him to the torment of the Fire!" An ill passage

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when Abraham said, Lord, make this a territory of security, and bounteously bestow fruits on its inhabitants, such of them as believe in God and the last day; God answered, and whoever believeth not, I will bestow on him little, afterwards I will drive him to the punishment of hellfire; an ill journey shall it be

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:127

وَإِذْ يَرْفَعُ إِبْرَٰهِـۧمُ ٱلْقَوَاعِدَ مِنَ ٱلْبَيْتِ وَإِسْمَٰعِيلُ رَبَّنَا تَقَبَّلْ مِنَّآ إِنَّكَ أَنتَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh yarfa'u ibraaheemu l-qawaa'ida mina l-bayti wa'ismaa'eelu rabbanaa taqabbal minnaa innaka anta s-samee'u l-'aleem

DIN 31635waʾiḏ yarfaʿu ʾibrāhīmu l-qawāʿida mina l-bayti waʾismāʿīlu rabbanā taqabbal minnā ʾinnaka ʾanta s-samīʿu l-ʿalīmu

As Abraham raises the foundations of the House, together with Ishmael, "Our Lord, accept it from us, You are the Hearer, the Knower.

Compare translations (4)

And when Abraham and Ishmael were raising the foundations of the House, (Abraham prayed): Our Lord! Accept from us (this duty). Lo! Thou, only Thou, art the Hearer, the Knower

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when Abraham raised up the foundations of the House with Ishmael, 'Lord! receive it from us, verily, thou art hearing and dost know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when Abraham, with Ismael, raised the foundations of the House, they said, "O our Lord! accept it from us; for thou art the Hearer, the Knower

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when Abraham and Ismael raised the foundations of the house, saying, Lord, accept it from us, for thou art he who heareth and knoweth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:128

رَبَّنَا وَٱجْعَلْنَا مُسْلِمَيْنِ لَكَ وَمِن ذُرِّيَّتِنَآ أُمَّةً مُّسْلِمَةً لَّكَ وَأَرِنَا مَنَاسِكَنَا وَتُبْ عَلَيْنَآ إِنَّكَ أَنتَ ٱلتَّوَّابُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)rabbanaa waj'alnaa muslimayni laka wamin dhurriyyatinaa ummatan muslimatan laka wa'arinaa manaasikanaa watub 'alaynaa innaka anta t-tawwaabu r-raheem

DIN 31635rabbanā waǧʿalnā muslimayni laka wamin ḏurriyyatinā ʾummatan muslimatan laka waʾarinā manāsikanā watub ʿalaynā ʾinnaka ʾanta t-tawwābu r-raḥīmu

The translators word this verse differently

Our Lord, and make us submissive to You, and from our descendants a community submissive to You. And show us our rites, and accept our repentance. You are the Acceptor of Repentance, the Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

Our Lord! And make us submissive unto Thee and of our seed a nation submissive unto Thee, and show us our ways of worship, and relent toward us. Lo! Thou, only Thou, art the Relenting, the Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Lord! and make us too resigned unto Thee, and of our seed also a nation resigned unto Thee, and show us our rites, and turn towards us, verily, Thou art easy to be turned and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O our Lord! make us also Muslims, and our posterity a Muslim people; and teach us our holy rites, and be turned towards us, for thou art He who turneth, the Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Lord, make us also resigned unto thee, and of our posterity a people resigned unto thee, and shew us our holy ceremonies, and be turned unto us, for thou art easy to be reconciled, and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:129

رَبَّنَا وَٱبْعَثْ فِيهِمْ رَسُولًا مِّنْهُمْ يَتْلُوا۟ عَلَيْهِمْ ءَايَٰتِكَ وَيُعَلِّمُهُمُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَٱلْحِكْمَةَ وَيُزَكِّيهِمْ إِنَّكَ أَنتَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْحَكِيمُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)rabbanaa wab'ath feehim rasoolan minhum yatloo 'alayhim aayaatika wayu'allimuhumu l-kitaaba wal-hikmata wayuzakkeehim innaka anta l-'azeezu l-hakeem

DIN 31635rabbanā wabʿaṯ fīhim rasūlan minhum yatlū ʿalayhim ʾāyātika wayuʿallimuhumu l-kitāba wal-ḥikmata wayuzakkīhim ʾinnaka ʾanta l-ʿazīzu l-ḥakīmu

Our Lord, and raise up among them a messenger, of themselves, who will recite to them Your revelations, and teach them the Book and wisdom, and purify them. You are the Almighty, the Wise."

Compare translations (4)

Our Lord! And raise up in their midst a messenger from among them who shall recite unto them Thy revelations, and shall instruct them in the Scripture and in wisdom and shall make them grow. Lo! Thou, only Thou, art the Mighty, Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Lord! and send them an apostle from amongst themselves, to read to them Thy signs and teach them the Book and wisdom, and to purify them; verily, Thou art the mighty and the wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O our Lord! raise up among them an apostle who may rehearse thy signs unto them, and teach them 'the Book,' and Wisdom, and purify them: for thou art the Mighty, the Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Lord, send them likewise an Apostle from among them, who may declare thy signs unto them, and teach them the book of the Koran and wisdom, and may purify them; for thou art mighty and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:130

وَمَن يَرْغَبُ عَن مِّلَّةِ إِبْرَٰهِـۧمَ إِلَّا مَن سَفِهَ نَفْسَهُۥ وَلَقَدِ ٱصْطَفَيْنَٰهُ فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا وَإِنَّهُۥ فِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ لَمِنَ ٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waman yarghabu 'an millati ibraaheema illaa man safiha nafsahu walaqadi stafaynaahu fee d-dunyaa wa'innahu fee l-'aakhirati lamina s-saaliheen

DIN 31635waman yarġabu ʿan millati ʾibrāhīma ʾillā man safiha nafsahu walaqadi ṣṭafaynāhu fī d-dunyā waʾinnahu fī l-ʾāḫirati lamina ṣ-ṣāliḥīna

Who would forsake the religion of Abraham, except he who fools himself? We chose him in this world, and in the Hereafter he will be among the righteous.

Compare translations (4)

And who forsaketh the religion of Abraham save him who befooleth himself? Verily We chose him in the world, and lo! in the Hereafter he is among the righteous

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Who is averse from the faith of Abraham save one who is foolish of soul? for we have chosen him in this world, and in the future he is surely of the righteous

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And who but he that hath debased his soul to folly will mislike the faith of Abraham, when we have chosen him in this world, and in the world to come he shall be of the Just

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Who will be averse to the religion of Abraham, but he whose mind is infatuated? Surely we have chosen him in this world, and in that which is to come he shall be one of the righteous

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:131

إِذْ قَالَ لَهُۥ رَبُّهُۥٓ أَسْلِمْ قَالَ أَسْلَمْتُ لِرَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)idh qaala lahu rabbuhu aslim qaala aslamtu lirabbi l-'aalameen

DIN 31635ʾiḏ qāla lahu rabbuhu ʾaslim qāla ʾaslamtu lirabbi l-ʿālamīna

When his Lord said to him, "Submit!" He said, "I have submitted to the Lord of the Worlds."

Compare translations (4)

When his Lord said unto him: Surrender! he said: I have surrendered to the Lord of the Worlds

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When his Lord said to him, 'Be resigned,' he said, 'I am resigned unto the Lord of the worlds

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

When his Lord said to him, "Resign thyself to me," he said, "I resign myself to the Lord of the Worlds

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

When his Lord said unto him, resign thy self unto me; he answered, I have resigned my self unto the Lord of all creatures

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:132

وَوَصَّىٰ بِهَآ إِبْرَٰهِـۧمُ بَنِيهِ وَيَعْقُوبُ يَٰبَنِىَّ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ ٱصْطَفَىٰ لَكُمُ ٱلدِّينَ فَلَا تَمُوتُنَّ إِلَّا وَأَنتُم مُّسْلِمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wawassaa bihaa ibraaheemu baneehi waya'qoobu yaa baniyya inna llaaha stafaa lakumu d-deena falaa tamootunna illaa wa'antum muslimoon

DIN 31635wawaṣṣā bihā ʾibrāhīmu banīhi wayaʿqūbu yā baniyya ʾinna llāha ṣṭafā lakumu d-dīna falā tamūtunna ʾillā waʾantum muslimūna

And Abraham exhorted his sons, and Jacob, "O my sons, God has chosen this religion for you, so do not die unless you have submitted."

Compare translations (4)

The same did Abraham enjoin upon his sons, and also Jacob, (saying): O my sons! Lo! Allah hath chosen for you the (true) religion; therefore die not save as men who have surrendered (unto Him)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And Abraham instructed his sons therein, and Jacob (saying), 'O my sons! verily, God has chosen for you a religion, do not therefore die unless ye be resigned

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And this to his children did Abraham bequeath, and Jacob also, saying, "O my children! truly God hath chosen a religion for you; so die not unless ye be also Muslims

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And Abraham bequeathed this religion to his children, and Jacob did the same, saying, my children, verily God hath chosen this religion for you, therefore die not, unless ye also be resigned

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:133

أَمْ كُنتُمْ شُهَدَآءَ إِذْ حَضَرَ يَعْقُوبَ ٱلْمَوْتُ إِذْ قَالَ لِبَنِيهِ مَا تَعْبُدُونَ مِنۢ بَعْدِى قَالُوا۟ نَعْبُدُ إِلَٰهَكَ وَإِلَٰهَ ءَابَآئِكَ إِبْرَٰهِـۧمَ وَإِسْمَٰعِيلَ وَإِسْحَٰقَ إِلَٰهًا وَٰحِدًا وَنَحْنُ لَهُۥ مُسْلِمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)am kuntum shuhadaa'a idh hadara ya'qooba l-mawtu idh qaala libaneehi maa ta'budoona min ba'dee qaaloo na'budu ilaahaka wa'ilaaha aabaa'ika ibraaheema wa'ismaa'eela wa'ishaaqa ilaahan waahidan wanahnu lahu muslimoon

DIN 31635ʾam kuntum šuhadāʾa ʾiḏ ḥaḍara yaʿqūba l-mawtu ʾiḏ qāla libanīhi mā taʿbudūna min baʿdī qālū naʿbudu ʾilāhaka waʾilāha ʾābāʾika ʾibrāhīma waʾismāʿīla waʾisḥāqa ʾilāhan wāḥidan wanaḥnu lahu muslimūna

Or were you witnesses when death approached Jacob, and he said to his sons, "What will you worship after Me?" They said, "We will worship your God, and the God of your fathers, Abraham, Ishmael, and Isaac; One God; and to Him we submit."

Compare translations (4)

Or were ye present when death came to Jacob, when he said unto his sons: What will ye worship after me? They said: We shall worship thy god, the god of thy fathers, Abraham and Ishmael and Isaac, One Allah, and unto Him we have surrendered

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Were ye then witnesses when Jacob was facing death, when he said to his sons, 'What will ye serve when I am gone?' They said, 'We will serve thy God, the God of thy fathers Abraham, and Ishmael, and Isaac, one God; and we are unto Him resigned

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Were ye present when Jacob was at the point of death? when he said to his sons, "Whom will ye worship when I am gone?" They said, "We will worship thy God and the God of thy fathers Abraham and Ismael and Isaac, one God, and to Him are we surrendered (Muslims)

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Were ye present when Jacob was at the point of death? When he said to his sons, whom will ye worship after me? They answered, we will worship thy God, and the God of thy fathers Abraham, and Ismael, and Isaac, one God, and to him will we be resigned

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:134

تِلْكَ أُمَّةٌ قَدْ خَلَتْ لَهَا مَا كَسَبَتْ وَلَكُم مَّا كَسَبْتُمْ وَلَا تُسْـَٔلُونَ عَمَّا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)tilka ummatun qad khalat lahaa maa kasabat walakum maa kasabtum walaa tus'aloona 'ammaa kaanoo ya'maloon

DIN 31635tilka ʾummatun qad ḫalat lahā mā kasabat walakum mā kasabtum walā tusʾalūna ʿammā kānū yaʿmalūna

That was a community that has passed; for them is what they have earned, and for you is what you have earned; and you will not be questioned about what they used to do.

Compare translations (4)

Those are a people who have passed away. Theirs is that which they earned, and yours is that which ye earn. And ye will not be asked of what they used to do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

That is a nation that has passed away, theirs is what they gained; and yours shall be what ye have gained; ye shall not be questioned as to that which they have done

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

That people have now passed away; they have the reward of their deeds, and ye shall have the meed of yours: but of their doings ye shall not be questioned

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

That people are now passed away, they have what they have gained, and ye shall have what ye gain; and ye shall not be questioned concerning that which they have done

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:135

وَقَالُوا۟ كُونُوا۟ هُودًا أَوْ نَصَٰرَىٰ تَهْتَدُوا۟ قُلْ بَلْ مِلَّةَ إِبْرَٰهِـۧمَ حَنِيفًا وَمَا كَانَ مِنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqaaloo koonoo hoodan aw nasaaraa tahtadoo qul bal millata ibraaheema haneefan wamaa kaana mina l-mushrikeen

DIN 31635waqālū kūnū hūdan ʾaw naṣārā tahtadū qul bal millata ʾibrāhīma ḥanīfan wamā kāna mina l-mušrikīna

And they say, "Be Jews or Christians, and you will be guided." Say, "Rather, the religion of Abraham, the Monotheist; he was not an idolater."

Compare translations (4)

And they say: Be Jews or Christians, then ye will be rightly guided. Say (unto them, O Muhammad): Nay, but (we follow) the religion of Abraham, the upright, and he was not of the idolaters

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They say, 'Be ye Jews or Christians so shall ye of Abraham be guided.' Say, 'Not so! but the faith of Abraham the 'Hanif, be was not of the idolaters

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They say, moreover, "Become Jews or Christians that ye may have the true guidance." SAY: Nay! the religion of Abraham, the sound in faith, and not one of those who join gods with God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They say, become Jews or Christians that ye may be directed. Say, nay, we follow the religion of Abraham the orthodox, who was no idolater

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:136

قُولُوٓا۟ ءَامَنَّا بِٱللَّهِ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْنَا وَمَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَىٰٓ إِبْرَٰهِـۧمَ وَإِسْمَٰعِيلَ وَإِسْحَٰقَ وَيَعْقُوبَ وَٱلْأَسْبَاطِ وَمَآ أُوتِىَ مُوسَىٰ وَعِيسَىٰ وَمَآ أُوتِىَ ٱلنَّبِيُّونَ مِن رَّبِّهِمْ لَا نُفَرِّقُ بَيْنَ أَحَدٍ مِّنْهُمْ وَنَحْنُ لَهُۥ مُسْلِمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qooloo aamannaa billaahi wamaa unzila ilaynaa wamaa unzila ilaa ibraaheema wa'ismaa'eela wa'ishaaqa waya'qooba wal-'asbaati wamaa ootiya moosaa wa'eesaa wamaa ootiya n-nabiyyoona min rabbihim laa nufarriqu bayna ahadin minhum wanahnu lahu muslimoon

DIN 31635qūlū ʾāmannā billāhi wamā ʾunzila ʾilaynā wamā ʾunzila ʾilā ʾibrāhīma waʾismāʿīla waʾisḥāqa wayaʿqūba wal-ʾasbāṭi wamā ʾūtiya mūsā waʿīsā wamā ʾūtiya n-nabiyyūna min rabbihim lā nufarriqu bayna ʾaḥadin minhum wanaḥnu lahu muslimūna

Say, "We believe in God; and in what was revealed to us; and in what was revealed to Abraham, and Ishmael, and Isaac, and Jacob, and the Patriarchs; and in what was given to Moses and Jesus; and in what was given to the prophets-from their Lord. We make no distinction between any of them, and to Him we surrender."

Compare translations (4)

Say (O Muslims): We believe in Allah and that which is revealed unto us and that which was revealed unto Abraham, and Ishmael, and Isaac, and Jacob, and the tribes, and that which Moses and Jesus received, and that which the prophets received from their Lord. We make no distinction between any of them, and unto Him we have surrendered

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say ye, 'We believe in God, and what has been revealed to us, and what has been revealed to Abraham, and Ishmael, and Isaac, and Jacob, and the Tribes, and what was brought to Moses and Jesus, and what was brought unto the Prophets from their Lord; we will not distinguish between any one of them, and unto Him are we resigned

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Say ye: "We believe in God, and that which hath been sent down to us, and that which hath been sent down to Abraham and Ismael and Isaac and Jacob and the tribes: and that which hath been given to Moses and to Jesus, and that which was given to the prophets from their Lord. No difference do we make between any of them: and to God are we resigned (Muslims)

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, we believe in God, and that which hath been sent down unto us, and that which hath been sent down unto Abraham, and Ismael, and Isaac, and Jacob, and the tribes, and that which was delivered unto Moses, and Jesus, and that which was delivered unto the prophets from their Lord: We make no distinction between any of them, and to God are we resigned

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:137

فَإِنْ ءَامَنُوا۟ بِمِثْلِ مَآ ءَامَنتُم بِهِۦ فَقَدِ ٱهْتَدَوا۟ وَّإِن تَوَلَّوْا۟ فَإِنَّمَا هُمْ فِى شِقَاقٍ فَسَيَكْفِيكَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ وَهُوَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fa'in aamanoo bimithli maa aamantum bihi faqadi htadaw wa'in tawallaw fa'innamaa hum fee shiqaaqin fasayakfeekahumu llaahu wahuwa s-samee'u l-'aleem

DIN 31635faʾin ʾāmanū bimiṯli mā ʾāmantum bihi faqadi htadaw waʾin tawallaw faʾinnamā hum fī šiqāqin fasayakfīkahumu llāhu wahuwa s-samīʿu l-ʿalīmu

If they believe in the same as you have believed in, then they have been guided. But if they turn away, then they are in schism. God will protect you against them; for He is the Hearer, the Knower.

Compare translations (4)

And if they believe in the like of that which ye believe, then are they rightly guided. But if they turn away, then are they in schism, and Allah will suffice thee (for defence) against them. He is the Hearer, the Knower

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

If they believe in that in which ye believe, then are they guided; but if they turn back, then are they only in a schism, and God will suffice thee against them, for He both hears and knows

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

If therefore they believe even as ye believe, then have they true guidance; but if they turn back, then do they cut themselves off from you: and God will suffice to protect thee against them, for He is the Hearer, the Knower

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Now if they believe according to what ye believe, they are surely directed, but if they turn back, they are in schism. God shall support thee against them, for he is the hearer, the wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:138

صِبْغَةَ ٱللَّهِ وَمَنْ أَحْسَنُ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ صِبْغَةً وَنَحْنُ لَهُۥ عَٰبِدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)sibghata llaahi waman ahsanu mina llaahi sibghatan wanahnu lahu 'aabidoon

DIN 31635ṣibġata llāhi waman ʾaḥsanu mina llāhi ṣibġatan wanaḥnu lahu ʿābidūna

God's coloring. And who gives better coloring than God? "And we are devoted to Him."

Compare translations (4)

(We take our) colour from Allah, and who is better than Allah at colouring. We are His worshippers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The dye of God! and who is better than God at dyeing? and we are worshippers of Him

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Islam is the Baptism of God, and who is better to baptise than God? And Him do we serve

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The baptism of God have we received, and who it better than God to baptize? Him do we worship

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:139

قُلْ أَتُحَآجُّونَنَا فِى ٱللَّهِ وَهُوَ رَبُّنَا وَرَبُّكُمْ وَلَنَآ أَعْمَٰلُنَا وَلَكُمْ أَعْمَٰلُكُمْ وَنَحْنُ لَهُۥ مُخْلِصُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul atuhaajjoonanaa fee llaahi wahuwa rabbunaa warabbukum walanaa a'maalunaa walakum a'maalukum wanahnu lahu mukhlisoon

DIN 31635qul ʾatuḥāǧǧūnanā fī llāhi wahuwa rabbunā warabbukum walanā ʾaʿmālunā walakum ʾaʿmālukum wanaḥnu lahu muḫliṣūna

Say, "Do you argue with us about God, when He is our Lord and your Lord, and We have our works, and you have your works, and we are sincere to Him?"

Compare translations (4)

Say (unto the People of the Scripture): Dispute ye with us concerning Allah when He is our Lord and your Lord? Ours are our works and yours your works. We look to Him alone

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'Do ye dispute with us concerning God, and He is our Lord and your Lord? Ye have your works and we have ours, and unto Him are we sincere

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: Will ye dispute with us about God? when He is our Lord and your Lord! We have our works and ye have your works; and we are sincerely His

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, will ye dispute with us concernig God, who is our Lord, and your Lord? We have our works, and ye have your works, and unto him are we sincerely devoted

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:140

أَمْ تَقُولُونَ إِنَّ إِبْرَٰهِـۧمَ وَإِسْمَٰعِيلَ وَإِسْحَٰقَ وَيَعْقُوبَ وَٱلْأَسْبَاطَ كَانُوا۟ هُودًا أَوْ نَصَٰرَىٰ قُلْ ءَأَنتُمْ أَعْلَمُ أَمِ ٱللَّهُ وَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّن كَتَمَ شَهَٰدَةً عِندَهُۥ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ وَمَا ٱللَّهُ بِغَٰفِلٍ عَمَّا تَعْمَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)am taqooloona inna ibraaheema wa'ismaa'eela wa'ishaaqa waya'qooba wal-'asbaata kaanoo hoodan aw nasaaraa qul a'antum a'lamu ami llaahu waman azlamu mimman katama shahaadatan 'indahu mina llaahi wamaa llaahu bighaafilin 'ammaa ta'maloon

DIN 31635ʾam taqūlūna ʾinna ʾibrāhīma waʾismāʿīla waʾisḥāqa wayaʿqūba wal-ʾasbāṭa kānū hūdan ʾaw naṣārā qul ʾaʾantum ʾaʿlamu ʾami llāhu waman ʾaẓlamu mimman katama šahādatan ʿindahu mina llāhi wamā llāhu biġāfilin ʿammā taʿmalūna

Or do you say that Abraham, Ishmael, Isaac, Jacob, and the Patriarchs were Jews or Christians? Say, "Do you know better, or God?" And who does greater wrong than he who conceals a testimony he has from God? God is not unaware of what you do.

Compare translations (4)

Or say ye that Abraham, and Ishmael, and Isaac, and Jacob, and the tribes were Jews or Christians? Say: Do ye know best, or doth Allah? And who is more unjust than he who hideth a testimony which he hath received from Allah? Allah is not unaware of what ye do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Do ye say that Abraham, and Ishmael, and Isaac, and Jacob, and the Tribes were Jews or Christians? Say, 'Are ye more knowing than God? Who is more unjust than one who conceals a testimony that he has from God?' But God is not careless of what ye do

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Will ye say, "Verily Abraham, and Ismael, and Isaac, and Jacob, and the tribes, were Jews or Christians?" SAY: Who knoweth best, ye, or God? And who is more in fault than he who concealeth the witness which he hath from God? But God is not regardless of what ye do

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Will ye say, truly Abraham, and Ismael, and Isaac, and Jacob, and the tribes were Jews or Christians? Say, are ye wiser, or God? And who is more unjust than he who hideth the testimony which he hath received from God? But God is not regardless of that which ye do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:141

تِلْكَ أُمَّةٌ قَدْ خَلَتْ لَهَا مَا كَسَبَتْ وَلَكُم مَّا كَسَبْتُمْ وَلَا تُسْـَٔلُونَ عَمَّا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)tilka ummatun qad khalat lahaa maa kasabat walakum maa kasabtum walaa tus'aloona 'ammaa kaanoo ya'maloon

DIN 31635tilka ʾummatun qad ḫalat lahā mā kasabat walakum mā kasabtum walā tusʾalūna ʿammā kānū yaʿmalūna

That was a community that has passed. To them is what they have earned, and to you is what you have earned. And you will not be questioned about what they used to do.

Compare translations (4)

Those are a people who have passed away; theirs is that which they earned and yours that which ye earn. And ye will not be asked of what they used to do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

That is a nation that has passed away; theirs is what they gained, and yours shall be what ye have gained; ye shall not be questioned as to that which they have done

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

That people have now passed away: they have the reward of their deeds, and for you is the meed of yours; but of their doings ye shall not be questioned

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

That people are passed away, they have what they have gained, and ye shall have what ye gain, nor shall ye be questioned concerning that which they have done

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:142

سَيَقُولُ ٱلسُّفَهَآءُ مِنَ ٱلنَّاسِ مَا وَلَّىٰهُمْ عَن قِبْلَتِهِمُ ٱلَّتِى كَانُوا۟ عَلَيْهَا قُل لِّلَّهِ ٱلْمَشْرِقُ وَٱلْمَغْرِبُ يَهْدِى مَن يَشَآءُ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)sayaqoolu s-sufahaa'u mina n-naasi maa wallaahum 'an qiblatihimu llatee kaanoo 'alayhaa qul lillaahi l-mashriqu wal-maghribu yahdee man yashaa'u ilaa siraatin mustaqeem

DIN 31635sayaqūlu s-sufahāʾu mina n-nāsi mā wallāhum ʿan qiblatihimu llatī kānū ʿalayhā qul lillāhi l-mašriqu wal-maġribu yahdī man yašāʾu ʾilā ṣirāṭin mustaqīmin

The ignorant among the people will say, "What has turned them away from the direction of prayer they once followed?" Say, "To God belong the East and the West. He guides whom He wills to a straight path."

Compare translations (4)

The foolish of the people will say: What hath turned them from the qiblah which they formerly observed? Say: Unto Allah belong the East and the West. He guideth whom He will unto a straight path

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The fools among men will say, 'What has turned them from their qiblah, on which they were agreed?' Say, 'God's is the east and the west, He guides whom He will unto the right path

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The foolish ones will say, "What hath turned them from the kebla which they used?" SAY: The East and the West are God's. He guideth whom he will into the right path

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The foolish men will say, what hath turned them from their Keblah, towards which they formerly prayed? Say, unto God belongeth the east and the west: He directeth whom he pleaseth into the right way

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:143

وَكَذَٰلِكَ جَعَلْنَٰكُمْ أُمَّةً وَسَطًا لِّتَكُونُوا۟ شُهَدَآءَ عَلَى ٱلنَّاسِ وَيَكُونَ ٱلرَّسُولُ عَلَيْكُمْ شَهِيدًا وَمَا جَعَلْنَا ٱلْقِبْلَةَ ٱلَّتِى كُنتَ عَلَيْهَآ إِلَّا لِنَعْلَمَ مَن يَتَّبِعُ ٱلرَّسُولَ مِمَّن يَنقَلِبُ عَلَىٰ عَقِبَيْهِ وَإِن كَانَتْ لَكَبِيرَةً إِلَّا عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ هَدَى ٱللَّهُ وَمَا كَانَ ٱللَّهُ لِيُضِيعَ إِيمَٰنَكُمْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ بِٱلنَّاسِ لَرَءُوفٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wakadhaalika ja'alnaakum ummatan wasatan litakoonoo shuhadaa'a 'alaa n-naasi wayakoona r-rasoolu 'alaykum shaheedan wamaa ja'alnaa l-qiblata llatee kunta 'alayhaa illaa lina'lama man yattabi'u r-rasoola mimman yanqalibu 'alaa 'aqibayhi wa'in kaanat lakabeeratan illaa 'alaa lladheena hadaa llaahu wamaa kaana llaahu liyudee'a eemaanakum inna llaaha bin-naasi lara'oofun raheem

DIN 31635wakaḏālika ǧaʿalnākum ʾummatan wasaṭan litakūnū šuhadāʾa ʿalā n-nāsi wayakūna r-rasūlu ʿalaykum šahīdan wamā ǧaʿalnā l-qiblata llatī kunta ʿalayhā ʾillā linaʿlama man yattabiʿu r-rasūla mimman yanqalibu ʿalā ʿaqibayhi waʾin kānat lakabīratan ʾillā ʿalā llaḏīna hadā llāhu wamā kāna llāhu liyuḍīʿa ʾīmānakum ʾinna llāha bin-nāsi laraʾūfun raḥīmun

Thus We made you a moderate community, that you may be witnesses to humanity, and that the Messenger may be a witness to you. We only established the direction of prayer, which you once followed, that We may distinguish those who follow the Messenger from those who turn on their heels. It is indeed difficult, except for those whom God has guided. But God would never let your faith go to waste. God is Kind towards the people, Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

Thus We have appointed you a middle nation, that ye may be witnesses against mankind, and that the messenger may be a witness against you. And We appointed the qiblah which ye formerly observed only that We might know him who followeth the messenger, from him who turneth on his heels. In truth it was a hard (test) save for those whom Allah guided. But it was not Allah's purpose that your faith should be in vain, for Allah is Full of Pity, Merciful toward mankind

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Thus have we made you a middle nation, to be witnesses against men, and that the Apostle may be a witness against you. We have not appointed the qiblah on which thou wert agreed, save that we might know who follows the Apostle from him who turns upon his heels although it is a great thing save to those whom God doth guide. But God will not waste your faith, for verily, God with men is kind and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Thus have we made you a central people, that ye may be witnesses in regard to mankind, and that the apostle may be a witness in regard to you. We appointed the kebla which thou formerly hadst, only that we might know him who followeth the apostle, from him who turneth on his heels: The change is a difficulty, but not to those whom God hath guided. But God will not let your faith be fruitless; for unto man is God Merciful, Gracious

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Thus have we placed you, O Arabians, an intermediate nation, that ye may be witnesses against the rest of mankind, and that the Apostle may be a witness against you. We appointed the Keblah towards which thou didst formerly pray, only that we might know him who followeth the Apostle, from him who turneth back on his heel; though this change seem a great matter, unless unto those whom God hath directed. But God will not render your faith of none effect; for God is gracious and merciful unto man

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:144

قَدْ نَرَىٰ تَقَلُّبَ وَجْهِكَ فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ فَلَنُوَلِّيَنَّكَ قِبْلَةً تَرْضَىٰهَا فَوَلِّ وَجْهَكَ شَطْرَ ٱلْمَسْجِدِ ٱلْحَرَامِ وَحَيْثُ مَا كُنتُمْ فَوَلُّوا۟ وُجُوهَكُمْ شَطْرَهُۥ وَإِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ لَيَعْلَمُونَ أَنَّهُ ٱلْحَقُّ مِن رَّبِّهِمْ وَمَا ٱللَّهُ بِغَٰفِلٍ عَمَّا يَعْمَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qad naraa taqalluba wajhika fee s-samaa'i falanuwalliyannaka qiblatan tardaahaa fawalli wajhaka shatra l-masjidi l-haraami wahaythu maa kuntum fawalloo wujoohakum shatrahu wa'inna lladheena ootoo l-kitaaba laya'lamoona annahu l-haqqu min rabbihim wamaa llaahu bighaafilin 'ammaa ya'maloon

DIN 31635qad narā taqalluba waǧhika fī s-samāʾi falanuwalliyannaka qiblatan tarḍāhā fawalli waǧhaka šaṭra l-masǧidi l-ḥarāmi waḥayṯu mā kuntum fawallū wuǧūhakum šaṭrahu waʾinna llaḏīna ʾūtū l-kitāba layaʿlamūna ʾannahu l-ḥaqqu min rabbihim wamā llāhu biġāfilin ʿammā yaʿmalūna

We have seen your face turned towards the heaven. So We will turn you towards a direction that will satisfy you. So turn your face towards the Sacred Mosque. And wherever you may be, turn your faces towards it. Those who were given the Book know that it is the Truth from their Lord; and God is not unaware of what they do.

Compare translations (4)

We have seen the turning of thy face to heaven (for guidance, O Muhammad). And now verily We shall make thee turn (in prayer) toward a qiblah which is dear to thee. So turn thy face toward the Inviolable Place of Worship, and ye (O Muslims), wheresoever ye may be, turn your faces (when ye pray) toward it. Lo! Those who have received the Scripture know that (this revelation) is the Truth from their Lord. And Allah is not unaware of what they do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

We see thee often turn about thy face in the heavens, but we will surely turn thee to a qiblah thou shalt like. Turn then thy face towards the Sacred Mosque; wherever ye be, turn your faces towards it; for verily, those who have the Book know that it is the truth from their Lord;- God is not careless of that which ye do

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

We have seen thee turning thy face towards every part of Heaven; but we will have thee turn to a kebla which shall please thee. Turn then thy face towards the sacred Mosque, and wherever ye be, turn your faces towards that part. They, verily, to whom "the Book" hath been given, know this to be the truth from their Lord: and God is not regardless of what ye do

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

We have seen thee turn about thy face towards heaven with uncertainty, but we will cause thee to turn thy self towards a Keblah that will please thee. Turn therefore thy face towards the holy temple of Mecca; and wherever ye be, turn your faces towards that place. They to whom the scripture hath been given, know this to be truth from their Lord. God is not regardless of that which ye do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:145

وَلَئِنْ أَتَيْتَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ بِكُلِّ ءَايَةٍ مَّا تَبِعُوا۟ قِبْلَتَكَ وَمَآ أَنتَ بِتَابِعٍ قِبْلَتَهُمْ وَمَا بَعْضُهُم بِتَابِعٍ قِبْلَةَ بَعْضٍ وَلَئِنِ ٱتَّبَعْتَ أَهْوَآءَهُم مِّنۢ بَعْدِ مَا جَآءَكَ مِنَ ٱلْعِلْمِ إِنَّكَ إِذًا لَّمِنَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wala'in atayta lladheena ootoo l-kitaaba bikulli aayatin maa tabi'oo qiblataka wamaa anta bitaabi'in qiblatahum wamaa ba'duhum bitaabi'in qiblata ba'din wala'ini taba'ta ahwaa'ahum min ba'di maa jaa'aka mina l-'ilmi innaka idhan lamina z-zaalimeen

DIN 31635walaʾin ʾatayta llaḏīna ʾūtū l-kitāba bikulli ʾāyatin mā tabiʿū qiblataka wamā ʾanta bitābiʿin qiblatahum wamā baʿḍuhum bitābiʿin qiblata baʿḍin walaʾini tabaʿta ʾahwāʾahum min baʿdi mā ǧāʾaka mina l-ʿilmi ʾinnaka ʾiḏan lamina ẓ-ẓālimīna

The translators word this verse differently

Even if you were to bring to those who were given the Book every proof, they would not follow your direction, nor are you to follow their direction, nor do they follow the direction of one another. And if you were to follow their desires, after the knowledge that has come to you, you would be in that case one of the wrongdoers.

Compare translations (4)

And even if thou broughtest unto those who have received the Scripture all kinds of portents, they would not follow thy qiblah, nor canst thou be a follower of their qiblah; nor are some of them followers of the qiblah of others. And if thou shouldst follow their desires after the knowledge which hath come unto thee, then surely wert thou of the evil-doers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And if thou shouldst bring to those who have been given the Book every sign, they would not follow your qiblah; and thou art not to follow their qiblah; nor do some of them follow the qiblah of the others: and if thou followest their lusts after the knowledge that has come to thee then art thou of the evildoers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Even though thou shouldest bring every kind of sign to those who have received the Scriptures, yet thy kebla they will not adopt; nor shalt thou adopt their kebla; nor will one part of them adopt the kebla of the other. And if, after the knowledge which hath come to thee, thou follow their wishes, verily then wilt thou become of the unrighteous

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily although thou shouldest shew unto those to whom the scripture hath been given, all kinds of signs, yet they will not follow thy Keblah, neither shalt thou follow their Keblah; nor will one part of them follow the Keblah of the other. And if thou follow their desires, after the knowledge which hath been given thee, verily thou wilt become one of the ungodly

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:146

ٱلَّذِينَ ءَاتَيْنَٰهُمُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ يَعْرِفُونَهُۥ كَمَا يَعْرِفُونَ أَبْنَآءَهُمْ وَإِنَّ فَرِيقًا مِّنْهُمْ لَيَكْتُمُونَ ٱلْحَقَّ وَهُمْ يَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena aataynaahumu l-kitaaba ya'rifoonahu kamaa ya'rifoona abnaa'ahum wa'inna fareeqan minhum layaktumoona l-haqqa wahum ya'lamoon

DIN 31635allaḏīna ʾātaynāhumu l-kitāba yaʿrifūnahu kamā yaʿrifūna ʾabnāʾahum waʾinna farīqan minhum layaktumūna l-ḥaqqa wahum yaʿlamūna

Those to whom We have given the Book recognize it as they recognize their own children. But some of them conceal the truth while they know.

Compare translations (4)

Those unto whom We gave the Scripture recognise (this revelation) as they recognise their sons. But lo! a party of them knowingly conceal the truth

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those whom we have given the Book know him as they know their sons, although a sect of them do surely hide the truth, the while they know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They to whom we have given the Scriptures know him - the apostle - even as they know their own children: but truly a part of them do conceal the truth, though acquainted with it

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They to whom we have given the scripture know our apostle, even as they know their own children; but some of them hide the truth, against their own knowledge

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:147

ٱلْحَقُّ مِن رَّبِّكَ فَلَا تَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْمُمْتَرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)al-haqqu min rabbika falaa takoonanna mina l-mumtareen

DIN 31635al-ḥaqqu min rabbika falā takūnanna mina l-mumtarīna

The truth is from your Lord, so do not be a skeptic.

Compare translations (4)

It is the Truth from thy Lord (O Muhammad), so be not thou of those who waver

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The truth (is) from thy Lord; be not therefore one of those who doubt thereof

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The truth is from thy Lord. Be not then of those who doubt

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Truth is from thy Lord, therefore thou shalt not doubt

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:148

وَلِكُلٍّ وِجْهَةٌ هُوَ مُوَلِّيهَا فَٱسْتَبِقُوا۟ ٱلْخَيْرَٰتِ أَيْنَ مَا تَكُونُوا۟ يَأْتِ بِكُمُ ٱللَّهُ جَمِيعًا إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walikullin wijhatun huwa muwalleehaa fastabiqoo l-khayraati ayna maa takoonoo ya'ti bikumu llaahu jamee'an inna llaaha 'alaa kulli shay'in qadeer

DIN 31635walikullin wiǧhatun huwa muwallīhā fastabiqū l-ḫayrāti ʾayna mā takūnū yaʾti bikumu llāhu ǧamīʿan ʾinna llāha ʿalā kulli šayʾin qadīrun

The translators word this verse differently

To every community is a direction towards which it turns. Therefore, race towards goodness. Wherever you may be, God will bring you all together. God is capable of everything.

Compare translations (4)

And each one hath a goal toward which he turneth; so vie with one another in good works. Wheresoever ye may be, Allah will bring you all together. Lo! Allah is Able to do all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Every sect has some one side to which they turn (in prayer); but do ye hasten onwards to good works; wherever ye are God will bring you all together; verily, God is mighty over all

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

All have a quarter of the Heavens to which they turn them; but wherever ye be, hasten emulously after good: God will one day bring you all together; verily, God is all-powerful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Every sect hath a certain tract of heaven to which they turn themselves in prayer; but for ye strive to run after good things: Wherever ye be, God will bring you all back at the resurrection, for God is almighty

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:149

وَمِنْ حَيْثُ خَرَجْتَ فَوَلِّ وَجْهَكَ شَطْرَ ٱلْمَسْجِدِ ٱلْحَرَامِ وَإِنَّهُۥ لَلْحَقُّ مِن رَّبِّكَ وَمَا ٱللَّهُ بِغَٰفِلٍ عَمَّا تَعْمَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamin haythu kharajta fawalli wajhaka shatra l-masjidi l-haraami wa'innahu lalhaqqu min rabbika wamaa llaahu bighaafilin 'ammaa ta'maloon

DIN 31635wamin ḥayṯu ḫaraǧta fawalli waǧhaka šaṭra l-masǧidi l-ḥarāmi waʾinnahu lalḥaqqu min rabbika wamā llāhu biġāfilin ʿammā taʿmalūna

And wherever you come from, turn your face towards the Sacred Mosque. This is the truth from your Lord, and God is not heedless of what you do.

Compare translations (4)

And whencesoever thou comest forth (for prayer, O Muhammad) turn thy face toward the Inviolable Place of Worship. Lo! it is the Truth from thy Lord. Allah is not unaware of what ye do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

From whencesoever thou comest forth, there turn thy face towards the Sacred Mosque, for it is surely truth from thy Lord; God is not careless about what ye do

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And from whatever place thou comest forth, turn thy face toward the sacred Mosque; for this is the truth from thy Lord; and God is not inattentive to your doings

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And from what place soever thou comest forth, turn thy face towards the holy temple; for this is truth from thy Lord; neither is God regardless of that which ye do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:150

وَمِنْ حَيْثُ خَرَجْتَ فَوَلِّ وَجْهَكَ شَطْرَ ٱلْمَسْجِدِ ٱلْحَرَامِ وَحَيْثُ مَا كُنتُمْ فَوَلُّوا۟ وُجُوهَكُمْ شَطْرَهُۥ لِئَلَّا يَكُونَ لِلنَّاسِ عَلَيْكُمْ حُجَّةٌ إِلَّا ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ مِنْهُمْ فَلَا تَخْشَوْهُمْ وَٱخْشَوْنِى وَلِأُتِمَّ نِعْمَتِى عَلَيْكُمْ وَلَعَلَّكُمْ تَهْتَدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamin haythu kharajta fawalli wajhaka shatra l-masjidi l-haraami wahaythu maa kuntum fawalloo wujoohakum shatrahu li'allaa yakoona lilnnaasi 'alaykum hujjatun illaa lladheena zalamoo minhum falaa takhshawhum wakhshawnee wali'utimma ni'matee 'alaykum wala'allakum tahtadoon

DIN 31635wamin ḥayṯu ḫaraǧta fawalli waǧhaka šaṭra l-masǧidi l-ḥarāmi waḥayṯu mā kuntum fawallū wuǧūhakum šaṭrahu liʾallā yakūna lilnnāsi ʿalaykum ḥuǧǧatun ʾillā llaḏīna ẓalamū minhum falā taḫšawhum waḫšawnī waliʾutimma niʿmatī ʿalaykum walaʿallakum tahtadūna

And wherever you come from, turn your face towards the Sacred Mosque. And wherever you may be, turn your faces towards it. So that the people may not have any argument against you-except those who do wrong among them. So do not fear them, but fear Me, that I may complete My blessings upon you, and that you may be guided.

Compare translations (4)

Whencesoever thou comest forth turn thy face toward the Inviolable Place of Worship; and wheresoever ye may be (O Muslims) turn your faces toward it (when ye pray) so that men may have no argument against you, save such of them as do injustice - Fear them not, but fear Me! - and so that I may complete My grace upon you, and that ye may be guided

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And from whencesoever thou comest forth, there turn thy face towards the Sacred Mosque, and wheresoever ye are, turn your faces towards it, that men may have no argument against you, save only those of them who are unjust; and fear them not, but fear me and I will fulfil my favours to you, perchance ye may be guided yet

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And from whatever place thou comest forth, turn thy face toward the sacred Mosque; and wherever ye be, to that part turn your faces, lest men have cause of dispute against you: but as for the impious among them, fear them not; but fear me, that I may perfect my favours on you, and that ye may be guided aright

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

From what place soever thou comest forth, turn thy face towards the holy temple; and wherever ye be, thitherward turn your faces, lest men have matter of dispute against you; but as for those among them who are unjust doers, fear them not, but fear me, that I may accomplish my grace upon you, and that ye may be directed

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:151

كَمَآ أَرْسَلْنَا فِيكُمْ رَسُولًا مِّنكُمْ يَتْلُوا۟ عَلَيْكُمْ ءَايَٰتِنَا وَيُزَكِّيكُمْ وَيُعَلِّمُكُمُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَٱلْحِكْمَةَ وَيُعَلِّمُكُم مَّا لَمْ تَكُونُوا۟ تَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)kamaa arsalnaa feekum rasoolan minkum yatloo 'alaykum aayaatinaa wayuzakkeekum wayu'allimukumu l-kitaaba wal-hikmata wayu'allimukum maa lam takoonoo ta'lamoon

DIN 31635kamā ʾarsalnā fīkum rasūlan minkum yatlū ʿalaykum ʾāyātinā wayuzakkīkum wayuʿallimukumu l-kitāba wal-ḥikmata wayuʿallimukum mā lam takūnū taʿlamūna

Just as We sent to you a messenger from among you, who recites Our revelations to you, and purifies you, and teaches you the Book and wisdom, and teaches you what you did not know.

Compare translations (4)

Even as We have sent unto you a messenger from among you, who reciteth unto you Our revelations and causeth you to grow, and teacheth you the Scripture and wisdom, and teacheth you that which ye knew not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Thus have we sent amongst you an apostle of yourselves, to recite to you our signs, to purify you and teach you the Book and wisdom, and to teach you what ye did not know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And we sent to you an apostle from among yourselves to rehearse our signs unto you, and to purify you, and to instruct you in "the Book," and in the wisdom, and to teach you that which ye knew not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

As we have sent unto you an apostle from among you, to rehearse our signs unto you, and to purify you, and to teach you the book of the Koran and wisdom, and to teach you that which ye knew not

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:152

فَٱذْكُرُونِىٓ أَذْكُرْكُمْ وَٱشْكُرُوا۟ لِى وَلَا تَكْفُرُونِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fadhkuroonee adhkurkum washkuroo lee walaa takfuroon

DIN 31635faḏkurūnī ʾaḏkurkum waškurū lī walā takfurūni

So remember Me, and I will remember you. And thank Me, and do not be ungrateful.

Compare translations (4)

Therefore remember Me, I will remember you. Give thanks to Me, and reject not Me

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

remember me, then, and I will remember you; thank me, and do not misbelieve

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Therefore remember me: I will remember you; and give me thanks and be not ungrateful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Therefore remember me, and I will remember you, and give thanks unto me, and be not unbelievers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:153

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱسْتَعِينُوا۟ بِٱلصَّبْرِ وَٱلصَّلَوٰةِ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ مَعَ ٱلصَّٰبِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo sta'eenoo bis-sabri was-salaati inna llaaha ma'a s-saabireen

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū staʿīnū biṣ-ṣabri waṣ-ṣalāti ʾinna llāha maʿa ṣ-ṣābirīna

O you who believe! Seek help through patience and prayers. God is with the steadfast.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! Seek help in steadfastness and prayer. Lo! Allah is with the steadfast

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who do believe! seek aid from patience and from prayer, verily, God is with the patient

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O ye who believe! seek help with patience and with prayer, for God is with the patient

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, beg assistance with patience and prayer, for God is with the patient

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:154

وَلَا تَقُولُوا۟ لِمَن يُقْتَلُ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ أَمْوَٰتٌۢ بَلْ أَحْيَآءٌ وَلَٰكِن لَّا تَشْعُرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa taqooloo liman yuqtalu fee sabeeli llaahi amwaatun bal ahyaa'un walaakin laa tash'uroon

DIN 31635walā taqūlū liman yuqtalu fī sabīli llāhi ʾamwātun bal ʾaḥyāʾun walākin lā tašʿurūna

And do not say of those who are killed in the cause of God, "Dead." Rather, they are alive, but you do not perceive.

Compare translations (4)

And call not those who are slain in the way of Allah "dead." Nay, they are living, only ye perceive not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And say not of those who are slain in God's way (that they are) dead, but rather living; but ye do not perceive

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And say not of those who are slain on God's path that they are Dead; nay, they are Living! But ye understand not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And say not of those who are slain in fight for the religion of God, that they are dead; yea, they are living: But ye do not understand

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:155

وَلَنَبْلُوَنَّكُم بِشَىْءٍ مِّنَ ٱلْخَوْفِ وَٱلْجُوعِ وَنَقْصٍ مِّنَ ٱلْأَمْوَٰلِ وَٱلْأَنفُسِ وَٱلثَّمَرَٰتِ وَبَشِّرِ ٱلصَّٰبِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walanabluwannakum bishay'in mina l-khawfi wal-joo'i wanaqsin mina l-'amwaali wal-'anfusi wath-thamaraati wabashshiri s-saabireen

DIN 31635walanabluwannakum bišayʾin mina l-ḫawfi wal-ǧūʿi wanaqṣin mina l-ʾamwāli wal-ʾanfusi waṯ-ṯamarāti wabašširi ṣ-ṣābirīna

We will certainly test you with some fear and hunger, and some loss of possessions and lives and crops. But give good news to the steadfast.

Compare translations (4)

And surely We shall try you with something of fear and hunger, and loss of wealth and lives and crops; but give glad tidings to the steadfast

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

We will try you with something of fear, and hunger and loss of wealth, and souls and fruit; but give good tidings to the patient

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

With somewhat of fear and hunger, and loss of wealth, and lives, and fruits, will we surely prove you: but bear good tidings to the patient

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

We will surely prove you by afflicting you in some measure with fear, and hunger, and decrease of wealth, and loss of lives, and scarcity of fruits: But bear good tidings unto the patient

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:156

ٱلَّذِينَ إِذَآ أَصَٰبَتْهُم مُّصِيبَةٌ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا لِلَّهِ وَإِنَّآ إِلَيْهِ رَٰجِعُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena idhaa asaabathum museebatun qaaloo innaa lillaahi wa'innaa ilayhi raaji'oon

DIN 31635allaḏīna ʾiḏā ʾaṣābathum muṣībatun qālū ʾinnā lillāhi waʾinnā ʾilayhi rāǧiʿūna

Those who, when a calamity afflicts them, say, "To God we belong, and to Him we will return."

Compare translations (4)

Who say, when a misfortune striketh them: Lo! we are Allah's and lo! unto Him we are returning

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

who when there falls on them a calamity say, 'Verily, we are God's and, verily, to Him do we return

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Who when a mischance chanceth them, say, "Verily we are God's, and to Him shall we return

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

who when a misfortune befalleth them, say, we are God's, and unto him shall we surely return

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:157

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ عَلَيْهِمْ صَلَوَٰتٌ مِّن رَّبِّهِمْ وَرَحْمَةٌ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْمُهْتَدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)oolaa'ika 'alayhim salawaatun min rabbihim warahmatun wa'oolaa'ika humu l-muhtadoon

DIN 31635ʾūlāʾika ʿalayhim ṣalawātun min rabbihim waraḥmatun waʾūlāʾika humu l-muhtadūna

Upon these are blessings and mercy from their Lord. These are the guided ones.

Compare translations (4)

Such are they on whom are blessings from their Lord, and mercy. Such are the rightly guided

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

These, on them are blessings from their Lord and mercy, and they it is who are guided

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

On them shall be blessings from their Lord, and mercy: and these! - they are the rightly guided

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Upon them shall be blessings from their Lord and mercy, and they are the rightly directed

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:158

إِنَّ ٱلصَّفَا وَٱلْمَرْوَةَ مِن شَعَآئِرِ ٱللَّهِ فَمَنْ حَجَّ ٱلْبَيْتَ أَوِ ٱعْتَمَرَ فَلَا جُنَاحَ عَلَيْهِ أَن يَطَّوَّفَ بِهِمَا وَمَن تَطَوَّعَ خَيْرًا فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ شَاكِرٌ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna s-safaa wal-marwata min sha'aa'iri llaahi faman hajja l-bayta awi 'tamara falaa junaaha 'alayhi an yattawwafa bihimaa waman tatawwa'a khayran fa'inna llaaha shaakirun 'aleem

DIN 31635ʾinna ṣ-ṣafā wal-marwata min šaʿāʾiri llāhi faman ḥaǧǧa l-bayta ʾawi ʿtamara falā ǧunāḥa ʿalayhi ʾan yaṭṭawwafa bihimā waman taṭawwaʿa ḫayran faʾinna llāha šākirun ʿalīmun

The translators word this verse differently

Safa and Marwa are among the rites of God. Whoever makes the Pilgrimage to the House, or performs the Umrah, commits no error by circulating between them. Whoever volunteers good-God is Appreciative and Cognizant.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! (the mountains) As-Safa and Al-Marwah are among the indications of Allah. It is therefore no sin for him who is on pilgrimage to the House (of Allah) or visiteth it, to go around them (as the pagan custom is). And he who doeth good of his own accord, (for him) lo! Allah is Responsive, Aware

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, Zafa and Merwah are of the beacons of God, and he who makes the pilgrimage unto the House, or visits it, it is no crime for him to compass them both about; and he who obeys his own impulse to a good work,- God is grateful and doth know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Verily, Safa and Marwah are among the monuments of God: whoever then maketh a pilgrimage to the temple, or visiteth it, shall not be to blame if he go round about them both. And as for him who of his own accord doeth what is good - God is Grateful, Knowing

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Moreover Safa and Merwah are two of the monuments of God: Whoever therefore goeth on pilgrimage to the temple of Mecca or visiteth it, it shall be no crime in him if he compass them both. And as for him who voluntarily performeth a good work; verily God is grateful and knowing

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:159

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَكْتُمُونَ مَآ أَنزَلْنَا مِنَ ٱلْبَيِّنَٰتِ وَٱلْهُدَىٰ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا بَيَّنَّٰهُ لِلنَّاسِ فِى ٱلْكِتَٰبِ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ يَلْعَنُهُمُ ٱللَّهُ وَيَلْعَنُهُمُ ٱللَّٰعِنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena yaktumoona maa anzalnaa mina l-bayyinaati wal-hudaa min ba'di maa bayyannaahu lilnnaasi fee l-kitaabi oolaa'ika yal'anuhumu llaahu wayal'anuhumu llaa'inoon

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna yaktumūna mā ʾanzalnā mina l-bayyināti wal-hudā min baʿdi mā bayyannāhu lilnnāsi fī l-kitābi ʾūlāʾika yalʿanuhumu llāhu wayalʿanuhumu llāʿinūna

Those who suppress the proofs and the guidance We have revealed, after We have clarified them to humanity in the Scripture-those-God curses them, and the cursers curse them.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! Those who hide the proofs and the guidance which We revealed, after We had made it clear to mankind in the Scripture: such are accursed of Allah and accursed of those who have the power to curse

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, those who hide what we have revealed of manifest signs and of guidance after we have manifested it to men in the Book, them God shall curse, and those who curse shall curse them too

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They who conceal aught that we have sent down, either of clear proof or of guidance, after what we have so clearly shewn to men in the Book, God shall curse them, and they who curse shall curse them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They who conceal any of the evident signs, or the direction which we have sent down, after what we have manifested unto men in the scripture, God shall curse them; and they who curse shall curse them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:160

إِلَّا ٱلَّذِينَ تَابُوا۟ وَأَصْلَحُوا۟ وَبَيَّنُوا۟ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَتُوبُ عَلَيْهِمْ وَأَنَا ٱلتَّوَّابُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)illaa lladheena taaboo wa'aslahoo wabayyanoo fa'oolaa'ika atoobu 'alayhim wa'anaa t-tawwaabu r-raheem

DIN 31635ʾillā llaḏīna tābū waʾaṣlaḥū wabayyanū faʾūlāʾika ʾatūbu ʿalayhim waʾanā t-tawwābu r-raḥīmu

The translators word this verse differently

Except those who repent, and reform, and proclaim. Those-I will accept their repentance. I am the Acceptor of Repentance, the Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

Except those who repent and amend and make manifest (the truth). These it is toward whom I relent. I am the Relenting, the Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Save those who turn and do right and make (the signs) manifest; these will I turn to again, for I am easy to be turned and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But as for those who turn to me, and amend and make known the truth, even unto them will I turn me, for I am He who Turneth, the Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But as for those who repent and amend, and make known what they concealed, I will be turned unto them, for I am easy to be reconciled and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:161

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَمَاتُوا۟ وَهُمْ كُفَّارٌ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ عَلَيْهِمْ لَعْنَةُ ٱللَّهِ وَٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةِ وَٱلنَّاسِ أَجْمَعِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena kafaroo wamaatoo wahum kuffaarun oolaa'ika 'alayhim la'natu llaahi wal-malaa'ikati wan-naasi ajma'een

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna kafarū wamātū wahum kuffārun ʾūlāʾika ʿalayhim laʿnatu llāhi wal-malāʾikati wan-nāsi ʾaǧmaʿīna

But as for those who reject faith, and die rejecting-those-upon them is the curse of God, and of the angels, and of all humanity.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! Those who disbelieve, and die while they are disbelievers; on them is the curse of Allah and of angels and of men combined

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, those who misbelieve and die while still in misbelief, on them is the curse of God, and of the angels, and of mankind altogether

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Verily, they who are infidels and die infidels, - these! upon them shall be the malison of God and of angels and of all men

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Surely they who believe not, and die in their unbelief, upon them shall be the curse of God, and of the angels, and of all men

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:162

خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا لَا يُخَفَّفُ عَنْهُمُ ٱلْعَذَابُ وَلَا هُمْ يُنظَرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)khaalideena feehaa laa yukhaffafu 'anhumu l-'adhaabu walaa hum yunzaroon

DIN 31635ḫālidīna fīhā lā yuḫaffafu ʿanhumu l-ʿaḏābu walā hum yunẓarūna

They will remain under it forever, and the torment will not be lightened for them, and they will not be reprieved.

Compare translations (4)

They ever dwell therein. The doom will not be lightened for them, neither will they be reprieved

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

to dwell therein for aye; the torment shall not be lightened for them, nor shall they be looked upon

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Under it shall they remain for ever: their torment shall not be lightened, and God will not even look upon them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

they shall remain under it for ever, their punishment shall not be alleviated, neither shall they be regarded

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:163

وَإِلَٰهُكُمْ إِلَٰهٌ وَٰحِدٌ لَّآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'ilaahukum ilaahun waahidun laa ilaaha illaa huwa r-rahmaanu r-raheem

DIN 31635waʾilāhukum ʾilāhun wāḥidun lā ʾilāha ʾillā huwa r-raḥmānu r-raḥīmu

Your God is one God. There is no god but He, the Benevolent, the Compassionate.

Compare translations (4)

Your Allah is One Allah; there is no Allah save Him, the Beneficent, the Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Your God is one God; there is no God but He, the merciful, the compassionate

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Your God is one God: there is no God but He, the Compassionate, the Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Your God is one God, there is no God but He, the most merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:164

إِنَّ فِى خَلْقِ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَٱخْتِلَٰفِ ٱلَّيْلِ وَٱلنَّهَارِ وَٱلْفُلْكِ ٱلَّتِى تَجْرِى فِى ٱلْبَحْرِ بِمَا يَنفَعُ ٱلنَّاسَ وَمَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ مِنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ مِن مَّآءٍ فَأَحْيَا بِهِ ٱلْأَرْضَ بَعْدَ مَوْتِهَا وَبَثَّ فِيهَا مِن كُلِّ دَآبَّةٍ وَتَصْرِيفِ ٱلرِّيَٰحِ وَٱلسَّحَابِ ٱلْمُسَخَّرِ بَيْنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ لَـَٔايَٰتٍ لِّقَوْمٍ يَعْقِلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna fee khalqi s-samaawaati wal-'ardi wakhtilaafi llayli wan-nahaari wal-fulki llatee tajree fee l-bahri bimaa yanfa'u n-naasa wamaa anzala llaahu mina s-samaa'i min maa'in fa'ahyaa bihi l-'arda ba'da mawtihaa wabaththa feehaa min kulli daabbatin watasreefi r-riyaahi was-sahaabi l-musakhkhari bayna s-samaa'i wal-'ardi la'aayaatin liqawmin ya'qiloon

DIN 31635ʾinna fī ḫalqi s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍi waḫtilāfi llayli wan-nahāri wal-fulki llatī taǧrī fī l-baḥri bimā yanfaʿu n-nāsa wamā ʾanzala llāhu mina s-samāʾi min māʾin faʾaḥyā bihi l-ʾarḍa baʿda mawtihā wabaṯṯa fīhā min kulli dābbatin wataṣrīfi r-riyāḥi was-saḥābi l-musaḫḫari bayna s-samāʾi wal-ʾarḍi laʾāyātin liqawmin yaʿqilūna

In the creation of the heavens and the earth; in the alternation of night and day; in the ships that sail the oceans for the benefit of mankind; in the water that God sends down from the sky, and revives the earth with it after it had died, and scatters in it all kinds of creatures; in the changing of the winds, and the clouds disposed between the sky and the earth; are signs for people who understand.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! In the creation of the heavens and the earth, and the difference of night and day, and the ships which run upon the sea with that which is of use to men, and the water which Allah sendeth down from the sky, thereby reviving the earth after its death, and dispersing all kinds of beasts therein, and (in) the ordinance of the winds, and the clouds obedient between heaven and earth: are signs (of Allah's Sovereignty) for people who have sense

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, in the creation of the heavens and the earth, and the alternation of night and day, and in the ship that runneth in the sea with that which profits man, and in what water God sends down from heaven and quickens therewith the earth after its death, and spreads abroad therein all kinds of cattle, and in the shifting of the winds, and in the clouds that are pressed into service betwixt heaven and earth, are signs to people who can understand

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Assuredly in the creation of the Heavens and of the Earth; and in the alternation of night and day; and in the ships which pass through the sea with what is useful to man; and in the rain which God sendeth down from Heaven, giving life by it to the earth after its death, and by scattering over it all kinds of cattle; and in the change of the winds, and in the clouds that are made to do service between the Heaven and the Earth; - are signs for those who understand

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Now in the creation of heaven and earth, and the vicissitude of night and day, and in the ship which saileth in the sea, loaden with what is profitable for mankind, and in the rain water which God sendeth from heaven, quickening thereby the dead earth, and replenishing the same with all sorts of cattle, and in the change of winds, and the clouds that are compelled to do service between heaven and earth, are signs to people of understanding

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:165

وَمِنَ ٱلنَّاسِ مَن يَتَّخِذُ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ أَندَادًا يُحِبُّونَهُمْ كَحُبِّ ٱللَّهِ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ أَشَدُّ حُبًّا لِّلَّهِ وَلَوْ يَرَى ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوٓا۟ إِذْ يَرَوْنَ ٱلْعَذَابَ أَنَّ ٱلْقُوَّةَ لِلَّهِ جَمِيعًا وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ شَدِيدُ ٱلْعَذَابِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamina n-naasi man yattakhidhu min dooni llaahi andaadan yuhibboonahum kahubbi llaahi walladheena aamanoo ashaddu hubban lillaahi walaw yaraa lladheena zalamoo idh yarawna l-'adhaaba anna l-quwwata lillaahi jamee'an wa'anna llaaha shadeedu l-'adhaab

DIN 31635wamina n-nāsi man yattaḫiḏu min dūni llāhi ʾandādan yuḥibbūnahum kaḥubbi llāhi wallaḏīna ʾāmanū ʾašaddu ḥubban lillāhi walaw yarā llaḏīna ẓalamū ʾiḏ yarawna l-ʿaḏāba ʾanna l-quwwata lillāhi ǧamīʿan waʾanna llāha šadīdu l-ʿaḏābi

The translators word this verse differently

Yet among the people are those who take other than God as equals to Him. They love them as the love of God. But those who believe have greater love for God. If only the wrongdoers would realize, when they see the torment; that all power is God's, and that God is severe in punishment.

Compare translations (4)

Yet of mankind are some who take unto themselves (objects of worship which they set as) rivals to Allah, loving them with a love like (that which is the due) of Allah (only) - those who believe are stauncher in their love for Allah - Oh, that those who do evil had but known, (on the day) when they behold the doom, that power belongeth wholly to Allah, and that Allah is severe in punishment

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Yet are there some amongst mankind who take to themselves peers other than God; they love them as they should love God while those who believe love God more. O that those who are unjust could only see, when they see the torment, that power is altogether God's! Verily, God is keen to torment

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Yet there are men who take to them idols along with God, and love them with the love of God: But stronger in the faithful is the love of God. Oh! the impious will see, when they see their chastisement, that all power is God's, and that God is severe in chastising

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Yet some men take idols beside God, and love them as with the love due to God; but the true believers are more fervent in love towards God. Oh that they who act unjustly did perceive, when they behold their punishment, that all power belongeth unto God, and that he is severe in punishing

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:166

إِذْ تَبَرَّأَ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتُّبِعُوا۟ مِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّبَعُوا۟ وَرَأَوُا۟ ٱلْعَذَابَ وَتَقَطَّعَتْ بِهِمُ ٱلْأَسْبَابُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)idh tabarra'a lladheena tubi'oo mina lladheena taba'oo wara'awu l-'adhaaba wataqatta'at bihimu l-'asbaab

DIN 31635ʾiḏ tabarraʾa llaḏīna tubiʿū mina llaḏīna tabaʿū waraʾawu l-ʿaḏāba wataqaṭṭaʿat bihimu l-ʾasbābu

The translators word this verse differently

Those who were followed will then disown those who followed them, and they will see the retribution, and ties between them will be severed.

Compare translations (4)

(On the day) when those who were followed disown those who followed (them), and they behold the doom, and all their aims collapse with them

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When those who are followed clear themselves of those who followed them, and see the torment, and the cords are cut asunder

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

When those who have had followers shall declare themselves clear from their followers after that they have seen the chastisement, and when the ties between them shall be cut asunder

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

When those who have been followed, shall separate themselves from their followers, and shall see the punishment, and the cords of relation between them shall be cut in sunder

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:167

وَقَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّبَعُوا۟ لَوْ أَنَّ لَنَا كَرَّةً فَنَتَبَرَّأَ مِنْهُمْ كَمَا تَبَرَّءُوا۟ مِنَّا كَذَٰلِكَ يُرِيهِمُ ٱللَّهُ أَعْمَٰلَهُمْ حَسَرَٰتٍ عَلَيْهِمْ وَمَا هُم بِخَٰرِجِينَ مِنَ ٱلنَّارِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqaala lladheena taba'oo law anna lanaa karratan fanatabarra'a minhum kamaa tabarra'oo minnaa kadhaalika yureehimu llaahu a'maalahum hasaraatin 'alayhim wamaa hum bikhaarijeena mina n-naar

DIN 31635waqāla llaḏīna tabaʿū law ʾanna lanā karratan fanatabarraʾa minhum kamā tabarraʾū minnā kaḏālika yurīhimu llāhu ʾaʿmālahum ḥasarātin ʿalayhim wamā hum biḫāriǧīna mina n-nāri

Those who followed will say, "If only we can have another chance, we will disown them, as they disowned us." Thus God will show them their deeds, as regrets to them, and they will not come out of the Fire.

Compare translations (4)

And those who were but followers will say: If a return were possible for us, we would disown them even as they have disowned us. Thus will Allah show them their own deeds as anguish for them, and they will not emerge from the Fire

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

those who followed shall say, 'Had we but another turn, then would we clear ourselves of them as they have cleared themselves of us.' So will God show them their works; for them are sighs, and they shall not come forth from out the fire

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The followers shall say, "Could we but return to life we would keep ourselves clear from them, as they have declared themselves clear of us." So will God shew them their works! Sighing is upon them! but, forth from the fire they come not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

the followers shall say, if we could return to life, we would separate our selves from them, as they have now separated themselves from us. So God will shew them their works; they shall sigh grievously and shall not come forth from the fire of hell

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:168

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ كُلُوا۟ مِمَّا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ حَلَٰلًا طَيِّبًا وَلَا تَتَّبِعُوا۟ خُطُوَٰتِ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنِ إِنَّهُۥ لَكُمْ عَدُوٌّ مُّبِينٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa n-naasu kuloo mimmaa fee l-'ardi halaalan tayyiban walaa tattabi'oo khutuwaati sh-shaytaani innahu lakum 'aduwwun mubeen

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā n-nāsu kulū mimmā fī l-ʾarḍi ḥalālan ṭayyiban walā tattabiʿū ḫuṭuwāti š-šayṭāni ʾinnahu lakum ʿaduwwun mubīnun

O people! Eat of what is lawful and good on earth, and do not follow the footsteps of Satan. He is to you an open enemy.

Compare translations (4)

O mankind! Eat of that which is lawful and wholesome in the earth, and follow not the footsteps of the devil. Lo! he is an open enemy for you

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye folk! eat of what is in the earth, things lawful and things good, and follow not the footsteps of Satan, verily, to you he is an open foe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Oh men! eat of that which is lawful and good on the earth, but follow not the steps of Satan, for he is your avowed enemy

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O men, eat of that which is lawful and good on the earth; and tread not in the steps of the devil, for he is your open enemy

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:169

إِنَّمَا يَأْمُرُكُم بِٱلسُّوٓءِ وَٱلْفَحْشَآءِ وَأَن تَقُولُوا۟ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا تَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)innamaa ya'murukum bis-soo'i wal-fahshaa'i wa'an taqooloo 'alaa llaahi maa laa ta'lamoon

DIN 31635ʾinnamā yaʾmurukum bis-sūʾi wal-faḥšāʾi waʾan taqūlū ʿalā llāhi mā lā taʿlamūna

He commands you to do evil and vice, and to say about God what you do not know.

Compare translations (4)

He enjoineth upon you only the evil and the foul, and that ye should tell concerning Allah that which ye know not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He does but bid you evil and sin, and that ye should speak against God what ye do not know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

He only enjoineth you evil and wickedness, and that ye should aver of God that which ye know not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily he commandeth you evil and wickedness, and that ye should say that of God which ye know not

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:170

وَإِذَا قِيلَ لَهُمُ ٱتَّبِعُوا۟ مَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ قَالُوا۟ بَلْ نَتَّبِعُ مَآ أَلْفَيْنَا عَلَيْهِ ءَابَآءَنَآ أَوَلَوْ كَانَ ءَابَآؤُهُمْ لَا يَعْقِلُونَ شَيْـًٔا وَلَا يَهْتَدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa qeela lahumu tabi'oo maa anzala llaahu qaaloo bal nattabi'u maa alfaynaa 'alayhi aabaa'anaa awalaw kaana aabaa'uhum laa ya'qiloona shay'an walaa yahtadoon

DIN 31635waʾiḏā qīla lahumu tabiʿū mā ʾanzala llāhu qālū bal nattabiʿu mā ʾalfaynā ʿalayhi ʾābāʾanā ʾawalaw kāna ʾābāʾuhum lā yaʿqilūna šayʾan walā yahtadūna

And when it is said to them, "Follow what God has revealed," they say, "We will follow what we found our ancestors following." Even if their ancestors understood nothing, and were not guided?

Compare translations (4)

And when it is said unto them: Follow that which Allah hath revealed, they say: We follow that wherein we found our fathers. What! Even though their fathers were wholly unintelligent and had no guidance

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When it is said to them, 'Follow what God has revealed,' they say, 'Nay, we will follow what we found our fathers agreed upon.' What! and though their fathers had no sense at all or guidance

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when it is said to them, "Follow ye that which God hath sent down;" they say, "Nay, we follow the usages which we found with our fathers." What! though their fathers were utterly ignorant and devoid of guidance

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when it is said unto them who believe not, follow that which God hath sent down; they answer, nay, but we will follow that which we found our fathers practise. What? Though their fathers knew nothing, and were not rightly directed

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:171

وَمَثَلُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ كَمَثَلِ ٱلَّذِى يَنْعِقُ بِمَا لَا يَسْمَعُ إِلَّا دُعَآءً وَنِدَآءً صُمٌّۢ بُكْمٌ عُمْىٌ فَهُمْ لَا يَعْقِلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamathalu lladheena kafaroo kamathali lladhee yan'iqu bimaa laa yasma'u illaa du'aa'an wanidaa'an summun bukmun 'umyun fahum laa ya'qiloon

DIN 31635wamaṯalu llaḏīna kafarū kamaṯali llaḏī yanʿiqu bimā lā yasmaʿu ʾillā duʿāʾan wanidāʾan ṣummun bukmun ʿumyun fahum lā yaʿqilūna

The translators word this verse differently

The parable of those who disbelieve is that of someone who calls upon someone who hears nothing except screaming and yelling. Deaf, dumb, and blind-they do not understand.

Compare translations (4)

The likeness of those who disbelieve (in relation to the messenger) is as the likeness of one who calleth unto that which heareth naught except a shout and cry. Deaf, dumb, blind, therefore they have no sense

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The likeness of those who misbelieve is as the likeness of him who shouts to that which hears him not, save only a call and a cry; deafness, dumbness, blindness, and they shall not understand

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The infidels resemble him who shouteth aloud to one who heareth no more than a call and cry! Deaf, Dumb, blind: therefore they have no understanding

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The unbelievers are like unto one who crieth aloud to that which heareth not so much as his calling, or the sound of his voice. They are deaf, dumb, and blind, therefore do they not understand

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:172

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ كُلُوا۟ مِن طَيِّبَٰتِ مَا رَزَقْنَٰكُمْ وَٱشْكُرُوا۟ لِلَّهِ إِن كُنتُمْ إِيَّاهُ تَعْبُدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo kuloo min tayyibaati maa razaqnaakum washkuroo lillaahi in kuntum iyyaahu ta'budoon

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū kulū min ṭayyibāti mā razaqnākum waškurū lillāhi ʾin kuntum ʾiyyāhu taʿbudūna

O you who believe! Eat of the good things We have provided for you, and give thanks to God, if it is Him that you serve.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! Eat of the good things wherewith We have provided you, and render thanks to Allah if it is (indeed) He Whom ye worship

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who do believe! eat of the good things wherewith we have provided you, and give thanks unto God if it be Him ye serve

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O ye who believe! eat of the good things with which we have supplied you, and give God thanks if ye are His worshippers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, eat of the good things which we have bestowed on you for food, and return thanks unto God, if ye serve him

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:173

إِنَّمَا حَرَّمَ عَلَيْكُمُ ٱلْمَيْتَةَ وَٱلدَّمَ وَلَحْمَ ٱلْخِنزِيرِ وَمَآ أُهِلَّ بِهِۦ لِغَيْرِ ٱللَّهِ فَمَنِ ٱضْطُرَّ غَيْرَ بَاغٍ وَلَا عَادٍ فَلَآ إِثْمَ عَلَيْهِ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)innamaa harrama 'alaykumu l-maytata wad-dama walahma l-khinzeeri wamaa uhilla bihi lighayri llaahi famani dturra ghayra baaghin walaa 'aadin falaa ithma 'alayhi inna llaaha ghafoorun raheem

DIN 31635ʾinnamā ḥarrama ʿalaykumu l-maytata wad-dama walaḥma l-ḫinzīri wamā ʾuhilla bihi liġayri llāhi famani ḍṭurra ġayra bāġin walā ʿādin falā ʾiṯma ʿalayhi ʾinna llāha ġafūrun raḥīmun

He has forbidden you carrion, and blood, and the flesh of swine, and what was dedicated to other than God. But if anyone is compelled, without desiring or exceeding, he commits no sin. God is Forgiving and Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

He hath forbidden you only carrion, and blood, and swineflesh, and that which hath been immolated to (the name of) any other than Allah. But he who is driven by necessity, neither craving nor transgressing, it is no sin for him. Lo! Allah is Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He has only forbidden for you what is dead, and blood, and flesh of swine, and whatsoever has been consecrated to other than God; but he who is forced, neither revolting nor transgressing, it is in no sin for him; verily, God is forgiving and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But that which dieth of itself, and blood, and swine's flesh, and that over which any other name than that of God hath been invoked, is forbidden you. But he who shall partake of them by constraint, without lust or wilfulness, no sin shall be upon him. Verily God is Indulgent, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily he hath forbidden you to eat that which dieth of itself, and blood, and swine's flesh, and that on which any other name but God's hath been invocated. But he who is forced by necessity, not lusting, nor returning to transgress, it shall be no crime in him if he eat of those things, for God is gracious and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:174

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَكْتُمُونَ مَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ مِنَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ وَيَشْتَرُونَ بِهِۦ ثَمَنًا قَلِيلًا أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ مَا يَأْكُلُونَ فِى بُطُونِهِمْ إِلَّا ٱلنَّارَ وَلَا يُكَلِّمُهُمُ ٱللَّهُ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ وَلَا يُزَكِّيهِمْ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena yaktumoona maa anzala llaahu mina l-kitaabi wayashtaroona bihi thamanan qaleelan oolaa'ika maa ya'kuloona fee butoonihim illaa n-naara walaa yukallimuhumu llaahu yawma l-qiyaamati walaa yuzakkeehim walahum 'adhaabun aleem

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna yaktumūna mā ʾanzala llāhu mina l-kitābi wayaštarūna bihi ṯamanan qalīlan ʾūlāʾika mā yaʾkulūna fī buṭūnihim ʾillā n-nāra walā yukallimuhumu llāhu yawma l-qiyāmati walā yuzakkīhim walahum ʿaḏābun ʾalīmun

Those who conceal what God revealed in the Book, and exchange it for a small price-those swallow nothing but fire into their bellies. And God will not speak to them on the Day of Resurrection, nor will He purify them, and they will have a painful punishment.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! those who hide aught of the Scripture which Allah hath revealed and purchase a small gain therewith, they eat into their bellies nothing else than fire. Allah will not speak to them on the Day of Resurrection, nor will He make them grow. Theirs will be a painful doom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, those who hide what God has revealed of the Book, and sell it for a little price, they shall eat nothing in their bellies save fire; and God will not speak to them on the day of resurrection, nor will He purify them, but for them is grievous woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They truly who hide the Scriptures which God hath sent down, and barter them for a mean price - these shall swallow into their bellies nought but fire. God will not speak to them, or assoil them, on the day of the Resurrection: and theirs shall be a grievous torment

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Moreover they who conceal any part of the scripture which God hath sent down unto them, and sell it for a small price, they shall swallow into their bellies nothing but fire; God shall not speak unto them on the day of resurrection, neither shall he purify them, and they shall suffer a grievous punishment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:175

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱشْتَرَوُا۟ ٱلضَّلَٰلَةَ بِٱلْهُدَىٰ وَٱلْعَذَابَ بِٱلْمَغْفِرَةِ فَمَآ أَصْبَرَهُمْ عَلَى ٱلنَّارِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)oolaa'ika lladheena shtarawu d-dalaalata bil-hudaa wal-'adhaaba bil-maghfirati famaa asbarahum 'alaa n-naar

DIN 31635ʾūlāʾika llaḏīna štarawu ḍ-ḍalālata bil-hudā wal-ʿaḏāba bil-maġfirati famā ʾaṣbarahum ʿalā n-nāri

The translators word this verse differently

It is they who exchange guidance for error, and forgiveness for punishment. But why do they insist on the Fire?

Compare translations (4)

Those are they who purchase error at the price of guidance, and torment at the price of pardon. How constant are they in their strife to reach the Fire

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They who sell guidance for error, and pardon for torment, how patient must they be of fire

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

These are they who have bartered guidance for error, and pardon for torment; But how great their endurance in fire

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

These are they who have sold direction for error, and pardon for punishment: But how great will their suffering be in the fire

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:176

ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ نَزَّلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ بِٱلْحَقِّ وَإِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱخْتَلَفُوا۟ فِى ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لَفِى شِقَاقٍۭ بَعِيدٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)dhaalika bi'anna llaaha nazzala l-kitaaba bil-haqqi wa'inna lladheena khtalafoo fee l-kitaabi lafee shiqaaqin ba'eed

DIN 31635ḏālika biʾanna llāha nazzala l-kitāba bil-ḥaqqi waʾinna llaḏīna ḫtalafū fī l-kitābi lafī šiqāqin baʿīdin

That is because God has revealed the Book in truth; and those who differ about the Book are in deep discord.

Compare translations (4)

That is because Allah hath revealed the Scripture with the truth. Lo! those who find (a cause of) disagreement in the Scripture are in open schism

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

That (is), because God has revealed the Book with truth, and verily those who disagree about the Book are in a wide schism

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

This shall be their doom, because God had sent down "the Book" with the very truth. And verily they who dispute about that Book are in a far-gone severance from it

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

This they shall endure, because God sent down the book of the Koran with truth, and they who disagree concerning that book, are certainly in a wide mistake

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:177

لَّيْسَ ٱلْبِرَّ أَن تُوَلُّوا۟ وُجُوهَكُمْ قِبَلَ ٱلْمَشْرِقِ وَٱلْمَغْرِبِ وَلَٰكِنَّ ٱلْبِرَّ مَنْ ءَامَنَ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْـَٔاخِرِ وَٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةِ وَٱلْكِتَٰبِ وَٱلنَّبِيِّـۧنَ وَءَاتَى ٱلْمَالَ عَلَىٰ حُبِّهِۦ ذَوِى ٱلْقُرْبَىٰ وَٱلْيَتَٰمَىٰ وَٱلْمَسَٰكِينَ وَٱبْنَ ٱلسَّبِيلِ وَٱلسَّآئِلِينَ وَفِى ٱلرِّقَابِ وَأَقَامَ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَءَاتَى ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَٱلْمُوفُونَ بِعَهْدِهِمْ إِذَا عَٰهَدُوا۟ وَٱلصَّٰبِرِينَ فِى ٱلْبَأْسَآءِ وَٱلضَّرَّآءِ وَحِينَ ٱلْبَأْسِ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ صَدَقُوا۟ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْمُتَّقُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laysa l-birra an tuwalloo wujoohakum qibala l-mashriqi wal-maghribi walaakinna l-birra man aamana billaahi wal-yawmi l-'aakhiri wal-malaa'ikati wal-kitaabi wan-nabiyyeena wa'aataa l-maala 'alaa hubbihi dhawee l-qurbaa wal-yataamaa wal-masaakeena wabna s-sabeeli was-saa'ileena wafee r-riqaabi wa'aqaama s-salaata wa'aataa z-zakaata wal-moofoona bi'ahdihim idhaa 'aahadoo was-saabireena fee l-ba'saa'i wad-darraa'i waheena l-ba'si oolaa'ika lladheena sadaqoo wa'oolaa'ika humu l-muttaqoon

DIN 31635laysa l-birra ʾan tuwallū wuǧūhakum qibala l-mašriqi wal-maġribi walākinna l-birra man ʾāmana billāhi wal-yawmi l-ʾāḫiri wal-malāʾikati wal-kitābi wan-nabiyyīna waʾātā l-māla ʿalā ḥubbihi ḏawī l-qurbā wal-yatāmā wal-masākīna wabna s-sabīli was-sāʾilīna wafī r-riqābi waʾaqāma ṣ-ṣalāta waʾātā z-zakāta wal-mūfūna biʿahdihim ʾiḏā ʿāhadū waṣ-ṣābirīna fī l-baʾsāʾi waḍ-ḍarrāʾi waḥīna l-baʾsi ʾūlāʾika llaḏīna ṣadaqū waʾūlāʾika humu l-muttaqūna

Righteousness does not consist of turning your faces towards the East and the West. But righteous is he who believes in God, and the Last Day, and the angels, and the Scripture, and the prophets. Who gives money, though dear, to near relatives, and orphans, and the needy, and the homeless, and the beggars, and for the freeing of slaves; those who perform the prayers, and pay the obligatory charity, and fulfill their promise when they promise, and patiently persevere in the face of persecution, hardship, and in the time of conflict. These are the sincere; these are the pious.

Compare translations (4)

It is not righteousness that ye turn your faces to the East and the West; but righteous is he who believeth in Allah and the Last Day and the angels and the Scripture and the prophets; and giveth wealth, for love of Him, to kinsfolk and to orphans and the needy and the wayfarer and to those who ask, and to set slaves free; and observeth proper worship and payeth the poor-due. And those who keep their treaty when they make one, and the patient in tribulation and adversity and time of stress. Such are they who are sincere. Such are the Allah-fearing

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Righteousness is not that ye turn your faces towards the east or the west, but righteousness is, one who believes in God, and the last day, and the angels, and the Book, and the prophets, and who gives wealth for His love to kindred, and orphans, and the poor, and the son of the road, beggars, and those in captivity; and who is steadfast in prayer, and gives alms; and those who are sure of their covenant when they make a covenant; and the patient in poverty, and distress, and in time of violence; these are they who are true, and these are those who fear

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

There is no piety in turning your faces toward the east or the west, but he is pious who believeth in God, and the last day, and the angels, and the Scriptures, and the prophets; who for the love of God disburseth his wealth to his kindred, and to the orphans, and the needy, and the wayfarer, and those who ask, and for ransoming; who observeth prayer, and payeth the legal alms, and who is of those who are faithful to their engagements when they have engaged in them, and patient under ills and hardships, and in time of trouble: these are they who are just, and these are they who fear the Lord

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

It is not righteousness that ye turn your faces in prayer towards the east and the west, but righteousness is of him who believeth in God and the last day, and the angels, and the scriptures, and the prophets; who giveth money for God's sake unto his kindred, and unto orphans, and the needy, and the stranger, and those who ask, and for redemption of captives; who is constant at prayer, and giveth alms; and of those who perform their covenant, when they have covenanted, and who behave themselves patiently in adversity, and hardships, and in time of violence: These are they who are true, and these are they who fear God

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:178

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ كُتِبَ عَلَيْكُمُ ٱلْقِصَاصُ فِى ٱلْقَتْلَى ٱلْحُرُّ بِٱلْحُرِّ وَٱلْعَبْدُ بِٱلْعَبْدِ وَٱلْأُنثَىٰ بِٱلْأُنثَىٰ فَمَنْ عُفِىَ لَهُۥ مِنْ أَخِيهِ شَىْءٌ فَٱتِّبَاعٌۢ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ وَأَدَآءٌ إِلَيْهِ بِإِحْسَٰنٍ ذَٰلِكَ تَخْفِيفٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ وَرَحْمَةٌ فَمَنِ ٱعْتَدَىٰ بَعْدَ ذَٰلِكَ فَلَهُۥ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo kutiba 'alaykumu l-qisaasu fee l-qatlaa l-hurru bil-hurri wal-'abdu bil-'abdi wal-'unthaa bil-'unthaa faman 'ufiya lahu min akheehi shay'un faattibaa'un bil-ma'roofi wa'adaa'un ilayhi bi'ihsaanin dhaalika takhfeefun min rabbikum warahmatun famani 'tadaa ba'da dhaalika falahu 'adhaabun aleem

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū kutiba ʿalaykumu l-qiṣāṣu fī l-qatlā l-ḥurru bil-ḥurri wal-ʿabdu bil-ʿabdi wal-ʾunṯā bil-ʾunṯā faman ʿufiya lahu min ʾaḫīhi šayʾun fāttibāʿun bil-maʿrūfi waʾadāʾun ʾilayhi biʾiḥsānin ḏālika taḫfīfun min rabbikum waraḥmatun famani ʿtadā baʿda ḏālika falahu ʿaḏābun ʾalīmun

O you who believe! Retaliation for the murdered is ordained upon you: the free for the free, the slave for the slave, the female for the female. But if he is forgiven by his kin, then grant any reasonable demand, and pay with good will. This is a concession from your Lord, and a mercy. But whoever commits aggression after that, a painful torment awaits him.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! Retaliation is prescribed for you in the matter of the murdered; the freeman for the freeman, and the slave for the slave, and the female for the female. And for him who is forgiven somewhat by his (injured) brother, prosecution according to usage and payment unto him in kindness. This is an alleviation and a mercy from your Lord. He who transgresseth after this will have a painful doom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! Retaliation is prescribed for you for the slain: the free for the free, the slave for the slave, the female for the female; yet he who is pardoned at all by his brother, must be prosecuted in reason, and made to pay with kindness. That is an alleviation from your Lord, and a mercy; and he who transgresses after that for him is grievous woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O believers! retaliation for bloodshedding is prescribed to you: the free man for the free, and the slave for the slave, and the woman for the woman: but he to whom his brother shall make any remission, is to be dealt with equitably; and to him should he pay a fine with liberality. This is a relaxation from your Lord and a mercy. For him who after his shall transgress, a sore punishment

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, the law of retaliation is ordained you for the slain: The free shall die for the free, and the servant for the servant, and a woman for a woman: But he whom his brother shall forgive, may be prosecuted, and obliged to make satisfaction according to what is just, and a fine shall be set on him with humanity. This is indulgence from your Lord, and mercy. And he who shall transgress after this, by killing the murderer, shall suffer a grievous punishment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:179

وَلَكُمْ فِى ٱلْقِصَاصِ حَيَوٰةٌ يَٰٓأُو۟لِى ٱلْأَلْبَٰبِ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَتَّقُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walakum fee l-qisaasi hayaatun yaa oolee l-'albaabi la'allakum tattaqoon

DIN 31635walakum fī l-qiṣāṣi ḥayātun yā ʾūlī l-ʾalbābi laʿallakum tattaqūna

There is life for you in retaliation, O people of understanding, so that you may refrain.

Compare translations (4)

And there is life for you in retaliation, O men of understanding, that ye may ward off (evil)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

For you in retaliation is there life, O ye possessors of minds! it may be ye will fear

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But in this law of retaliation is your security for life, O men of understanding! to the intent that ye may fear God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And in this law of retaliation ye have life, O ye of understanding, that peradventure ye may fear

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:180

كُتِبَ عَلَيْكُمْ إِذَا حَضَرَ أَحَدَكُمُ ٱلْمَوْتُ إِن تَرَكَ خَيْرًا ٱلْوَصِيَّةُ لِلْوَٰلِدَيْنِ وَٱلْأَقْرَبِينَ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ حَقًّا عَلَى ٱلْمُتَّقِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)kutiba 'alaykum idhaa hadara ahadakumu l-mawtu in taraka khayran l-wasiyyatu lilwaalidayni wal-'aqrabeena bil-ma'roofi haqqan 'alaa l-muttaqeen

DIN 31635kutiba ʿalaykum ʾiḏā ḥaḍara ʾaḥadakumu l-mawtu ʾin taraka ḫayran l-waṣiyyatu lilwālidayni wal-ʾaqrabīna bil-maʿrūfi ḥaqqan ʿalā l-muttaqīna

It is decreed for you: when death approaches one of you, and he leaves wealth, to make a testament in favor of the parents and the relatives, fairly and correctly-a duty upon the righteous.

Compare translations (4)

It is prescribed for you, when death approacheth one of you, if he leave wealth, that he bequeath unto parents and near relatives in kindness. (This is) a duty for all those who ward off (evil)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

It is prescribed for you that when one of you is face to face with death, if he leave (any) goods, the legacy is to his parents, and to his kinsmen, in reason. A duty this upon all those that fear

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

It is prescribed to you, when any one of you is at the point of death, if he leave goods, that he bequeath equitably to his parents and kindred. This is binding on those who fear God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

It is ordained you, when any of you is at the point of death, if he leave any goods, that he bequeath a legacy to his parents, and kindred, according to what shall be reasonable. This is a duty incumbent on those who fear God

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:181

فَمَنۢ بَدَّلَهُۥ بَعْدَ مَا سَمِعَهُۥ فَإِنَّمَآ إِثْمُهُۥ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ يُبَدِّلُونَهُۥٓ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ سَمِيعٌ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)faman baddalahu ba'da maa sami'ahu fa'innamaa ithmuhu 'alaa lladheena yubaddiloonahu inna llaaha samee'un 'aleem

DIN 31635faman baddalahu baʿda mā samiʿahu faʾinnamā ʾiṯmuhu ʿalā llaḏīna yubaddilūnahu ʾinna llāha samīʿun ʿalīmun

The translators word this verse differently

But whoever changes it after he has heard it, the guilt is upon those who change it. God is All-Hearing, All-Knowing.

Compare translations (4)

And whoso changeth (the will) after he hath heard it - the sin thereof is only upon those who change it. Lo! Allah is Hearer, Knower

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But he who alters it after that he has heard it, the sin thereof is only upon those who alter it; verily, God doth hear and know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But as for him who after he hath heard the bequest shall change it, surely the wrong of this shall be on those who change it: verily, God Heareth, Knoweth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But he who shall change the legacy, after he hath heard it bequeathed by the dying person, surely the sin thereof shall be on those who change it, for God is he who heareth and knoweth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:182

فَمَنْ خَافَ مِن مُّوصٍ جَنَفًا أَوْ إِثْمًا فَأَصْلَحَ بَيْنَهُمْ فَلَآ إِثْمَ عَلَيْهِ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)faman khaafa min moosin janafan aw ithman fa'aslaha baynahum falaa ithma 'alayhi inna llaaha ghafoorun raheem

DIN 31635faman ḫāfa min mūṣin ǧanafan ʾaw ʾiṯman faʾaṣlaḥa baynahum falā ʾiṯma ʿalayhi ʾinna llāha ġafūrun raḥīmun

Should someone suspect bias or injustice on the part of a testator, and then reconciles between them, he commits no sin. God is Forgiving and Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

But he who feareth from a testator some unjust or sinful clause, and maketh peace between the parties, (it shall be) no sin for him. Lo! Allah is Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And he who fears from the testator a wrong intention, or a crime, and doth make up the matter between the parties, it is no sin to him; verily, God is forgiving and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But he who feareth from the testator any mistake or wrong, and shall make a settlement between the parties - that shall be no wrong in him: verily, God is Lenient, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Howbeit he who apprehendeth from the testator any mistake or injustice, and shall compose the matter between them, that shall be no crime in him, for God is gracious and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:183

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ كُتِبَ عَلَيْكُمُ ٱلصِّيَامُ كَمَا كُتِبَ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِكُمْ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَتَّقُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo kutiba 'alaykumu s-siyaamu kamaa kutiba 'alaa lladheena min qablikum la'allakum tattaqoon

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū kutiba ʿalaykumu ṣ-ṣiyāmu kamā kutiba ʿalā llaḏīna min qablikum laʿallakum tattaqūna

O you who believe! Fasting is prescribed for you, as it was prescribed for those before you, that you may become righteous.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! Fasting is prescribed for you, even as it was prescribed for those before you, that ye may ward off (evil)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! There is prescribed for you the fast as it was prescribed for those before you; haply ye may fear

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O believers! a Fast is prescribed to you as it was prescribed to those before you, that ye may fear God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, a fast is ordained you, as it was ordained unto those before you, that ye may fear God

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:184

أَيَّامًا مَّعْدُودَٰتٍ فَمَن كَانَ مِنكُم مَّرِيضًا أَوْ عَلَىٰ سَفَرٍ فَعِدَّةٌ مِّنْ أَيَّامٍ أُخَرَ وَعَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ يُطِيقُونَهُۥ فِدْيَةٌ طَعَامُ مِسْكِينٍ فَمَن تَطَوَّعَ خَيْرًا فَهُوَ خَيْرٌ لَّهُۥ وَأَن تَصُومُوا۟ خَيْرٌ لَّكُمْ إِن كُنتُمْ تَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)ayyaaman ma'doodaatin faman kaana minkum mareedan aw 'alaa safarin fa'iddatun min ayyaamin ukhara wa'alaa lladheena yuteeqoonahu fidyatun ta'aamu miskeenin faman tatawwa'a khayran fahuwa khayrun lahu wa'an tasoomoo khayrun lakum in kuntum ta'lamoon

DIN 31635ʾayyāman maʿdūdātin faman kāna minkum marīḍan ʾaw ʿalā safarin faʿiddatun min ʾayyāmin ʾuḫara waʿalā llaḏīna yuṭīqūnahu fidyatun ṭaʿāmu miskīnin faman taṭawwaʿa ḫayran fahuwa ḫayrun lahu waʾan taṣūmū ḫayrun lakum ʾin kuntum taʿlamūna

For a specified number of days. But whoever among you is sick, or on a journey, then a number of other days. For those who are able: a ransom of feeding a needy person. But whoever volunteers goodness, it is better for him. But to fast is best for you, if you only knew.

Compare translations (4)

(Fast) a certain number of days; and (for) him who is sick among you, or on a journey, (the same) number of other days; and for those who can afford it there is a ransom: the feeding of a man in need - but whoso doeth good of his own accord, it is better for him: and that ye fast is better for you if ye did but know

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

A certain number of days, but he amongst you who is ill or on a journey, then (let him fast) another number of days. And those who are fit to fast may redeem it by feeding a poor man; but he who follows an impulse to a good work it is better for him; and if ye fast it is better for you, if ye did but know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

For certain days. But he among you who shall be sick, or on a journey, shall fast that same number of other days: and as for those who are able to keep it and yet break it, the expiation of this shall be the maintenance of a poor man. And he who of his own accord performeth a good work, shall derive good from it: and good shall it be for you to fast if ye knew it

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

A certain number of days shall ye fast: But he among you who shall be sick, or on a journey, shall fast an equal number of other days. And those who can keep it, and do not, must redeem their neglect by maintaining of a poor man. And he who voluntarily dealeth better with the poor man than he is obliged, this shall be better for him. But if ye fast it will be better for you, if ye knew it

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:185

شَهْرُ رَمَضَانَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أُنزِلَ فِيهِ ٱلْقُرْءَانُ هُدًى لِّلنَّاسِ وَبَيِّنَٰتٍ مِّنَ ٱلْهُدَىٰ وَٱلْفُرْقَانِ فَمَن شَهِدَ مِنكُمُ ٱلشَّهْرَ فَلْيَصُمْهُ وَمَن كَانَ مَرِيضًا أَوْ عَلَىٰ سَفَرٍ فَعِدَّةٌ مِّنْ أَيَّامٍ أُخَرَ يُرِيدُ ٱللَّهُ بِكُمُ ٱلْيُسْرَ وَلَا يُرِيدُ بِكُمُ ٱلْعُسْرَ وَلِتُكْمِلُوا۟ ٱلْعِدَّةَ وَلِتُكَبِّرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ عَلَىٰ مَا هَدَىٰكُمْ وَلَعَلَّكُمْ تَشْكُرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)shahru ramadaana lladhee unzila feehi l-qur'aanu hudan lilnnaasi wabayyinaatin mina l-hudaa wal-furqaani faman shahida minkumu sh-shahra falyasumhu waman kaana mareedan aw 'alaa safarin fa'iddatun min ayyaamin ukhara yureedu llaahu bikumu l-yusra walaa yureedu bikumu l-'usra walitukmiloo l-'iddata walitukabbiroo llaaha 'alaa maa hadaakum wala'allakum tashkuroon

DIN 31635šahru ramaḍāna llaḏī ʾunzila fīhi l-qurʾānu hudan lilnnāsi wabayyinātin mina l-hudā wal-furqāni faman šahida minkumu š-šahra falyaṣumhu waman kāna marīḍan ʾaw ʿalā safarin faʿiddatun min ʾayyāmin ʾuḫara yurīdu llāhu bikumu l-yusra walā yurīdu bikumu l-ʿusra walitukmilū l-ʿiddata walitukabbirū llāha ʿalā mā hadākum walaʿallakum taškurūna

Ramadan is the month in which the Quran was revealed. Guidance for humanity, and clear portents of guidance, and the Criterion. Whoever of you witnesses the month, shall fast it. But whoever is sick, or on a journey, then a number of other days. God desires ease for you, and does not desire hardship for you, that you may complete the number, and celebrate God for having guided you, so that you may be thankful.

Compare translations (4)

The month of Ramadan in which was revealed the Qur'an, a guidance for mankind, and clear proofs of the guidance, and the Criterion (of right and wrong). And whosoever of you is present, let him fast the month, and whosoever of you is sick or on a journey, (let him fast the same) number of other days. Allah desireth for you ease; He desireth not hardship for you; and (He desireth) that ye should complete the period, and that ye should magnify Allah for having guided you, and that peradventure ye may be thankful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The month of Ramadhan, wherein was revealed the Koran, for a guidance to men, and for manifestations of guidance, and for a Discrimination. And he amongst you who beholds this month then let him fast it; but he who is sick or on a journey, then another number of days;- God desires for you what is easy, and desires not for you what is difficult,- that ye may complete the number, and say, 'Great is God,' for that He has guided you; haply ye may give thanks

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

As to the month Ramadhan in which the Koran was sent down to be man's guidance, and an explanation of that guidance, and of that illumination, as soon as any one of you observeth the moon, let him set about the fast; but he who is sick, or upon a journey, shall fast a like number of other days. God wisheth you ease, but wisheth not your discomfort, and that you fulfil the number of days, and that you glorify God for his guidance, and that you be thankful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The month of Ramadan shall ye fast, in which the Koran was sent down from heaven, a direction unto men, and declarations of direction, and the distinction between good and evil. Therefore let him among you who shall be present in this month, fast the same month; but he who shall be sick, or on a journey, shall fast the like number of other days. God would make this an ease unto you, and would not make it a difficulty unto you; that ye may fulfill the number of days, and glorify God, for that he hath directed you, and that ye may give thanks

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:186

وَإِذَا سَأَلَكَ عِبَادِى عَنِّى فَإِنِّى قَرِيبٌ أُجِيبُ دَعْوَةَ ٱلدَّاعِ إِذَا دَعَانِ فَلْيَسْتَجِيبُوا۟ لِى وَلْيُؤْمِنُوا۟ بِى لَعَلَّهُمْ يَرْشُدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa sa'alaka 'ibaadee 'annee fa'innee qareebun ujeebu da'wata d-daa'i idhaa da'aani falyastajeeboo lee walyu'minoo bee la'allahum yarshudoon

DIN 31635waʾiḏā saʾalaka ʿibādī ʿannī faʾinnī qarībun ʾuǧību daʿwata d-dāʿi ʾiḏā daʿāni falyastaǧībū lī walyuʾminū bī laʿallahum yaršudūna

And when My servants ask you about Me, I Am near; I answer the call of the caller when he calls on Me. So let them answer Me, and have faith in Me, that they may be rightly guided.

Compare translations (4)

And when My servants question thee concerning Me, then surely I am nigh. I answer the prayer of the suppliant when he crieth unto Me. So let them hear My call and let them trust in Me, in order that they may be led aright

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When my servants ask thee concerning me, then, verily, I am near; I answer the prayers prayer whenever he prays to me. So let them ask me for an answer, and let them believe in me; haply they may be directed aright

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when my servants ask thee concerning me, then will I be nigh unto them. I will answer the cry of him that crieth, when he crieth unto me: but let them hearken unto me, and believe in me, that they may proceed aright

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

When my servants ask thee concerning me, verily I am near; I will hear the prayer of him that prayeth, when he prayeth unto me: But let them hearken unto me, and believe in me, that they may be rightly directed

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:187

أُحِلَّ لَكُمْ لَيْلَةَ ٱلصِّيَامِ ٱلرَّفَثُ إِلَىٰ نِسَآئِكُمْ هُنَّ لِبَاسٌ لَّكُمْ وَأَنتُمْ لِبَاسٌ لَّهُنَّ عَلِمَ ٱللَّهُ أَنَّكُمْ كُنتُمْ تَخْتَانُونَ أَنفُسَكُمْ فَتَابَ عَلَيْكُمْ وَعَفَا عَنكُمْ فَٱلْـَٰٔنَ بَٰشِرُوهُنَّ وَٱبْتَغُوا۟ مَا كَتَبَ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمْ وَكُلُوا۟ وَٱشْرَبُوا۟ حَتَّىٰ يَتَبَيَّنَ لَكُمُ ٱلْخَيْطُ ٱلْأَبْيَضُ مِنَ ٱلْخَيْطِ ٱلْأَسْوَدِ مِنَ ٱلْفَجْرِ ثُمَّ أَتِمُّوا۟ ٱلصِّيَامَ إِلَى ٱلَّيْلِ وَلَا تُبَٰشِرُوهُنَّ وَأَنتُمْ عَٰكِفُونَ فِى ٱلْمَسَٰجِدِ تِلْكَ حُدُودُ ٱللَّهِ فَلَا تَقْرَبُوهَا كَذَٰلِكَ يُبَيِّنُ ٱللَّهُ ءَايَٰتِهِۦ لِلنَّاسِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَّقُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)uhilla lakum laylata s-siyaami r-rafathu ilaa nisaa'ikum hunna libaasun lakum wa'antum libaasun lahunna 'alima llaahu annakum kuntum takhtaanoona anfusakum fataaba 'alaykum wa'afaa 'ankum fal-'aana baashiroohunna wabtaghoo maa kataba llaahu lakum wakuloo washraboo hattaa yatabayyana lakumu l-khaytu l-'abyadu mina l-khayti l-'aswadi mina l-fajri thumma atimmoo s-siyaama ilaa llayli walaa tubaashiroohunna wa'antum 'aakifoona fee l-masaajidi tilka hudoodu llaahi falaa taqraboohaa kadhaalika yubayyinu llaahu aayaatihi lilnnaasi la'allahum yattaqoon

DIN 31635ʾuḥilla lakum laylata ṣ-ṣiyāmi r-rafaṯu ʾilā nisāʾikum hunna libāsun lakum waʾantum libāsun lahunna ʿalima llāhu ʾannakum kuntum taḫtānūna ʾanfusakum fatāba ʿalaykum waʿafā ʿankum fal-ʾāna bāširūhunna wabtaġū mā kataba llāhu lakum wakulū wašrabū ḥattā yatabayyana lakumu l-ḫayṭu l-ʾabyaḍu mina l-ḫayṭi l-ʾaswadi mina l-faǧri ṯumma ʾatimmū ṣ-ṣiyāma ʾilā llayli walā tubāširūhunna waʾantum ʿākifūna fī l-masāǧidi tilka ḥudūdu llāhi falā taqrabūhā kaḏālika yubayyinu llāhu ʾāyātihi lilnnāsi laʿallahum yattaqūna

Permitted for you is intercourse with your wives on the night of the fast. They are a garment for you, and you are a garment for them. God knows that you used to betray yourselves, but He turned to you and pardoned you. So approach them now, and seek what God has ordained for you, and eat and drink until the white streak of dawn can be distinguished from the black streak. Then complete the fast until nightfall. But do not approach them while you are in retreat at the mosques. These are the limits of God, so do not come near them. God thus clarifies His revelations to the people, that they may attain piety.

Compare translations (4)

It is made lawful for you to go in unto your wives on the night of the fast. They are raiment for you and ye are raiment for them. Allah is Aware that ye were deceiving yourselves in this respect and He hath turned in mercy toward you and relieved you. So hold intercourse with them and seek that which Allah hath ordained for you, and eat and drink until the white thread becometh distinct to you from the black thread of the dawn. Then strictly observe the fast till nightfall and touch them not, but be at your devotions in the mosques. These are the limits imposed by Allah, so approach them not. Thus Allah expoundeth His revelation to mankind that they may ward off (evil)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Lawful for you on the night of the fast is commerce with your wives; they are a garment unto you, and ye a garment unto them. God knows that ye did defraud yourselves, wherefore He has turned towards you and forgiven you; so now go in unto them and crave what God has prescribed for you, and eat and drink until a white thread can be distinguished by you from a black one at the dawn. Then fulfil the fast until the night, and go not in unto them, and ye at your devotions in the mosques the while. These are the bounds that God has set, so draw not near thereto. Thus does God make manifest His signs to men, that haply they may fear

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

You are allowed on the night of the fast to approach your wives: they are your garment and ye are their garment. God knoweth that ye defraud yourselves therein, so He turneth unto you and forgiveth you! Now, therefore, go in unto them with full desire for that which God hath ordained for you; and eat and drink until ye can discern a white thread from a black thread by the daybreak: then fast strictly till night, and go not in unto them, but rather pass the time in the Mosques. These are the bounds set up by God: therefore come not near them. Thus God maketh his signs clear to men that they may fear Him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

It is lawful for you on the night of the fast to go in unto your wives; they are a garment unto you, and ye are a garment unto them. God knoweth that ye defraud your selves therein, wherefore he turneth unto you, and forgiveth you. Now therefore go in unto them; and earnestly desire that which God ordaineth you, and eat and drink until ye can plainly distinguish a white thread from a black thread by the day-break: Then keep the fast until night, and go not in unto them, but be constantly present in the places of worship. These are the prescribed bounds of God, therefore draw not near them to transgress them. Thus God declareth his signs unto men, that they may fear him

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:188

وَلَا تَأْكُلُوٓا۟ أَمْوَٰلَكُم بَيْنَكُم بِٱلْبَٰطِلِ وَتُدْلُوا۟ بِهَآ إِلَى ٱلْحُكَّامِ لِتَأْكُلُوا۟ فَرِيقًا مِّنْ أَمْوَٰلِ ٱلنَّاسِ بِٱلْإِثْمِ وَأَنتُمْ تَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa ta'kuloo amwaalakum baynakum bil-baatili watudloo bihaa ilaa l-hukkaami lita'kuloo fareeqan min amwaali n-naasi bil-'ithmi wa'antum ta'lamoon

DIN 31635walā taʾkulū ʾamwālakum baynakum bil-bāṭili watudlū bihā ʾilā l-ḥukkāmi litaʾkulū farīqan min ʾamwāli n-nāsi bil-ʾiṯmi waʾantum taʿlamūna

The translators word this verse differently

And do not consume one another's wealth by unjust means, nor offer it as bribes to the officials in order to consume part of other people's wealth illicitly, while you know.

Compare translations (4)

And eat not up your property among yourselves in vanity, nor seek by it to gain the hearing of the judges that ye may knowingly devour a portion of the property of others wrongfully

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Devour not your wealth among yourselves vainly, nor present it to the judges that ye may devour a part of the wealth of men sinfully, the while ye know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Consume not your wealth among yourselves in vain things, nor present it to judges that ye may consume a part of other men's wealth unjustly, while ye know the sin which ye commit

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Consume not your wealth among your selves in vain; nor present it unto judges, that ye may devour part of men's substance unjustly, against your own consciences

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:189

يَسْـَٔلُونَكَ عَنِ ٱلْأَهِلَّةِ قُلْ هِىَ مَوَٰقِيتُ لِلنَّاسِ وَٱلْحَجِّ وَلَيْسَ ٱلْبِرُّ بِأَن تَأْتُوا۟ ٱلْبُيُوتَ مِن ظُهُورِهَا وَلَٰكِنَّ ٱلْبِرَّ مَنِ ٱتَّقَىٰ وَأْتُوا۟ ٱلْبُيُوتَ مِنْ أَبْوَٰبِهَا وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُفْلِحُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yas'aloonaka 'ani l-'ahillati qul hiya mawaaqeetu lilnnaasi wal-hajji walaysa l-birru bi'an ta'too l-buyoota min zuhoorihaa walaakinna l-birra mani taqaa wa'too l-buyoota min abwaabihaa waattaqoo llaaha la'allakum tuflihoon

DIN 31635yasʾalūnaka ʿani l-ʾahillati qul hiya mawāqītu lilnnāsi wal-ḥaǧǧi walaysa l-birru biʾan taʾtū l-buyūta min ẓuhūrihā walākinna l-birra mani taqā waʾtū l-buyūta min ʾabwābihā wāttaqū llāha laʿallakum tufliḥūna

The translators word this verse differently

They ask you about the crescents. Say, "They are timetables for people, and for the Hajj." It is not virtuous that you approach homes from their backs, but virtue is to be pious. So approach homes from their doors, and observe God, that you may succeed.

Compare translations (4)

They ask thee, (O Muhammad), of new moons, say: They are fixed seasons for mankind and for the pilgrimage. It is not righteousness that ye go to houses by the backs thereof (as do the idolaters at certain seasons), but the righteous man is he who wardeth off (evil). So go to houses by the gates thereof, and observe your duty to Allah, that ye may be successful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They will ask thee about the phases of the moon; say, 'They are indications of time for men and for the pilgrimage.' And it is not righteousness that ye should enter into your houses from behind them, but righteousness is he who fears; so enter into your houses by the doors thereof and fear God; haply ye may prosper yet

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They will ask thee of the new moons. SAY: They are periods fixed for man's service and for the Pilgrimage. There is no piety in entering your houses at the back, but piety consists in the fear of God. Enter your houses then by their doors; and fear God that it may be well with you

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They will ask thee concerning the phases of the moon: Answer, they are times appointed unto men, and to shew the season of the pilgrimage to Mecca. It is not righteousness that ye enter your houses by the back parts thereof, but righteousness is of him who feareth God. Therefore enter your houses by their doors; and fear God, that ye may be happy

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:190

وَقَٰتِلُوا۟ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلَّذِينَ يُقَٰتِلُونَكُمْ وَلَا تَعْتَدُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُعْتَدِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqaatiloo fee sabeeli llaahi lladheena yuqaatiloonakum walaa ta'tadoo inna llaaha laa yuhibbu l-mu'tadeen

DIN 31635waqātilū fī sabīli llāhi llaḏīna yuqātilūnakum walā taʿtadū ʾinna llāha lā yuḥibbu l-muʿtadīna

And fight in the cause of God those who fight you, but do not commit aggression; God does not love the aggressors.

Compare translations (4)

Fight in the way of Allah against those who fight against you, but begin not hostilities. Lo! Allah loveth not aggressors

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Fight in God's way with those who fight with you, but transgress not; verily, God loves not those who do transgress

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And fight for the cause of God against those who fight against you: but commit not the injustice of attacking them first: God loveth not such injustice

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And fight for the religion of God against those who fight against you, but transgress not by attacking them first, for God loveth not the transgressors

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:191

وَٱقْتُلُوهُمْ حَيْثُ ثَقِفْتُمُوهُمْ وَأَخْرِجُوهُم مِّنْ حَيْثُ أَخْرَجُوكُمْ وَٱلْفِتْنَةُ أَشَدُّ مِنَ ٱلْقَتْلِ وَلَا تُقَٰتِلُوهُمْ عِندَ ٱلْمَسْجِدِ ٱلْحَرَامِ حَتَّىٰ يُقَٰتِلُوكُمْ فِيهِ فَإِن قَٰتَلُوكُمْ فَٱقْتُلُوهُمْ كَذَٰلِكَ جَزَآءُ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqtuloohum haythu thaqiftumoohum wa'akhrijoohum min haythu akhrajookum wal-fitnatu ashaddu mina l-qatli walaa tuqaatiloohum 'inda l-masjidi l-haraami hattaa yuqaatilookum feehi fa'in qaatalookum faqtuloohum kadhaalika jazaa'u l-kaafireen

DIN 31635waqtulūhum ḥayṯu ṯaqiftumūhum waʾaḫriǧūhum min ḥayṯu ʾaḫraǧūkum wal-fitnatu ʾašaddu mina l-qatli walā tuqātilūhum ʿinda l-masǧidi l-ḥarāmi ḥattā yuqātilūkum fīhi faʾin qātalūkum faqtulūhum kaḏālika ǧazāʾu l-kāfirīna

And kill them wherever you overtake them, and expel them from where they had expelled you. Oppression is more serious than murder. But do not fight them at the Sacred Mosque, unless they fight you there. If they fight you, then kill them. Such is the retribution of the disbelievers.

Compare translations (4)

And slay them wherever ye find them, and drive them out of the places whence they drove you out, for persecution is worse than slaughter. And fight not with them at the Inviolable Place of Worship until they first attack you there, but if they attack you (there) then slay them. Such is the reward of disbelievers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Kill them wherever ye find them, and drive them out from whence they drive you out; for sedition is worse than slaughter; but fight them not by the Sacred Mosque until they fight you there; then kill them, for such is the recompense of those that misbelieve

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And kill them wherever ye shall find them, and eject them from whatever place they have ejected you; for civil discord is worse than carnage: yet attack them not at the sacred Mosque, unless they attack you therein; but if they attack you, slay them. Such the reward of the infidels

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And kill them wherever ye find them, and turn them out of that whereof they have dispossessed you, for temptation to idolatry is more grievous than slaughter: Yet fight not against them in the holy temple, until they attack you therein; but if they attack you, slay them there. This shall be the reward of the infidels

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:192

فَإِنِ ٱنتَهَوْا۟ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fa'ini ntahaw fa'inna llaaha ghafoorun raheem

DIN 31635faʾini ntahaw faʾinna llāha ġafūrun raḥīmun

But if they cease, then God is Forgiving and Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

But if they desist, then lo! Allah is Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But if they desist, then, verily, God is forgiving and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But if they desist, then verily God is Gracious, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But if they desist, God is gracious and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:193

وَقَٰتِلُوهُمْ حَتَّىٰ لَا تَكُونَ فِتْنَةٌ وَيَكُونَ ٱلدِّينُ لِلَّهِ فَإِنِ ٱنتَهَوْا۟ فَلَا عُدْوَٰنَ إِلَّا عَلَى ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqaatiloohum hattaa laa takoona fitnatun wayakoona d-deenu lillaahi fa'ini ntahaw falaa 'udwaana illaa 'alaa z-zaalimeen

DIN 31635waqātilūhum ḥattā lā takūna fitnatun wayakūna d-dīnu lillāhi faʾini ntahaw falā ʿudwāna ʾillā ʿalā ẓ-ẓālimīna

And fight them until there is no oppression, and worship becomes devoted to God alone. But if they cease, then let there be no hostility except against the oppressors.

Compare translations (4)

And fight them until persecution is no more, and religion is for Allah. But if they desist, then let there be no hostility except against wrong-doers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But fight them that there be no sedition and that the religion may be God's; but, if they desist, then let there be no hostility save against the unjust

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Fight therefore against them until there be no more civil discord, and the only worship be that of God: but if they desist, then let there be no hostility, save against the wicked

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Fight therefore against them, until there be no temptation to idolatry, and the religion be God's: But if they desist, then let there be no hostility, except against the ungodly

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:194

ٱلشَّهْرُ ٱلْحَرَامُ بِٱلشَّهْرِ ٱلْحَرَامِ وَٱلْحُرُمَٰتُ قِصَاصٌ فَمَنِ ٱعْتَدَىٰ عَلَيْكُمْ فَٱعْتَدُوا۟ عَلَيْهِ بِمِثْلِ مَا ٱعْتَدَىٰ عَلَيْكُمْ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ مَعَ ٱلْمُتَّقِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)ash-shahru l-haraamu bish-shahri l-haraami wal-hurumaatu qisaasun famani 'tadaa 'alaykum fa'tadoo 'alayhi bimithli maa 'tadaa 'alaykum waattaqoo llaaha wa'lamoo anna llaaha ma'a l-muttaqeen

DIN 31635aš-šahru l-ḥarāmu biš-šahri l-ḥarāmi wal-ḥurumātu qiṣāṣun famani ʿtadā ʿalaykum faʿtadū ʿalayhi bimiṯli mā ʿtadā ʿalaykum wāttaqū llāha waʿlamū ʾanna llāha maʿa l-muttaqīna

The translators word this verse differently

The sacred month for the sacred month; and sacrilege calls for retaliation. Whoever commits aggression against you, retaliate against him in the same measure as he has committed against you. And be conscious of God, and know that God is with the righteous.

Compare translations (4)

The forbidden month for the forbidden month, and forbidden things in retaliation. And one who attacketh you, attack him in like manner as he attacked you. Observe your duty to Allah, and know that Allah is with those who ward off (evil)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The sacred month for the sacred month; for all sacred things demand retaliation; and whoso transgresses against you, transgress against him like as he transgressed against you; but fear ye God, and know that God is with those who fear

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The sacred month and the sacred precincts are under the safeguard of reprisals: whoever offereth violence to you, offer ye the like violence to him, and fear God, and know that God is with those who fear Him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

A sacred month for a sacred month, and the holy limits of Mecca, if they attack you therein, do ye also attack them therein in retaliation; and whoever transgresseth against you by so doing, do ye transgress against him in like manner as he hath transgressed against you, and fear God, and know that God is with those who fear him

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:195

وَأَنفِقُوا۟ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَلَا تُلْقُوا۟ بِأَيْدِيكُمْ إِلَى ٱلتَّهْلُكَةِ وَأَحْسِنُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'anfiqoo fee sabeeli llaahi walaa tulqoo bi'aydeekum ilaa t-tahlukati wa'ahsinoo inna llaaha yuhibbu l-muhsineen

DIN 31635waʾanfiqū fī sabīli llāhi walā tulqū biʾaydīkum ʾilā t-tahlukati waʾaḥsinū ʾinna llāha yuḥibbu l-muḥsinīna

And spend in the cause of God, and do not throw yourselves with your own hands into ruin, and be charitable. God loves the charitable.

Compare translations (4)

Spend your wealth for the cause of Allah, and be not cast by your own hands to ruin; and do good. Lo! Allah loveth the beneficent

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Expend in alms in God's way and be not cast by your own hands into perdition; but do good, for God loves those who do good

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Give freely for the cause of God, and throw not yourselves with your own hands into ruin; and do good, for God loveth those who do good

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Contribute out of your substance toward the defence of the religion of God, and throw not your selves with your own hands into perdition; and do good, for God loveth those who do good

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:196

وَأَتِمُّوا۟ ٱلْحَجَّ وَٱلْعُمْرَةَ لِلَّهِ فَإِنْ أُحْصِرْتُمْ فَمَا ٱسْتَيْسَرَ مِنَ ٱلْهَدْىِ وَلَا تَحْلِقُوا۟ رُءُوسَكُمْ حَتَّىٰ يَبْلُغَ ٱلْهَدْىُ مَحِلَّهُۥ فَمَن كَانَ مِنكُم مَّرِيضًا أَوْ بِهِۦٓ أَذًى مِّن رَّأْسِهِۦ فَفِدْيَةٌ مِّن صِيَامٍ أَوْ صَدَقَةٍ أَوْ نُسُكٍ فَإِذَآ أَمِنتُمْ فَمَن تَمَتَّعَ بِٱلْعُمْرَةِ إِلَى ٱلْحَجِّ فَمَا ٱسْتَيْسَرَ مِنَ ٱلْهَدْىِ فَمَن لَّمْ يَجِدْ فَصِيَامُ ثَلَٰثَةِ أَيَّامٍ فِى ٱلْحَجِّ وَسَبْعَةٍ إِذَا رَجَعْتُمْ تِلْكَ عَشَرَةٌ كَامِلَةٌ ذَٰلِكَ لِمَن لَّمْ يَكُنْ أَهْلُهُۥ حَاضِرِى ٱلْمَسْجِدِ ٱلْحَرَامِ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ شَدِيدُ ٱلْعِقَابِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'atimmoo l-hajja wal-'umrata lillaahi fa'in uhsirtum famaa staysara mina l-hadyi walaa tahliqoo ru'oosakum hattaa yablugha l-hadyu mahillahu faman kaana minkum mareedan aw bihi adhan min ra'sihi fafidyatun min siyaamin aw sadaqatin aw nusukin fa'idhaa amintum faman tamatta'a bil-'umrati ilaa l-hajji famaa staysara mina l-hadyi faman lam yajid fasiyaamu thalaathati ayyaamin fee l-hajji wasab'atin idhaa raja'tum tilka 'asharatun kaamilatun dhaalika liman lam yakun ahluhu haadiree l-masjidi l-haraami waattaqoo llaaha wa'lamoo anna llaaha shadeedu l-'iqaab

DIN 31635waʾatimmū l-ḥaǧǧa wal-ʿumrata lillāhi faʾin ʾuḥṣirtum famā staysara mina l-hadyi walā taḥliqū ruʾūsakum ḥattā yabluġa l-hadyu maḥillahu faman kāna minkum marīḍan ʾaw bihi ʾaḏan min raʾsihi fafidyatun min ṣiyāmin ʾaw ṣadaqatin ʾaw nusukin faʾiḏā ʾamintum faman tamattaʿa bil-ʿumrati ʾilā l-ḥaǧǧi famā staysara mina l-hadyi faman lam yaǧid faṣiyāmu ṯalāṯati ʾayyāmin fī l-ḥaǧǧi wasabʿatin ʾiḏā raǧaʿtum tilka ʿašaratun kāmilatun ḏālika liman lam yakun ʾahluhu ḥāḍirī l-masǧidi l-ḥarāmi wāttaqū llāha waʿlamū ʾanna llāha šadīdu l-ʿiqābi

And carry out the Hajj and the Umrah for God. But if you are prevented, then whatever is feasible of offerings. And do not shave your heads until the offering has reached its destination. Whoever of you is sick, or has an injury of the head, then redemption of fasting, or charity, or worship. When you are secure: whoever continues the Umrah until the Hajj, then whatever is feasible of offering. But if he lacks the means, then fasting for three days during the Hajj and seven when you have returned, making ten in all. This is for he whose household is not present at the Sacred Mosque. And remain conscious of God, and know that God is stern in retribution.

Compare translations (4)

Perform the pilgrimage and the visit (to Makka) for Allah. And if ye are prevented, then send such gifts as can be obtained with ease, and shave not your heads until the gifts have reached their destination. And whoever among you is sick or hath an ailment of the head must pay a ransom of fasting or almsgiving or offering. And if ye are in safety, then whosoever contenteth himself with the visit for the pilgrimage (shall give) such gifts as can be had with ease. And whosoever cannot find (such gifts), then a fast of three days while on the pilgrimage, and of seven when ye have returned; that is, ten in all. That is for him whoso folk are not present at the Inviolable Place of Worship. Observe your duty to Allah, and know that Allah is severe in punishment

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And fulfil the pilgrimage and the visitation to God; but if ye be besieged, then what is easiest for you by way of gift. But shave not your heads until your gift shall reach its destination; and he amongst you who is sick or has a hurt upon his head, then the redemption is by fasting or by alms or by an offering. But when ye are safe again, then let him who would enjoy the visitation until the pilgrimage (bring) what is easiest as a gift. And he who cannot find (anything to bring), then let him fast three days on the pilgrimage and seven when ye return; these make ten days complete. That is, for him whose family are not present in the Sacred Mosque; and fear God and know that God is keen to punish

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Accomplish the Pilgrimage and the Visitation of the holy places in honour of God: and if ye be hemmed in by foes, send whatever offering shall be the easiest: and shave not your heads until the offering reach the place of sacrifice. But whoever among you is sick, or hath an ailment of the head, must satisfy by fasting, or alms, or an offering. And when ye are safe from foes, he who contents himself with the Visitation of the holy places, until the Pilgrimage, shall bring whatever offering shall be the easiest. But he who findeth nothing to offer, shall fast three days in the Pilgrimage itself, and seven days when ye return: they shall be ten days in all. This is binding on him whose family shall not be present at the sacred Mosque. And fear God, and know that God is terrible in punishing

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Perform the pilgrimage of Mecca, and the visitation of God: And if ye be besieged, send that offering which shall be the easiest; and shave not your heads, until your offering reacheth the place of sacrifice. But whoever among you is sick, or is troubled with any distemper of the head, must redeem the shaving his head by fasting, or alms, or some offering. When ye are secure from enemies, he who tarrieth in the visitation of the temple of Mecca until the pilgrimage, shall bring that offering which shall be the easiest. But he who findeth not any thing to offer, shall fast three days in the pilgrimage, and seven when ye are returned: They shall be ten days complete. This is incumbent on him, whose family shall not be present at the holy temple. And fear God and know that God is severe in punishing

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:197

ٱلْحَجُّ أَشْهُرٌ مَّعْلُومَٰتٌ فَمَن فَرَضَ فِيهِنَّ ٱلْحَجَّ فَلَا رَفَثَ وَلَا فُسُوقَ وَلَا جِدَالَ فِى ٱلْحَجِّ وَمَا تَفْعَلُوا۟ مِنْ خَيْرٍ يَعْلَمْهُ ٱللَّهُ وَتَزَوَّدُوا۟ فَإِنَّ خَيْرَ ٱلزَّادِ ٱلتَّقْوَىٰ وَٱتَّقُونِ يَٰٓأُو۟لِى ٱلْأَلْبَٰبِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)al-hajju ashhurun ma'loomaatun faman farada feehinna l-hajja falaa rafatha walaa fusooqa walaa jidaala fee l-hajji wamaa taf'aloo min khayrin ya'lamhu llaahu watazawwadoo fa'inna khayra z-zaadi t-taqwaa waattaqooni yaa oolee l-'albaab

DIN 31635al-ḥaǧǧu ʾašhurun maʿlūmātun faman faraḍa fīhinna l-ḥaǧǧa falā rafaṯa walā fusūqa walā ǧidāla fī l-ḥaǧǧi wamā tafʿalū min ḫayrin yaʿlamhu llāhu watazawwadū faʾinna ḫayra z-zādi t-taqwā wāttaqūni yā ʾūlī l-ʾalbābi

The Hajj is during specific months. Whoever decides to perform the Hajj-there shall be no sexual relations, nor misconduct, nor quarrelling during the Hajj. And whatever good you do, God knows it. And take provisions, but the best provision is righteousness. And be mindful of Me, O people of understanding.

Compare translations (4)

The pilgrimage is (in) the well-known months, and whoever is minded to perform the pilgrimage therein (let him remember that) there is (to be) no lewdness nor abuse nor angry conversation on the pilgrimage. And whatsoever good ye do Allah knoweth it. So make provision for yourselves (Hereafter); for the best provision is to ward off evil. Therefore keep your duty unto Me, O men of understanding

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The pilgrimage is (in) well-known months: whosoever then makes it incumbent on himself (let him have neither) commerce with women, nor fornication, nor a quarrel on the pilgrimage; and whatsoever of good ye do, God knoweth it; then provide yourself for your journey; but the best provision is piety. Fear ye me ye who possess minds

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Let the Pilgrimage be made in the months already known: whoever therefore undertaketh the Pilgrimage therein, let him not know a woman, nor transgress, nor wrangle in the Pilgrimage. The good which ye do, God knoweth it. And provide for your journey; but the best provision is the fear of God: fear me, then, O men of understanding

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The pilgrimage must be performed in the known months; whosoever therefore purposeth to go on pilgrimage therein, let him not know a woman, nor transgress, nor quarrel in the pilgrimage. The good which ye do, God knoweth it. Make provision for your journey; but the best provision is piety: And fear me, O ye of understanding

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:198

لَيْسَ عَلَيْكُمْ جُنَاحٌ أَن تَبْتَغُوا۟ فَضْلًا مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ فَإِذَآ أَفَضْتُم مِّنْ عَرَفَٰتٍ فَٱذْكُرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ عِندَ ٱلْمَشْعَرِ ٱلْحَرَامِ وَٱذْكُرُوهُ كَمَا هَدَىٰكُمْ وَإِن كُنتُم مِّن قَبْلِهِۦ لَمِنَ ٱلضَّآلِّينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laysa 'alaykum junaahun an tabtaghoo fadlan min rabbikum fa'idhaa afadtum min 'arafaatin fadhkuroo llaaha 'inda l-mash'ari l-haraami wadhkuroohu kamaa hadaakum wa'in kuntum min qablihi lamina d-daalleen

DIN 31635laysa ʿalaykum ǧunāḥun ʾan tabtaġū faḍlan min rabbikum faʾiḏā ʾafaḍtum min ʿarafātin faḏkurū llāha ʿinda l-mašʿari l-ḥarāmi waḏkurūhu kamā hadākum waʾin kuntum min qablihi lamina ḍ-ḍāllīna

You commit no error by seeking bounty from your Lord. When you disperse from Arafat, remember God at the Sacred Landmark. And remember Him as He has guided you. Although, before that, you were of those astray.

Compare translations (4)

It is no sin for you that ye seek the bounty of your Lord (by trading). But, when ye press on in the multitude from 'Arafat, remember Allah by the sacred monument. Remember Him as He hath guided you, although before ye were of those astray

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

It is no crime to you that ye seek good from your Lord; but when ye pour forth from 'Arafat, remember God by the sacred beacon. Remember Him how He guided you, although ye were surely before of those who err

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

It shall be no crime in you if ye seek an increase from your Lord; and when ye pour swiftly on from Arafat, then remember God near the holy monument; and remember Him, because He hath guided you who before this were of those who went astray

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

It shall be no crime in you, if ye seek an increase from your Lord, by trading during the pilgrimage. And when ye go in procession from Arafat, remember God near the holy monument; and remember him for that he hath directed you, although ye were before this of the number of those who go astray

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:199

ثُمَّ أَفِيضُوا۟ مِنْ حَيْثُ أَفَاضَ ٱلنَّاسُ وَٱسْتَغْفِرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)thumma afeedoo min haythu afaada n-naasu wastaghfiroo llaaha inna llaaha ghafoorun raheem

DIN 31635ṯumma ʾafīḍū min ḥayṯu ʾafāḍa n-nāsu wastaġfirū llāha ʾinna llāha ġafūrun raḥīmun

Then disperse from where the people disperse, and ask God for forgiveness. God is Most Forgiving, Most Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

Then hasten onward from the place whence the multitude hasteneth onward, and ask forgiveness of Allah. Lo! Allah is Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Then pour ye forth from whence men do pour forth and ask pardon of God; verily, God is forgiving and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Then pass on quickly where the people quickly pass, and ask pardon of God, for God is Forgiving, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Therefore go in procession from whence the people go in procession, and ask pardon of God, for God is gracious and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:200

فَإِذَا قَضَيْتُم مَّنَٰسِكَكُمْ فَٱذْكُرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ كَذِكْرِكُمْ ءَابَآءَكُمْ أَوْ أَشَدَّ ذِكْرًا فَمِنَ ٱلنَّاسِ مَن يَقُولُ رَبَّنَآ ءَاتِنَا فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا وَمَا لَهُۥ فِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ مِنْ خَلَٰقٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fa'idhaa qadaytum manaasikakum fadhkuroo llaaha kadhikrikum aabaa'akum aw ashadda dhikran famina n-naasi man yaqoolu rabbanaa aatinaa fee d-dunyaa wamaa lahu fee l-'aakhirati min khalaaq

DIN 31635faʾiḏā qaḍaytum manāsikakum faḏkurū llāha kaḏikrikum ʾābāʾakum ʾaw ʾašadda ḏikran famina n-nāsi man yaqūlu rabbanā ʾātinā fī d-dunyā wamā lahu fī l-ʾāḫirati min ḫalāqin

When you have completed your rites, remember God as you remember your parents, or even more. Among the people is he who says, "Our Lord, give us in this world," yet he has no share in the Hereafter.

Compare translations (4)

And when ye have completed your devotions, then remember Allah as ye remember your fathers or with a more lively remembrance. But of mankind is he who saith: "Our Lord! Give unto us in the world," and he hath no portion in the Hereafter

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when ye have performed your rites, remember God as ye remember your fathers, or with a keener memory still. There is among men such as says, 'Our Lord! give us in this world;' but of the future life no portion shall he have

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when ye have finished your holy rites, remember God as ye remember your own fathers, or with a yet more intense remembrance! Some men there are who say, "O our Lord! give us our portion in this world:" but such shall have no portion in the next life

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when ye have finished your holy ceremonies, remember God, according as ye remember your fathers, or with a more reverend commemoration. There are some men who say, O Lord, give us our portion in this world; but such shall have no portion in the next life

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:201

وَمِنْهُم مَّن يَقُولُ رَبَّنَآ ءَاتِنَا فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا حَسَنَةً وَفِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ حَسَنَةً وَقِنَا عَذَابَ ٱلنَّارِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waminhum man yaqoolu rabbanaa aatinaa fee d-dunyaa hasanatan wafee l-'aakhirati hasanatan waqinaa 'adhaaba n-naar

DIN 31635waminhum man yaqūlu rabbanā ʾātinā fī d-dunyā ḥasanatan wafī l-ʾāḫirati ḥasanatan waqinā ʿaḏāba n-nāri

And among them is he who says, "Our Lord, give us goodness in this world, and goodness in the Hereafter, and protect us from the torment of the Fire."

Compare translations (4)

And of them (also) is he who saith: "Our Lord! Give unto us in the world that which is good and in the Hereafter that which is good, and guard us from the doom of Fire

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And some there be who say, 'Our Lord! give us in this world good and in the future good; and keep us from the torment of the fire

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And some say, "O our Lord! give us good in this world and good in the next, and keep us from the torment of the fire

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And there are others who say, O Lord, give us good in this world, and also good in the next world, and deliver us from the torment of hell fire

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:202

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ لَهُمْ نَصِيبٌ مِّمَّا كَسَبُوا۟ وَٱللَّهُ سَرِيعُ ٱلْحِسَابِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)oolaa'ika lahum naseebun mimmaa kasaboo wallaahu saree'u l-hisaab

DIN 31635ʾūlāʾika lahum naṣībun mimmā kasabū wallāhu sarīʿu l-ḥisābi

The translators word this verse differently

These will have a share of what they have earned. God is swift in reckoning.

Compare translations (4)

For them there is in store a goodly portion out of that which they have earned. Allah is swift at reckoning

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

These,- they have their portion from what they have earned; for God is swift at reckoning up

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They shall have the lot which they have merited: and God is swift to reckon

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They shall have a portion of that which they have gained: God is swift in taking an account

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:203

وَٱذْكُرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ فِىٓ أَيَّامٍ مَّعْدُودَٰتٍ فَمَن تَعَجَّلَ فِى يَوْمَيْنِ فَلَآ إِثْمَ عَلَيْهِ وَمَن تَأَخَّرَ فَلَآ إِثْمَ عَلَيْهِ لِمَنِ ٱتَّقَىٰ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّكُمْ إِلَيْهِ تُحْشَرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wadhkuroo llaaha fee ayyaamin ma'doodaatin faman ta'ajjala fee yawmayni falaa ithma 'alayhi waman ta'akhkhara falaa ithma 'alayhi limani taqaa waattaqoo llaaha wa'lamoo annakum ilayhi tuhsharoon

DIN 31635waḏkurū llāha fī ʾayyāmin maʿdūdātin faman taʿaǧǧala fī yawmayni falā ʾiṯma ʿalayhi waman taʾaḫḫara falā ʾiṯma ʿalayhi limani taqā wāttaqū llāha waʿlamū ʾannakum ʾilayhi tuḥšarūna

And remember God during the designated days. But whoever hurries on in two days commits no wrong, and whoever stays on commits no wrong-provided he maintains righteousness. And obey God, and know that to Him you will be gathered.

Compare translations (4)

Remember Allah through the appointed days. Then whoso hasteneth (his departure) by two days, it is no sin for him, and whoso delayeth, it is no sin for him; that is for him who wardeth off (evil). Be careful of your duty to Allah, and know that unto Him ye will be gathered

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Remember God for a certain number of days; but whoso hastens off in two days, it is no sin to him, and he who lingers on it is no sin to him,- for him who fears. So fear ye God and know that unto Him shall ye be gathered

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Bear God in mind during the stated days: but if any haste away in two days, it shall be no fault in him: And if any tarry longer, it shall be no fault in him, if he fear God. Fear God, then, and know that to Him shall ye be gathered

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Remember God the appointed number of days: But if any haste to depart from the valley of Mina in two days, it shall be no crime in him. And if any tarry longer, it shall be no crime in him, in him who feareth God. Therefore fear God, and know that unto him ye shall be gathered

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:204

وَمِنَ ٱلنَّاسِ مَن يُعْجِبُكَ قَوْلُهُۥ فِى ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَيُشْهِدُ ٱللَّهَ عَلَىٰ مَا فِى قَلْبِهِۦ وَهُوَ أَلَدُّ ٱلْخِصَامِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamina n-naasi man yu'jibuka qawluhu fee l-hayaati d-dunyaa wayushhidu llaaha 'alaa maa fee qalbihi wahuwa aladdu l-khisaam

DIN 31635wamina n-nāsi man yuʿǧibuka qawluhu fī l-ḥayāti d-dunyā wayušhidu llāha ʿalā mā fī qalbihi wahuwa ʾaladdu l-ḫiṣāmi

Among the people is he whose speech about the worldly life impresses you, and he calls God to witness what is in his heart, while he is the most hostile of adversaries.

Compare translations (4)

And of mankind there is he whoso conversation on the life of this world pleaseth thee (Muhammad), and he calleth Allah to witness as to that which is in his heart; yet he is the most rigid of opponents

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

There is among men one whose speech about the life of this world pleases thee, and he calls on God to witness what is in his heart; yet is he most fierce in opposition unto thee

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

A man there is who surpriseth thee by his discourse concerning this life present. He taketh God to witness what is in his heart; yet is he the most zealous in opposing thee

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

There is a man who causeth thee to marvel by his speech concerning this present life, and calleth God to witness that which is in his heart, yet he is most intent in opposing thee

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:205

وَإِذَا تَوَلَّىٰ سَعَىٰ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ لِيُفْسِدَ فِيهَا وَيُهْلِكَ ٱلْحَرْثَ وَٱلنَّسْلَ وَٱللَّهُ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْفَسَادَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa tawallaa sa'aa fee l-'ardi liyufsida feehaa wayuhlika l-hartha wan-nasla wallaahu laa yuhibbu l-fasaad

DIN 31635waʾiḏā tawallā saʿā fī l-ʾarḍi liyufsida fīhā wayuhlika l-ḥarṯa wan-nasla wallāhu lā yuḥibbu l-fasāda

The translators word this verse differently

When he gains power, he strives to spread corruption on earth, destroying properties and lives. God does not like corruption.

Compare translations (4)

And when he turneth away (from thee) his effort in the land is to make mischief therein and to destroy the crops and the cattle; and Allah loveth not mischief

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when he turns away, he strives upon the earth to do evil therein, and to destroy the tilth and the stock; verily, God loves not evil doing

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when he turneth his back on thee, he runneth through the land to enact disorders therein, and layeth waste the fields and flocks: but God loveth not the disorder

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and when he turneth away from thee, he hasteth to act corruptly in the earth, and to destroy that which is sown, and springeth up: But God loveth not corrupt doing

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:206

وَإِذَا قِيلَ لَهُ ٱتَّقِ ٱللَّهَ أَخَذَتْهُ ٱلْعِزَّةُ بِٱلْإِثْمِ فَحَسْبُهُۥ جَهَنَّمُ وَلَبِئْسَ ٱلْمِهَادُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa qeela lahu taqi llaaha akhadhathu l-'izzatu bil-'ithmi fahasbuhu jahannamu walabi'sa l-mihaad

DIN 31635waʾiḏā qīla lahu taqi llāha ʾaḫaḏathu l-ʿizzatu bil-ʾiṯmi faḥasbuhu ǧahannamu walabiʾsa l-mihādu

The translators word this verse differently

And when he is told, "Beware of God," his pride leads him to more sin. Hell is enough for him-a dreadful abode.

Compare translations (4)

And when it is said unto him: Be careful of thy duty to Allah, pride taketh him to sin. Hell will settle his account, an evil resting-place

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when it is said to him, 'Fear God,' then pride takes hold upon him in sin; but hell is enough for him! surely an evil couch is that

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when it is said to him, "Fear God," the pride of sin seizeth him: but he shall have his fill of Hell; and right wretched the couch

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And if one say unto him, fear God; pride seizeth him, together with wickedness; but hell shall be his reward, and an unhappy couch shall it be

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:207

وَمِنَ ٱلنَّاسِ مَن يَشْرِى نَفْسَهُ ٱبْتِغَآءَ مَرْضَاتِ ٱللَّهِ وَٱللَّهُ رَءُوفٌۢ بِٱلْعِبَادِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamina n-naasi man yashree nafsahu btighaa'a mardaati llaahi wallaahu ra'oofun bil-'ibaad

DIN 31635wamina n-nāsi man yašrī nafsahu btiġāʾa marḍāti llāhi wallāhu raʾūfun bil-ʿibādi

The translators word this verse differently

And among the people is he who sells himself seeking God's approval. God is kind towards the servants.

Compare translations (4)

And of mankind is he who would sell himself, seeking the pleasure of Allah; and Allah hath compassion on (His) bondmen

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And there is among men one who selleth his soul craving, those things that are pleasing unto God and God is kind unto His servants

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

A man, too, there is who selleth his very self out of desire to please God: and God is good to his servants

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

There is also a man who selleth his soul for the sake of those things which are pleasing unto God; and God is gracious unto his servants

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:208

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱدْخُلُوا۟ فِى ٱلسِّلْمِ كَآفَّةً وَلَا تَتَّبِعُوا۟ خُطُوَٰتِ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنِ إِنَّهُۥ لَكُمْ عَدُوٌّ مُّبِينٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo dkhuloo fee s-silmi kaaffatan walaa tattabi'oo khutuwaati sh-shaytaani innahu lakum 'aduwwun mubeen

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū dḫulū fī s-silmi kāffatan walā tattabiʿū ḫuṭuwāti š-šayṭāni ʾinnahu lakum ʿaduwwun mubīnun

O you who believe! Enter into submission, wholeheartedly, and do not follow the footsteps of Satan; he is to you an outright enemy.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! Come, all of you, into submission (unto Him); and follow not the footsteps of the devil. Lo! he is an open enemy for you

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! enter ye into the peace, one and all, and follow not the footsteps of Satan; verily, to you he is an open foe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O believers! enter completely into the true religion, and follow not the steps of Satan, for he is your declared enemy

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, enter into the true religion wholly, and follow not the steps of Satan, for he is your open enemy

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:209

فَإِن زَلَلْتُم مِّنۢ بَعْدِ مَا جَآءَتْكُمُ ٱلْبَيِّنَٰتُ فَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَزِيزٌ حَكِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fa'in zalaltum min ba'di maa jaa'atkumu l-bayyinaatu fa'lamoo anna llaaha 'azeezun hakeem

DIN 31635faʾin zalaltum min baʿdi mā ǧāʾatkumu l-bayyinātu faʿlamū ʾanna llāha ʿazīzun ḥakīmun

But if you slip after the proofs have come to you, know that God is Powerful and Wise.

Compare translations (4)

And if ye slide back after the clear proofs have come unto you, then know that Allah is Mighty, Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And if ye slip after that the manifest signs have come to you, then know that God is the mighty, the wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But if ye lapse after that our clear signs have come to you, know that God is Mighty, Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

If ye have slipped after the declarations of our will have come unto you, know that God is mighty and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:210

هَلْ يَنظُرُونَ إِلَّآ أَن يَأْتِيَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ فِى ظُلَلٍ مِّنَ ٱلْغَمَامِ وَٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ وَقُضِىَ ٱلْأَمْرُ وَإِلَى ٱللَّهِ تُرْجَعُ ٱلْأُمُورُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)hal yanzuroona illaa an ya'tiyahumu llaahu fee zulalin mina l-ghamaami wal-malaa'ikatu waqudiya l-'amru wa'ilaa llaahi turja'u l-'umoor

DIN 31635hal yanẓurūna ʾillā ʾan yaʾtiyahumu llāhu fī ẓulalin mina l-ġamāmi wal-malāʾikatu waquḍiya l-ʾamru waʾilā llāhi turǧaʿu l-ʾumūru

The translators word this verse differently

Are they waiting for God Himself to come to them in the shadows of the clouds, together with the angels, and thus the matter is settled? All things are returned to God.

Compare translations (4)

Wait they for naught else than that Allah should come unto them in the shadows of the clouds with the angels? Then the case would be already judged. All cases go back to Allah (for judgment)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

What can they expect but that God should come unto them in the shadow of a cloud, and the angels too? But the thing is decreed, and unto God do things return

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

What can such expect but that God should come down to them overshadowed with clouds, and the angels also, and their doom be sealed? And to God shall all things return

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Do the infidels expect less than that God should come down to them overshadowed with clouds, and the angels also? But the thing is decreed, and to God shall all things return

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:211

سَلْ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ كَمْ ءَاتَيْنَٰهُم مِّنْ ءَايَةٍۭ بَيِّنَةٍ وَمَن يُبَدِّلْ نِعْمَةَ ٱللَّهِ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا جَآءَتْهُ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ شَدِيدُ ٱلْعِقَابِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)sal banee israa'eela kam aataynaahum min aayatin bayyinatin waman yubaddil ni'mata llaahi min ba'di maa jaa'athu fa'inna llaaha shadeedu l-'iqaab

DIN 31635sal banī ʾisrāʾīla kam ʾātaynāhum min ʾāyatin bayyinatin waman yubaddil niʿmata llāhi min baʿdi mā ǧāʾathu faʾinna llāha šadīdu l-ʿiqābi

Ask the Children of Israel how many clear signs We have given them. Whoever alters the blessing of God after it has come to him-God is severe in retribution.

Compare translations (4)

Ask of the Children of Israel how many a clear revelation We gave them! He who altereth the grace of Allah after it hath come unto him (for him), lo! Allah is severe in punishment

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Ask the children of Israel how many a manifest sign we gave to them; and whoso alters God's favours after that they have come to him, then God is keen at following up

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Ask the children of Isreal how many clear signs we have given them. But if any man shall alter the boon of God after it shall have reached him, assuredly God will be vehement in punishing him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Ask the children of Israel how many evident signs we have shewed them; and whoever shall change the grace of God, after it shall have come unto him, verily God will be severe in punishing him

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:212

زُيِّنَ لِلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَيَسْخَرُونَ مِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّقَوْا۟ فَوْقَهُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ وَٱللَّهُ يَرْزُقُ مَن يَشَآءُ بِغَيْرِ حِسَابٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)zuyyina lilladheena kafaroo l-hayaatu d-dunyaa wayaskharoona mina lladheena aamanoo walladheena taqaw fawqahum yawma l-qiyaamati wallaahu yarzuqu man yashaa'u bighayri hisaab

DIN 31635zuyyina lillaḏīna kafarū l-ḥayātu d-dunyā wayasḫarūna mina llaḏīna ʾāmanū wallaḏīna taqaw fawqahum yawma l-qiyāmati wallāhu yarzuqu man yašāʾu biġayri ḥisābin

Beautified is the life of this world for those who disbelieve, and they ridicule those who believe. But the righteous will be above them on the Day of Resurrection. God provides to whomever He wills without measure.

Compare translations (4)

Beautified is the life of the world for those who disbelieve; they make a jest of the believers. But those who keep their duty to Allah will be above them on the Day of Resurrection. Allah giveth without stint to whom He will

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Made fair to those who misbelieve is this worlds life; they jest at those who do believe. But those who fear shall be above them on the resurrection day. God gives provision unto whom He will without account

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

This present life is prepared for those who believe not, and who mock at the faithful. But they who fear God shall be above them on the day of resurrection; and God is bounteous without measure to whom He will

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The present life was ordained for those who believe not, and they laugh the faithful to scorn; but they who fear God shall be above them, on the day of the resurrection: For God is bountiful unto whom he pleaseth without measure

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:213

كَانَ ٱلنَّاسُ أُمَّةً وَٰحِدَةً فَبَعَثَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلنَّبِيِّـۧنَ مُبَشِّرِينَ وَمُنذِرِينَ وَأَنزَلَ مَعَهُمُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ بِٱلْحَقِّ لِيَحْكُمَ بَيْنَ ٱلنَّاسِ فِيمَا ٱخْتَلَفُوا۟ فِيهِ وَمَا ٱخْتَلَفَ فِيهِ إِلَّا ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوهُ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا جَآءَتْهُمُ ٱلْبَيِّنَٰتُ بَغْيًۢا بَيْنَهُمْ فَهَدَى ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لِمَا ٱخْتَلَفُوا۟ فِيهِ مِنَ ٱلْحَقِّ بِإِذْنِهِۦ وَٱللَّهُ يَهْدِى مَن يَشَآءُ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)kaana n-naasu ummatan waahidatan faba'atha llaahu n-nabiyyeena mubashshireena wamundhireena wa'anzala ma'ahumu l-kitaaba bil-haqqi liyahkuma bayna n-naasi feemaa khtalafoo feehi wamaa khtalafa feehi illaa lladheena ootoohu min ba'di maa jaa'athumu l-bayyinaatu baghyan baynahum fahadaa llaahu lladheena aamanoo limaa khtalafoo feehi mina l-haqqi bi'idhnihi wallaahu yahdee man yashaa'u ilaa siraatin mustaqeem

DIN 31635kāna n-nāsu ʾummatan wāḥidatan fabaʿaṯa llāhu n-nabiyyīna mubašširīna wamunḏirīna waʾanzala maʿahumu l-kitāba bil-ḥaqqi liyaḥkuma bayna n-nāsi fīmā ḫtalafū fīhi wamā ḫtalafa fīhi ʾillā llaḏīna ʾūtūhu min baʿdi mā ǧāʾathumu l-bayyinātu baġyan baynahum fahadā llāhu llaḏīna ʾāmanū limā ḫtalafū fīhi mina l-ḥaqqi biʾiḏnihi wallāhu yahdī man yašāʾu ʾilā ṣirāṭin mustaqīmin

Humanity used to be one community; then God sent the prophets, bringing good news and giving warnings. And He sent down with them the Scripture, with the truth, to judge between people regarding their differences. But none differed over it except those who were given it-after the proofs had come to them-out of mutual envy between them. Then God guided those who believed to the truth they had disputed, in accordance with His will. God guides whom He wills to a straight path.

Compare translations (4)

Mankind were one community, and Allah sent (unto them) prophets as bearers of good tidings and as warners, and revealed therewith the Scripture with the truth that it might judge between mankind concerning that wherein they differed. And only those unto whom (the Scripture) was given differed concerning it, after clear proofs had come unto them, through hatred one of another. And Allah by His Will guided those who believe unto the truth of that concerning which they differed. Allah guideth whom He will unto a straight path

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Men were one nation once, and God sent prophets with good tidings and with warnings, and sent down with them the Book in truth, to judge between men in that wherein they disagreed; but none did disagree therein save those who had been given it after that manifest signs had come to them, through greed amongst themselves; and God guided those who did believe to that truth concerning which they disagreed by His permission, for God guides whom He will unto the right path

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Mankind was but one people; and God sent prophets to announce glad tidings and to warn; and He sent down with them the Book of Truth, that it might decide the disputes of men; and none disputed but those to whom the Book had been given, after the clear tokens had reached them, - being full of mutual jealousy. And God guided those who believed to the truth of that about which, by his permission, they had disputed; for God guideth whom he pleaseth into the straight path

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Mankind was of one faith, and God sent prophets bearing good tidings, and denouncing threats, and sent down with them the scripture in truth, that it might judge between men of that concerning which they disagreed: And none disagreed concerning it, except those to whom the same scriptures were delivered, after the declarations of God's will had come unto them, out of envy among themselves. And God directed those who believed, to that truth concerning which they disagreed, by his will: For God directeth whom he pleaseth into the right way

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:214

أَمْ حَسِبْتُمْ أَن تَدْخُلُوا۟ ٱلْجَنَّةَ وَلَمَّا يَأْتِكُم مَّثَلُ ٱلَّذِينَ خَلَوْا۟ مِن قَبْلِكُم مَّسَّتْهُمُ ٱلْبَأْسَآءُ وَٱلضَّرَّآءُ وَزُلْزِلُوا۟ حَتَّىٰ يَقُولَ ٱلرَّسُولُ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ مَعَهُۥ مَتَىٰ نَصْرُ ٱللَّهِ أَلَآ إِنَّ نَصْرَ ٱللَّهِ قَرِيبٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)am hasibtum an tadkhuloo l-jannata walammaa ya'tikum mathalu lladheena khalaw min qablikum massathumu l-ba'saa'u wad-darraa'u wazulziloo hattaa yaqoola r-rasoolu walladheena aamanoo ma'ahu mataa nasru llaahi alaa inna nasra llaahi qareeb

DIN 31635ʾam ḥasibtum ʾan tadḫulū l-ǧannata walammā yaʾtikum maṯalu llaḏīna ḫalaw min qablikum massathumu l-baʾsāʾu waḍ-ḍarrāʾu wazulzilū ḥattā yaqūla r-rasūlu wallaḏīna ʾāmanū maʿahu matā naṣru llāhi ʾalā ʾinna naṣra llāhi qarībun

Or do you expect to enter Paradise before the example of those who came before you had reached you? Adversity and hardship had afflicted them, and they were so shaken up, that the Messenger and those who believed with him said, "When is God's victory?" Indeed, God's victory is near.

Compare translations (4)

Or think ye that ye will enter paradise while yet there hath not come unto you the like of (that which came to) those who passed away before you? Affliction and adversity befell them, they were shaken as with earthquake, till the messenger (of Allah) and those who believed along with him said: When cometh Allah's help? Now surely Allah's help is nigh

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Did ye count to enter Paradise, while there had nothing come to you like those who passed away before you; there touched them violence and harm, and they were made to quake, until the Apostle and those who believed with him said, 'When (comes) God's help? Is not God's help then surely nigh

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Think ye to enter Paradise, when no such things have come upon you, as on those who flourish before you? Ills and troubles tried them; and so tossed were they by trials, that the Apostle and they who shared his faith, said, "When will the help of God come?" - Is not the help of God nigh

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Did ye think ye should enter paradise, when as yet no such thing had happened unto you, as hath happened unto those who have been before you? They suffered calamity, and tribulation, and were afflicted; so that the apostle, and they who believed with him, said; when will the help of God come? Is not the help of God nigh

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:215

يَسْـَٔلُونَكَ مَاذَا يُنفِقُونَ قُلْ مَآ أَنفَقْتُم مِّنْ خَيْرٍ فَلِلْوَٰلِدَيْنِ وَٱلْأَقْرَبِينَ وَٱلْيَتَٰمَىٰ وَٱلْمَسَٰكِينِ وَٱبْنِ ٱلسَّبِيلِ وَمَا تَفْعَلُوا۟ مِنْ خَيْرٍ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ بِهِۦ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yas'aloonaka maadhaa yunfiqoona qul maa anfaqtum min khayrin falilwaalidayni wal-'aqrabeena wal-yataamaa wal-masaakeeni wabni s-sabeeli wamaa taf'aloo min khayrin fa'inna llaaha bihi 'aleem

DIN 31635yasʾalūnaka māḏā yunfiqūna qul mā ʾanfaqtum min ḫayrin falilwālidayni wal-ʾaqrabīna wal-yatāmā wal-masākīni wabni s-sabīli wamā tafʿalū min ḫayrin faʾinna llāha bihi ʿalīmun

They ask you what they should give. Say, "Whatever charity you give is for the parents, and the relatives, and the orphans, and the poor, and the wayfarer. Whatever good you do, God is aware of it.

Compare translations (4)

They ask thee, (O Muhammad), what they shall spend. Say: that which ye spend for good (must go) to parents and near kindred and orphans and the needy and the wayfarer. And whatsoever good ye do, lo! Allah is Aware of it

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They will ask thee what they are to expend in alms: say, 'Whatsoever good ye expend it should be for parents and kinsmen, and the orphan and the poor, and the son of the road; and whatsoever good ye do, verily, of it God knows

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They will ask thee what they shall bestow in alms. SAY: Let the good which ye bestow be for parents, and kindred, and orphans, and the poor, and the wayfarer; and whatever good ye do, of a truth God knoweth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They will ask thee what they shall bestow in alms: Answer, the good which ye bestow, let it be given to parents, and kindred, and orphans, and the poor, and the stranger. Whatsoever good ye do, God knoweth it

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:216

كُتِبَ عَلَيْكُمُ ٱلْقِتَالُ وَهُوَ كُرْهٌ لَّكُمْ وَعَسَىٰٓ أَن تَكْرَهُوا۟ شَيْـًٔا وَهُوَ خَيْرٌ لَّكُمْ وَعَسَىٰٓ أَن تُحِبُّوا۟ شَيْـًٔا وَهُوَ شَرٌّ لَّكُمْ وَٱللَّهُ يَعْلَمُ وَأَنتُمْ لَا تَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)kutiba 'alaykumu l-qitaalu wahuwa kurhun lakum wa'asaa an takrahoo shay'an wahuwa khayrun lakum wa'asaa an tuhibboo shay'an wahuwa sharrun lakum wallaahu ya'lamu wa'antum laa ta'lamoon

DIN 31635kutiba ʿalaykumu l-qitālu wahuwa kurhun lakum waʿasā ʾan takrahū šayʾan wahuwa ḫayrun lakum waʿasā ʾan tuḥibbū šayʾan wahuwa šarrun lakum wallāhu yaʿlamu waʾantum lā taʿlamūna

Fighting is ordained for you, even though you dislike it. But it may be that you dislike something while it is good for you, and it may be that you like something while it is bad for you. God knows, and you do not know.

Compare translations (4)

Warfare is ordained for you, though it is hateful unto you; but it may happen that ye hate a thing which is good for you, and it may happen that ye love a thing which is bad for you. Allah knoweth, ye know not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Prescribed for you is fighting, but it is hateful to you. Yet peradventure that ye hate a thing while it is good for you, and peradventure that ye love a thing while it is bad for you; God knows, and ye,- ye do not know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

War is prescribed to you: but from this ye are averse. Yet haply ye are averse from a thing, though it be good for you, and haply ye love a thing though it be bad for you: And God knoweth; but ye, ye know not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

War is enjoined you against the infidels; but this is hateful unto you: Yet perchance ye hate a thing which is better for you, and perchance ye love a thing which is worse for you: But God knoweth and ye know not

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:217

يَسْـَٔلُونَكَ عَنِ ٱلشَّهْرِ ٱلْحَرَامِ قِتَالٍ فِيهِ قُلْ قِتَالٌ فِيهِ كَبِيرٌ وَصَدٌّ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَكُفْرٌۢ بِهِۦ وَٱلْمَسْجِدِ ٱلْحَرَامِ وَإِخْرَاجُ أَهْلِهِۦ مِنْهُ أَكْبَرُ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ وَٱلْفِتْنَةُ أَكْبَرُ مِنَ ٱلْقَتْلِ وَلَا يَزَالُونَ يُقَٰتِلُونَكُمْ حَتَّىٰ يَرُدُّوكُمْ عَن دِينِكُمْ إِنِ ٱسْتَطَٰعُوا۟ وَمَن يَرْتَدِدْ مِنكُمْ عَن دِينِهِۦ فَيَمُتْ وَهُوَ كَافِرٌ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ حَبِطَتْ أَعْمَٰلُهُمْ فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا وَٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلنَّارِ هُمْ فِيهَا خَٰلِدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yas'aloonaka 'ani sh-shahri l-haraami qitaalin feehi qul qitaalun feehi kabeerun wasaddun 'an sabeeli llaahi wakufrun bihi wal-masjidi l-haraami wa'ikhraaju ahlihi minhu akbaru 'inda llaahi wal-fitnatu akbaru mina l-qatli walaa yazaaloona yuqaatiloonakum hattaa yaruddookum 'an deenikum ini stataa'oo waman yartadid minkum 'an deenihi fayamut wahuwa kaafirun fa'oolaa'ika habitat a'maaluhum fee d-dunyaa wal-'aakhirati wa'oolaa'ika ashaabu n-naari hum feehaa khaalidoon

DIN 31635yasʾalūnaka ʿani š-šahri l-ḥarāmi qitālin fīhi qul qitālun fīhi kabīrun waṣaddun ʿan sabīli llāhi wakufrun bihi wal-masǧidi l-ḥarāmi waʾiḫrāǧu ʾahlihi minhu ʾakbaru ʿinda llāhi wal-fitnatu ʾakbaru mina l-qatli walā yazālūna yuqātilūnakum ḥattā yaruddūkum ʿan dīnikum ʾini staṭāʿū waman yartadid minkum ʿan dīnihi fayamut wahuwa kāfirun faʾūlāʾika ḥabiṭat ʾaʿmāluhum fī d-dunyā wal-ʾāḫirati waʾūlāʾika ʾaṣḥābu n-nāri hum fīhā ḫālidūna

They ask you about fighting during the Holy Month. Say, "Fighting during it is deplorable; but to bar others from God's path, and to disbelieve in Him, and to prevent access to the Holy Mosque, and to expel its people from it, are more deplorable with God. And persecution is more serious than killing. They will not cease to fight you until they turn you back from your religion, if they can. Whoever among you turns back from his religion, and dies a disbeliever-those are they whose works will come to nothing, in this life, and in the Hereafter. Those are the inmates of the Fire, abiding in it forever.

Compare translations (4)

They question thee (O Muhammad) with regard to warfare in the sacred month. Say: Warfare therein is a great (transgression), but to turn (men) from the way of Allah, and to disbelieve in Him and in the Inviolable Place of Worship, and to expel His people thence, is a greater with Allah; for persecution is worse than killing. And they will not cease from fighting against you till they have made you renegades from your religion, if they can. And whoso becometh a renegade and dieth in his disbelief: such are they whose works have fallen both in the world and the Hereafter. Such are rightful owners of the Fire: they will abide therein

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They will ask thee of the sacred month,- of fighting therein. Say, 'Fighting therein is a great sin; but turning folks off God's way, and misbelief in Him and in the Sacred Mosque, and turning His people out therefrom, is a greater in God's sight; and sedition is a greater sin than slaughter.' They will not cease from fighting you until they turn you from your religion if they can; but whosoever of you is turned from his religion and dies while still a misbeliever; these are those whose works are vain in this world and the next; they are the fellows of the Fire, and they shall dwell therein for aye

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They will ask thee concerning war in the Sacred Month. SAY: To war therein is bad, but to turn aside from the cause of God, and to have no faith in Him, and in the Sacred Temple, and to drive out its people, is worse in the sight of God; and civil strife is worse than bloodshed. They will not cease to war against you until they turn you from your religion, if they be able: but whoever of you shall turn from his religion and die an infidel, their works shall be fruitless in this world, and in the next: they shall be consigned to the fire; therein to abide for aye

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They will ask thee concerning the sacred month, whether they may war therein: Answer, to war therein is grievous; but to obstruct the way of God, and infidelity towards him, and to keep men from the holy temple, and to drive out his people from thence, is more grievous in the sight of God, and the temptation to idolatry is more grievous than to kill in the sacred months. They will not cease to war against you, until they turn you from your religion, if they be able: But whoever among you shall turn back from his religion, and die an infidel, their works shall be vain in this world, and the next; they shall be the companions of hell fire, they shall remain therein for ever

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:218

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَٱلَّذِينَ هَاجَرُوا۟ وَجَٰهَدُوا۟ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ يَرْجُونَ رَحْمَتَ ٱللَّهِ وَٱللَّهُ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena aamanoo walladheena haajaroo wajaahadoo fee sabeeli llaahi oolaa'ika yarjoona rahmata llaahi wallaahu ghafoorun raheem

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna ʾāmanū wallaḏīna hāǧarū waǧāhadū fī sabīli llāhi ʾūlāʾika yarǧūna raḥmata llāhi wallāhu ġafūrun raḥīmun

Those who believed, and those who migrated and fought for the sake of God-those look forward to God's mercy. God is Forgiving and Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! those who believe, and those who emigrate (to escape the persecution) and strive in the way of Allah, these have hope of Allah's mercy. Allah is Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, those who believe, and those who flee, and those who wage war in God's way; these may hope for God's mercy, for God is forgiving and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But they who believe, and who fly their country, and fight in the cause of God may hope for God's mercy: and God is Gracious, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But they who believe, and who fly for the sake of religion, and fight in God's cause, they shall hope for the mercy of God; for God is gracious and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:219

يَسْـَٔلُونَكَ عَنِ ٱلْخَمْرِ وَٱلْمَيْسِرِ قُلْ فِيهِمَآ إِثْمٌ كَبِيرٌ وَمَنَٰفِعُ لِلنَّاسِ وَإِثْمُهُمَآ أَكْبَرُ مِن نَّفْعِهِمَا وَيَسْـَٔلُونَكَ مَاذَا يُنفِقُونَ قُلِ ٱلْعَفْوَ كَذَٰلِكَ يُبَيِّنُ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمُ ٱلْـَٔايَٰتِ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَتَفَكَّرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yas'aloonaka 'ani l-khamri wal-maysiri qul feehimaa ithmun kabeerun wamanaafi'u lilnnaasi wa'ithmuhumaa akbaru min naf'ihimaa wayas'aloonaka maadhaa yunfiqoona quli l-'afwa kadhaalika yubayyinu llaahu lakumu l-'aayaati la'allakum tatafakkaroon

DIN 31635yasʾalūnaka ʿani l-ḫamri wal-maysiri qul fīhimā ʾiṯmun kabīrun wamanāfiʿu lilnnāsi waʾiṯmuhumā ʾakbaru min nafʿihimā wayasʾalūnaka māḏā yunfiqūna quli l-ʿafwa kaḏālika yubayyinu llāhu lakumu l-ʾāyāti laʿallakum tatafakkarūna

They ask you about intoxicants and gambling. Say, "There is gross sin in them, and some benefits for people, but their sinfulness outweighs their benefit." And they ask you about what they should give: say, "The surplus." Thus God explains the revelations to you, so that you may think.

Compare translations (4)

They question thee about strong drink and games of chance. Say: In both is great sin, and (some) utility for men; but the sin of them is greater than their usefulness. And they ask thee what they ought to spend. Say: that which is superfluous. Thus Allah maketh plain to you (His) revelations, that haply ye may reflect

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They will ask thee about wine and el maisar, say, 'In them both is sin and profit to men; but the sin of both is greater than the profit of the same.' They will ask thee what they shall expend in alms: say, 'The surplus.' Thus does God manifest to you His signs; haply ye may reflect on this world and the next

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They will ask thee concerning wine and games of chance. SAY: In both is great sin, and advantage also, to men; but their sin is greater than their advantage. They will ask thee also what they shall bestow in alms: SAY: What ye can spare. Thus God sheweth you his signs that ye may ponder

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They will ask thee concerning wine and lots: Answer, in both there is great sin, and also some things of use unto men; but their sinfulness is greater than their use. They will ask thee also what they shall bestow in alms: Answer, what ye have to spare. Thus God sheweth his signs unto you, that peradventure ye might seriously think

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:220

فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا وَٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ وَيَسْـَٔلُونَكَ عَنِ ٱلْيَتَٰمَىٰ قُلْ إِصْلَاحٌ لَّهُمْ خَيْرٌ وَإِن تُخَالِطُوهُمْ فَإِخْوَٰنُكُمْ وَٱللَّهُ يَعْلَمُ ٱلْمُفْسِدَ مِنَ ٱلْمُصْلِحِ وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ لَأَعْنَتَكُمْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَزِيزٌ حَكِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fee d-dunyaa wal-'aakhirati wayas'aloonaka 'ani l-yataamaa qul islaahun lahum khayrun wa'in tukhaalitoohum fa'ikhwaanukum wallaahu ya'lamu l-mufsida mina l-muslihi walaw shaa'a llaahu la'a'natakum inna llaaha 'azeezun hakeem

DIN 31635fī d-dunyā wal-ʾāḫirati wayasʾalūnaka ʿani l-yatāmā qul ʾiṣlāḥun lahum ḫayrun waʾin tuḫāliṭūhum faʾiḫwānukum wallāhu yaʿlamu l-mufsida mina l-muṣliḥi walaw šāʾa llāhu laʾaʿnatakum ʾinna llāha ʿazīzun ḥakīmun

About this world and the next. And they ask you about orphans. Say, "Improvement for them is best. And if you intermix with them, then they are your brethren." God knows the dishonest from the honest. Had God willed, He could have overburdened you. God is Mighty and Wise.

Compare translations (4)

Upon the world and the Hereafter. And they question thee concerning orphans. Say: To improve their lot is best. And if ye mingle your affairs with theirs, then (they are) your brothers. Allah knoweth him who spoileth from him who improveth. Had Allah willed He could have overburdened you. Allah is Mighty, Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They will ask thee about orphans: say, 'To do good to them is best.' But if ye interfere with them - they are your brethren, and God knows the evildoer from the well doer; and if God will He will surely trouble you. Verily, God is mighty, wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

On this present world, and on the next. They will also ask thee concerning orphans. SAY: Fair dealing with them is best; But if ye mix yourselves up (in their affairs) - they are your brethren: God knoweth the foul dealer from the fair: and, if God pleased, he could indeed afflict you! Verily, God is Mighty, Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

of this present world, and of the next. They will also ask thee concerning orphans: Answer, to deal righteously with them is best and if ye intermeddle with the management of what belongs to them, do them no wrong; they are your brethren: God knoweth the corrupt dealer from the righteous; and if God please, he will surely distress you, for God is mighty and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:221

وَلَا تَنكِحُوا۟ ٱلْمُشْرِكَٰتِ حَتَّىٰ يُؤْمِنَّ وَلَأَمَةٌ مُّؤْمِنَةٌ خَيْرٌ مِّن مُّشْرِكَةٍ وَلَوْ أَعْجَبَتْكُمْ وَلَا تُنكِحُوا۟ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ حَتَّىٰ يُؤْمِنُوا۟ وَلَعَبْدٌ مُّؤْمِنٌ خَيْرٌ مِّن مُّشْرِكٍ وَلَوْ أَعْجَبَكُمْ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ يَدْعُونَ إِلَى ٱلنَّارِ وَٱللَّهُ يَدْعُوٓا۟ إِلَى ٱلْجَنَّةِ وَٱلْمَغْفِرَةِ بِإِذْنِهِۦ وَيُبَيِّنُ ءَايَٰتِهِۦ لِلنَّاسِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَذَكَّرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa tankihoo l-mushrikaati hattaa yu'minna wala'amatun mu'minatun khayrun min mushrikatin walaw a'jabatkum walaa tunkihoo l-mushrikeena hattaa yu'minoo wala'abdun mu'minun khayrun min mushrikin walaw a'jabakum oolaa'ika yad'oona ilaa n-naari wallaahu yad'oo ilaa l-jannati wal-maghfirati bi'idhnihi wayubayyinu aayaatihi lilnnaasi la'allahum yatadhakkaroon

DIN 31635walā tankiḥū l-mušrikāti ḥattā yuʾminna walaʾamatun muʾminatun ḫayrun min mušrikatin walaw ʾaʿǧabatkum walā tunkiḥū l-mušrikīna ḥattā yuʾminū walaʿabdun muʾminun ḫayrun min mušrikin walaw ʾaʿǧabakum ʾūlāʾika yadʿūna ʾilā n-nāri wallāhu yadʿū ʾilā l-ǧannati wal-maġfirati biʾiḏnihi wayubayyinu ʾāyātihi lilnnāsi laʿallahum yataḏakkarūna

Do not marry idolatresses, unless they have believed. A believing maid is better than an idolatress, even if you like her. And do not marry idolaters, unless they have believed. A believing servant is better than an idolater, even if you like him. These call to the Fire, but God calls to the Garden and to forgiveness, by His leave. He makes clear His communications to the people, that they may be mindful.

Compare translations (4)

Wed not idolatresses till they believe; for lo! a believing bondwoman is better than an idolatress though she please you; and give not your daughters in marriage to idolaters till they believe, for lo! a believing slave is better than an idolater though he please you. These invite unto the Fire, and Allah inviteth unto the Garden, and unto forgiveness by His grace, and expoundeth His revelations to mankind that haply they may remember

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Wed not with idolatrous women until they believe, for surely a believing handmaid is better than an idolatrous woman, even though she please you. And wed not to idolatrous men until they believe, for a believing slave is better than an idolater, even though he please you. Those invite you to the fire, but God invites you to paradise and pardon by His permission, and makes clear His signs to men; haply they may remember

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Marry not idolatresses until they believe; a slave who believeth is better than an idolatress, though she please you more. And wed not your daughters to idolaters until they believe; for a slave who is a believer, is than better an idolater, though he please you. They invite to the Fire; but God inviteth to Paradise, and to pardon, if he so will, and maketh clear his signs to men that they may remember

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Marry not women who are idolaters, until they believe: Verily a maid servant who believeth, is better than an idolatress, although she please you more. And give not women who believe, in marriage to the idolaters, until they believe; for verily a servant, who is a true believer, is better than an idolater, though he please you more. They invite unto hell fire, but God inviteth unto paradise and pardon through his will, and declareth his signs unto men, that they may remember

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:222

وَيَسْـَٔلُونَكَ عَنِ ٱلْمَحِيضِ قُلْ هُوَ أَذًى فَٱعْتَزِلُوا۟ ٱلنِّسَآءَ فِى ٱلْمَحِيضِ وَلَا تَقْرَبُوهُنَّ حَتَّىٰ يَطْهُرْنَ فَإِذَا تَطَهَّرْنَ فَأْتُوهُنَّ مِنْ حَيْثُ أَمَرَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُحِبُّ ٱلتَّوَّٰبِينَ وَيُحِبُّ ٱلْمُتَطَهِّرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wayas'aloonaka 'ani l-maheedi qul huwa adhan fa'taziloo n-nisaa'a fee l-maheedi walaa taqraboohunna hattaa yathurna fa'idhaa tatahharna fa'toohunna min haythu amarakumu llaahu inna llaaha yuhibbu t-tawwaabeena wayuhibbu l-mutatahhireen

DIN 31635wayasʾalūnaka ʿani l-maḥīḍi qul huwa ʾaḏan faʿtazilū n-nisāʾa fī l-maḥīḍi walā taqrabūhunna ḥattā yaṭhurna faʾiḏā taṭahharna faʾtūhunna min ḥayṯu ʾamarakumu llāhu ʾinna llāha yuḥibbu t-tawwābīna wayuḥibbu l-mutaṭahhirīna

The translators word this verse differently

And they ask you about menstruation: say, "It is harmful, so keep away from women during menstruation. And do not approach them until they have become pure. Once they have become pure, approach them in the way God has directed you." God loves the repentant, and He loves those who keep clean."

Compare translations (4)

They question thee (O Muhammad) concerning menstruation. Say: It is an illness, so let women alone at such times and go not in unto them till they are cleansed. And when they have purified themselves, then go in unto them as Allah hath enjoined upon you. Truly Allah loveth those who turn unto Him, and loveth those who have a care for cleanness

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They will ask thee about menstruation: say, 'It is a hurt.' So keep apart from women in their menstruation, and go not near them till they be cleansed; but when they are cleansed come in to them by where God has ordered you verily, God loves those who turn to Him, and those who keep themselves clean

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They will also question thee as to the courses of women. SAY: They are a pollution. Separate yourselves therefore from women and approach them not, until they be cleansed. But when they are cleansed, go in unto them as God hath ordained for you. Verily God loveth those who turn to Him, and loveth those who seek to be clean

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They will ask thee also, concerning the courses of women: Answer, they are a pollution: Therefore separate your selves from women in their courses, and go not near them, until they be cleansed. But when they are cleansed, go in unto them as God hath commanded you, for God loveth those who repent, and loveth those who are clean

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:223

نِسَآؤُكُمْ حَرْثٌ لَّكُمْ فَأْتُوا۟ حَرْثَكُمْ أَنَّىٰ شِئْتُمْ وَقَدِّمُوا۟ لِأَنفُسِكُمْ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّكُم مُّلَٰقُوهُ وَبَشِّرِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)nisaa'ukum harthun lakum fa'too harthakum annaa shi'tum waqaddimoo li'anfusikum waattaqoo llaaha wa'lamoo annakum mulaaqoohu wabashshiri l-mu'mineen

DIN 31635nisāʾukum ḥarṯun lakum faʾtū ḥarṯakum ʾannā šiʾtum waqaddimū liʾanfusikum wāttaqū llāha waʿlamū ʾannakum mulāqūhu wabašširi l-muʾminīna

Your women are cultivation for you; so approach your cultivation whenever you like, and send ahead for yourselves. And fear God, and know that you will meet Him. And give good news to the believers.

Compare translations (4)

Your women are a tilth for you (to cultivate) so go to your tilth as ye will, and send (good deeds) before you for your souls, and fear Allah, and know that ye will (one day) meet Him. Give glad tidings to believers, (O Muhammad)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Your women are your tilth, so come into your tillage how you choose; but do a previous good act for yourselves, and fear God, and know that ye are going to meet Him; and give good tidings unto those who do believe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Your wives are your field: go in, therefore, to your field as ye will; but do first some act for your souls' good: and fear ye God, and know that ye must meet Him; and bear these good tidings to the faithful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Your wives are your tillage; go in therefore unto your tillage in what manner soever ye will: And do first some act that may be profitable unto your souls; and fear God, and know that ye must meet him; and bear good tidings unto the faithful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:224

وَلَا تَجْعَلُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ عُرْضَةً لِّأَيْمَٰنِكُمْ أَن تَبَرُّوا۟ وَتَتَّقُوا۟ وَتُصْلِحُوا۟ بَيْنَ ٱلنَّاسِ وَٱللَّهُ سَمِيعٌ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa taj'aloo llaaha 'urdatan li'aymaanikum an tabarroo watattaqoo watuslihoo bayna n-naasi wallaahu samee'un 'aleem

DIN 31635walā taǧʿalū llāha ʿurḍatan liʾaymānikum ʾan tabarrū watattaqū watuṣliḥū bayna n-nāsi wallāhu samīʿun ʿalīmun

The translators word this verse differently

And do not allow your oaths in God's name to hinder you from virtue, and righteousness, and making peace between people. God is Listener and Knower.

Compare translations (4)

And make not Allah, by your oaths, a hindrance to your being righteous and observing your duty unto Him and making peace among mankind. Allah is Hearer, Knower

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Make not God the butt of your oaths, that ye will keep clear and fear and make peace amongst men, for God both hears and knows

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Swear not by God, when ye make oath, that ye will be virtuous and fear God, and promote peace among men; for God is He who Heareth, Knoweth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Make not God the object of your oaths, that ye will deal justly, and be devout, and make peace among men; for God is he who heareth and knoweth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:225

لَّا يُؤَاخِذُكُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِٱللَّغْوِ فِىٓ أَيْمَٰنِكُمْ وَلَٰكِن يُؤَاخِذُكُم بِمَا كَسَبَتْ قُلُوبُكُمْ وَٱللَّهُ غَفُورٌ حَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laa yu'aakhidhukumu llaahu billaghwi fee aymaanikum walaakin yu'aakhidhukum bimaa kasabat quloobukum wallaahu ghafoorun haleem

DIN 31635lā yuʾāḫiḏukumu llāhu billaġwi fī ʾaymānikum walākin yuʾāḫiḏukum bimā kasabat qulūbukum wallāhu ġafūrun ḥalīmun

God does not hold you responsible for your unintentional oaths, but He holds you responsible for your intentions. God is Forgiving and Forbearing.

Compare translations (4)

Allah will not take you to task for that which is unintentional in your oaths. But He will take you to task for that which your hearts have garnered. Allah is Forgiving, Clement

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He will not catch you up for a casual word in your oaths, but He will catch you up for what your hearts have earned; but God is forgiving and clement

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

God will not punish you for a mistake in your oaths: but He will punish you for that which your hearts have done. God is Gracious, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God will not punish you for an inconsiderate word in your oaths; but he will punish you for that which your hearts have assented unto: God is merciful and gracious

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:226

لِّلَّذِينَ يُؤْلُونَ مِن نِّسَآئِهِمْ تَرَبُّصُ أَرْبَعَةِ أَشْهُرٍ فَإِن فَآءُو فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)lilladheena yu'loona min nisaa'ihim tarabbusu arba'ati ashhurin fa'in faa'oo fa'inna llaaha ghafoorun raheem

DIN 31635lillaḏīna yuʾlūna min nisāʾihim tarabbuṣu ʾarbaʿati ʾašhurin faʾin fāʾū faʾinna llāha ġafūrun raḥīmun

Those who vow abstinence from their wives must wait for four months. But if they reconcile-God is Forgiving and Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

Those who forswear their wives must wait four months; then, if they change their mind, lo! Allah is Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those who swear off from their women, they must wait four months; but if they break their vow God is forgiving and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They who intend to abstain from their wives shall wait four months; but if they go back from their purpose, then verily God is Gracious, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They who vow to abstain from their wives, are allowed to wait four months: But if they go back from their vow, verily God is gracious and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:227

وَإِنْ عَزَمُوا۟ ٱلطَّلَٰقَ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ سَمِيعٌ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'in 'azamoo t-talaaqa fa'inna llaaha samee'un 'aleem

DIN 31635waʾin ʿazamū ṭ-ṭalāqa faʾinna llāha samīʿun ʿalīmun

And if they resolve to divorce-God is Hearing and Knowing.

Compare translations (4)

And if they decide upon divorce (let them remember that) Allah is Hearer, Knower

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And if they intend to divorce them, verily, God hears and knows

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And if they resolve on a divorce, then verily God is He who Heareth, Knoweth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and if they resolve on a divorce, God is he who heareth and knoweth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:228

وَٱلْمُطَلَّقَٰتُ يَتَرَبَّصْنَ بِأَنفُسِهِنَّ ثَلَٰثَةَ قُرُوٓءٍ وَلَا يَحِلُّ لَهُنَّ أَن يَكْتُمْنَ مَا خَلَقَ ٱللَّهُ فِىٓ أَرْحَامِهِنَّ إِن كُنَّ يُؤْمِنَّ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْـَٔاخِرِ وَبُعُولَتُهُنَّ أَحَقُّ بِرَدِّهِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ إِنْ أَرَادُوٓا۟ إِصْلَٰحًا وَلَهُنَّ مِثْلُ ٱلَّذِى عَلَيْهِنَّ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ وَلِلرِّجَالِ عَلَيْهِنَّ دَرَجَةٌ وَٱللَّهُ عَزِيزٌ حَكِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wal-mutallaqaatu yatarabbasna bi'anfusihinna thalaathata quroo'in walaa yahillu lahunna an yaktumna maa khalaqa llaahu fee arhaamihinna in kunna yu'minna billaahi wal-yawmi l-'aakhiri wabu'oolatuhunna ahaqqu biraddihinna fee dhaalika in araadoo islaahan walahunna mithlu lladhee 'alayhinna bil-ma'roofi walilrrijaali 'alayhinna darajatun wallaahu 'azeezun hakeem

DIN 31635wal-muṭallaqātu yatarabbaṣna biʾanfusihinna ṯalāṯata qurūʾin walā yaḥillu lahunna ʾan yaktumna mā ḫalaqa llāhu fī ʾarḥāmihinna ʾin kunna yuʾminna billāhi wal-yawmi l-ʾāḫiri wabuʿūlatuhunna ʾaḥaqqu biraddihinna fī ḏālika ʾin ʾarādū ʾiṣlāḥan walahunna miṯlu llaḏī ʿalayhinna bil-maʿrūfi walilrriǧāli ʿalayhinna daraǧatun wallāhu ʿazīzun ḥakīmun

Divorced women shall wait by themselves for three periods. And it is not lawful for them to conceal what God has created in their wombs, if they believe in God and the Last Day. Meanwhile, their husbands have the better right to take them back, if they desire reconciliation. And women have rights similar to their obligations, according to what is fair. But men have a degree over them. God is Mighty and Wise.

Compare translations (4)

Women who are divorced shall wait, keeping themselves apart, three (monthly) courses. And it is not lawful for them that they should conceal that which Allah hath created in their wombs if they are believers in Allah and the Last Day. And their husbands would do better to take them back in that case if they desire a reconciliation. And they (women) have rights similar to those (of men) over them in kindness, and men are a degree above them. Allah is Mighty, Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Divorced women must wait for themselves three courses; and it is not lawful to them that they hide what God has created in their wombs, if they believe in God and in the last day. Their husbands will do better to take them back in that (case) if they wish for reconciliation; for, the same is due to them as from them; but the men should have precedence over them. God is mighty and wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The divorced shall wait the result, until they have had their courses thrice, nor ought they to conceal what God hath created in their wombs, if they believe in God and the last day; and it will be more just in their husbands to bring them back when in this state, if they desire what is right. And it is for the women to act as they (the husbands) act by them, in all fairness; but the men are a step above them. God is Mighty, Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The women who are divorced shall wait concerning themselves until they have their courses thrice, and it shall not be lawful for them to conceal that which God hath created in their wombs, if they believe in God and the last day; and their husbands will act more justly to bring them back at this time, if they desire a reconciliation. The women ought also to behave towards their husbands in like manner as their husbands should behave towards them, according to what is just: But the men ought to have a superiority over them. God is mighty and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:229

ٱلطَّلَٰقُ مَرَّتَانِ فَإِمْسَاكٌۢ بِمَعْرُوفٍ أَوْ تَسْرِيحٌۢ بِإِحْسَٰنٍ وَلَا يَحِلُّ لَكُمْ أَن تَأْخُذُوا۟ مِمَّآ ءَاتَيْتُمُوهُنَّ شَيْـًٔا إِلَّآ أَن يَخَافَآ أَلَّا يُقِيمَا حُدُودَ ٱللَّهِ فَإِنْ خِفْتُمْ أَلَّا يُقِيمَا حُدُودَ ٱللَّهِ فَلَا جُنَاحَ عَلَيْهِمَا فِيمَا ٱفْتَدَتْ بِهِۦ تِلْكَ حُدُودُ ٱللَّهِ فَلَا تَعْتَدُوهَا وَمَن يَتَعَدَّ حُدُودَ ٱللَّهِ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلظَّٰلِمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)at-talaaqu marrataani fa'imsaakun bima'roofin aw tasreehun bi'ihsaanin walaa yahillu lakum an ta'khudhoo mimmaa aataytumoohunna shay'an illaa an yakhaafaa allaa yuqeemaa hudooda llaahi fa'in khiftum allaa yuqeemaa hudooda llaahi falaa junaaha 'alayhimaa feemaa ftadat bihi tilka hudoodu llaahi falaa ta'tadoohaa waman yata'adda hudooda llaahi fa'oolaa'ika humu z-zaalimoon

DIN 31635aṭ-ṭalāqu marratāni faʾimsākun bimaʿrūfin ʾaw tasrīḥun biʾiḥsānin walā yaḥillu lakum ʾan taʾḫuḏū mimmā ʾātaytumūhunna šayʾan ʾillā ʾan yaḫāfā ʾallā yuqīmā ḥudūda llāhi faʾin ḫiftum ʾallā yuqīmā ḥudūda llāhi falā ǧunāḥa ʿalayhimā fīmā ftadat bihi tilka ḥudūdu llāhi falā taʿtadūhā waman yataʿadda ḥudūda llāhi faʾūlāʾika humu ẓ-ẓālimūna

Divorce is allowed twice. Then, either honorable retention, or setting free kindly. It is not lawful for you to take back anything you have given them, unless they fear that they cannot maintain God's limits. If you fear that they cannot maintain God's limits, then there is no blame on them if she sacrifices something for her release. These are God's limits, so do not transgress them. Those who transgress God's limits are the unjust.

Compare translations (4)

Divorce must be pronounced twice and then (a woman) must be retained in honour or released in kindness. And it is not lawful for you that ye take from women aught of that which ye have given them; except (in the case) when both fear that they may not be able to keep within the limits (imposed by) Allah. And if ye fear that they may not be able to keep the limits of Allah, in that case it is no sin for either of them if the woman ransom herself. These are the limits (imposed by) Allah. Transgress them not. For whoso transgresseth Allah's limits: such are wrong-doers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Divorce (may happen) twice; then keep them in reason, or let them go with kindness. It is not lawful for you to take from them anything of what you have given them, unless both fear that they cannot keep within God's bounds. So if ye fear that ye cannot keep within God's bounds there is no crime in you both about what she ransoms herself with. These are God's bounds, do not transgress them; and whoso transgresses God's bounds, they it is who are unjust

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Ye may divorce your wives twice: Keep them honourably, or put them away with kindness. But it is not allowed you to appropriate to yourselves aught of what ye have given to them, unless both fear that they cannot keep within the bounds set up by God. And if ye fear that they cannot observe the ordinances of God, no blame shall attach to either of you for what the wife shall herself give for her redemption. These are the bounds of God: therefore overstep them not; for whoever oversteppeth the bounds of God, they are evil doers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Ye may divorce your wives twice; and then either retain them with humanity, or dismiss them with kindness. But it is not lawful for you to take away any thing of what ye have given them, unless both fear that they cannot observe the ordinances of God. And if ye fear that they cannot observe the ordinances of God, it shall be no crime in either of them of account of that for which the wife shall redeem her self. These are the ordinances of God; therefore transgress them not; for whoever transgresseth the ordinances of God, they are unjust doers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:230

فَإِن طَلَّقَهَا فَلَا تَحِلُّ لَهُۥ مِنۢ بَعْدُ حَتَّىٰ تَنكِحَ زَوْجًا غَيْرَهُۥ فَإِن طَلَّقَهَا فَلَا جُنَاحَ عَلَيْهِمَآ أَن يَتَرَاجَعَآ إِن ظَنَّآ أَن يُقِيمَا حُدُودَ ٱللَّهِ وَتِلْكَ حُدُودُ ٱللَّهِ يُبَيِّنُهَا لِقَوْمٍ يَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fa'in tallaqahaa falaa tahillu lahu min ba'du hattaa tankiha zawjan ghayrahu fa'in tallaqahaa falaa junaaha 'alayhimaa an yataraaja'aa in zannaa an yuqeemaa hudooda llaahi watilka hudoodu llaahi yubayyinuhaa liqawmin ya'lamoon

DIN 31635faʾin ṭallaqahā falā taḥillu lahu min baʿdu ḥattā tankiḥa zawǧan ġayrahu faʾin ṭallaqahā falā ǧunāḥa ʿalayhimā ʾan yatarāǧaʿā ʾin ẓannā ʾan yuqīmā ḥudūda llāhi watilka ḥudūdu llāhi yubayyinuhā liqawmin yaʿlamūna

If he divorces her, she shall not be lawful for him again until she has married another husband. If the latter divorces her, then there is no blame on them for reuniting, provided they think they can maintain God's limits. These are God's limits; He makes them clear to people who know.

Compare translations (4)

And if he hath divorced her (the third time), then she is not lawful unto him thereafter until she hath wedded another husband. Then if he (the other husband) divorce her it is no sin for both of them that they come together again if they consider that they are able to observe the limits of Allah. These are the limits of Allah. He manifesteth them for people who have knowledge

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But if he divorce her (a third time) she shall not be lawful to him after that, until she marry another husband; but, if he divorce her too, it is no crime in them both to come together again, if they think that they can keep within God's bounds. These are God's bounds which He explains to a people who know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But if the husband divorce her a third time, it is not lawful for him to take her again, until she shall have married another husband; and if he also divorce her, then shall no blame attach to them if they return to each other, thinking that they can keep within the bounds fixed by God. And these are the bounds of God; He maketh them clear to those who have knowledge

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But if the husband divorce her a third time, she shall not be lawful for him again, until she marry another husband. But if he also divorce her, it shall be no crime in them, if they return to each other, if they think they can observe the ordinances of God; and these are the ordinances of God, he declareth them to people of understanding

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:231

وَإِذَا طَلَّقْتُمُ ٱلنِّسَآءَ فَبَلَغْنَ أَجَلَهُنَّ فَأَمْسِكُوهُنَّ بِمَعْرُوفٍ أَوْ سَرِّحُوهُنَّ بِمَعْرُوفٍ وَلَا تُمْسِكُوهُنَّ ضِرَارًا لِّتَعْتَدُوا۟ وَمَن يَفْعَلْ ذَٰلِكَ فَقَدْ ظَلَمَ نَفْسَهُۥ وَلَا تَتَّخِذُوٓا۟ ءَايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ هُزُوًا وَٱذْكُرُوا۟ نِعْمَتَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْكُمْ وَمَآ أَنزَلَ عَلَيْكُم مِّنَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ وَٱلْحِكْمَةِ يَعِظُكُم بِهِۦ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa tallaqtumu n-nisaa'a fabalaghna ajalahunna fa'amsikoohunna bima'roofin aw sarrihoohunna bima'roofin walaa tumsikoohunna diraaran lita'tadoo waman yaf'al dhaalika faqad zalama nafsahu walaa tattakhidhoo aayaati llaahi huzuwan wadhkuroo ni'mata llaahi 'alaykum wamaa anzala 'alaykum mina l-kitaabi wal-hikmati ya'izukum bihi waattaqoo llaaha wa'lamoo anna llaaha bikulli shay'in 'aleem

DIN 31635waʾiḏā ṭallaqtumu n-nisāʾa fabalaġna ʾaǧalahunna faʾamsikūhunna bimaʿrūfin ʾaw sarriḥūhunna bimaʿrūfin walā tumsikūhunna ḍirāran litaʿtadū waman yafʿal ḏālika faqad ẓalama nafsahu walā tattaḫiḏū ʾāyāti llāhi huzuwan waḏkurū niʿmata llāhi ʿalaykum wamā ʾanzala ʿalaykum mina l-kitābi wal-ḥikmati yaʿiẓukum bihi wāttaqū llāha waʿlamū ʾanna llāha bikulli šayʾin ʿalīmun

When you divorce women, and they have reached their term, either retain them amicably, or release them amicably. But do not retain them to hurt them and commit aggression. Whoever does that has wronged himself. And do not take God's revelations for a joke. And remember God's favor to you, and that He revealed to you the Scripture and Wisdom to teach you. And fear God, and know that God is aware of everything.

Compare translations (4)

When ye have divorced women, and they have reached their term, then retain them in kindness or release them in kindness. Retain them not to their hurt so that ye transgress (the limits). He who doeth that hath wronged his soul. Make not the revelations of Allah a laughing-stock (by your behaviour), but remember Allah's grace upon you and that which He hath revealed unto you of the Scripture and of wisdom, whereby He doth exhort you. Observe your duty to Allah and know that Allah is Aware of all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When ye divorce women, and they have reached the prescribed time, then keep them kindly, or let them go in reason, but do not keep them by force to transgress; for whoso does that, he is unjust to his own soul: and do not take God's signs in jest; and remember God's favours to you, and what He has sent down to you of the Book and wisdom, to admonish you thereby; and fear God, and know that God doth all things know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But when ye divorce women, and the time for sending them away is come, either retain them with generosity, or put them away with generosity: but retain them not by constraint so as to be unjust towards them. He who doth so, doth in fact injure himself. And make not the signs of God a jest; but remember God's favour toward you, and the Book and the Wisdom which He hath sent down to you for your warning, and fear God, and know that God's knowledge embraceth everything

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But when ye divorce women, and they have fulfilled their prescribed time, either retain them with humanity, or dismiss them with kindness; and retain them not by violence, so that ye transgress; for he who doth this, surely injureth his own soul. And make not the signs of God a jest: But remember God's favour towards you, and that he hath sent down unto you the book of the Koran, and wisdom, admonishing you thereby; and fear God, and know that God is omniscient

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:232

وَإِذَا طَلَّقْتُمُ ٱلنِّسَآءَ فَبَلَغْنَ أَجَلَهُنَّ فَلَا تَعْضُلُوهُنَّ أَن يَنكِحْنَ أَزْوَٰجَهُنَّ إِذَا تَرَٰضَوْا۟ بَيْنَهُم بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ ذَٰلِكَ يُوعَظُ بِهِۦ مَن كَانَ مِنكُمْ يُؤْمِنُ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْـَٔاخِرِ ذَٰلِكُمْ أَزْكَىٰ لَكُمْ وَأَطْهَرُ وَٱللَّهُ يَعْلَمُ وَأَنتُمْ لَا تَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa tallaqtumu n-nisaa'a fabalaghna ajalahunna falaa ta'duloohunna an yankihna azwaajahunna idhaa taraadaw baynahum bil-ma'roofi dhaalika yoo'azu bihi man kaana minkum yu'minu billaahi wal-yawmi l-'aakhiri dhaalikum azkaa lakum wa'atharu wallaahu ya'lamu wa'antum laa ta'lamoon

DIN 31635waʾiḏā ṭallaqtumu n-nisāʾa fabalaġna ʾaǧalahunna falā taʿḍulūhunna ʾan yankiḥna ʾazwāǧahunna ʾiḏā tarāḍaw baynahum bil-maʿrūfi ḏālika yūʿaẓu bihi man kāna minkum yuʾminu billāhi wal-yawmi l-ʾāḫiri ḏālikum ʾazkā lakum waʾaṭharu wallāhu yaʿlamu waʾantum lā taʿlamūna

When you divorce women, and they have reached their term, do not prevent them from marrying their husbands, provided they agree on fair terms. Thereby is advised whoever among you believes in God and the Last Day. That is better and more decent for you. God knows, and you do not know.

Compare translations (4)

And when ye have divorced women and they reach their term, place not difficulties in the way of their marrying their husbands if it is agreed between them in kindness. This is an admonition for him among you who believeth in Allah and the Last Day. That is more virtuous for you, and cleaner. Allah knoweth; ye know not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When ye divorce women, and they have reached their prescribed term, do not prevent them from marrying their (fresh) husbands, when they have agreed with each other reasonably. That is what he is admonished with who amongst you believes in God and in the last day. That is more pure for you and cleaner. But God knows, and ye know not

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when ye divorce your wives, and they have waited the prescribed time, hinder them not from marrying their husbands when they have agreed among themselves in an honourable way. This warning is for him among you who believeth in God and in the last day. This is most pure for you, and most decent. God knoweth, but ye know not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But when ye have divorced your wives, and they have fulfilled their prescribed time, hinder them not from marrying their husbands, when they have agreed among themselves according to what is honourable. This is given in admonition unto him among you who believeth in God, and the last day. This is most righteous for you, and most pure. God knoweth, but ye know not

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:233

وَٱلْوَٰلِدَٰتُ يُرْضِعْنَ أَوْلَٰدَهُنَّ حَوْلَيْنِ كَامِلَيْنِ لِمَنْ أَرَادَ أَن يُتِمَّ ٱلرَّضَاعَةَ وَعَلَى ٱلْمَوْلُودِ لَهُۥ رِزْقُهُنَّ وَكِسْوَتُهُنَّ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ لَا تُكَلَّفُ نَفْسٌ إِلَّا وُسْعَهَا لَا تُضَآرَّ وَٰلِدَةٌۢ بِوَلَدِهَا وَلَا مَوْلُودٌ لَّهُۥ بِوَلَدِهِۦ وَعَلَى ٱلْوَارِثِ مِثْلُ ذَٰلِكَ فَإِنْ أَرَادَا فِصَالًا عَن تَرَاضٍ مِّنْهُمَا وَتَشَاوُرٍ فَلَا جُنَاحَ عَلَيْهِمَا وَإِنْ أَرَدتُّمْ أَن تَسْتَرْضِعُوٓا۟ أَوْلَٰدَكُمْ فَلَا جُنَاحَ عَلَيْكُمْ إِذَا سَلَّمْتُم مَّآ ءَاتَيْتُم بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ بَصِيرٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wal-waalidaatu yurdi'na awlaadahunna hawlayni kaamilayni liman araada an yutimma r-radaa'ata wa'alaa l-mawloodi lahu rizquhunna wakiswatuhunna bil-ma'roofi laa tukallafu nafsun illaa wus'ahaa laa tudaarra waalidatun biwaladihaa walaa mawloodun lahu biwaladihi wa'alaa l-waarithi mithlu dhaalika fa'in araadaa fisaalan 'an taraadin minhumaa watashaawurin falaa junaaha 'alayhimaa wa'in aradttum an tastardi'oo awlaadakum falaa junaaha 'alaykum idhaa sallamtum maa aataytum bil-ma'roofi waattaqoo llaaha wa'lamoo anna llaaha bimaa ta'maloona baseer

DIN 31635wal-wālidātu yurḍiʿna ʾawlādahunna ḥawlayni kāmilayni liman ʾarāda ʾan yutimma r-raḍāʿata waʿalā l-mawlūdi lahu rizquhunna wakiswatuhunna bil-maʿrūfi lā tukallafu nafsun ʾillā wusʿahā lā tuḍārra wālidatun biwaladihā walā mawlūdun lahu biwaladihi waʿalā l-wāriṯi miṯlu ḏālika faʾin ʾarādā fiṣālan ʿan tarāḍin minhumā watašāwurin falā ǧunāḥa ʿalayhimā waʾin ʾaradttum ʾan tastarḍiʿū ʾawlādakum falā ǧunāḥa ʿalaykum ʾiḏā sallamtum mā ʾātaytum bil-maʿrūfi wāttaqū llāha waʿlamū ʾanna llāha bimā taʿmalūna baṣīrun

Mothers may nurse their infants for two whole years, for those who desire to complete the nursing-period. It is the duty of the father to provide for them and clothe them in a proper manner. No soul shall be burdened beyond its capacity. No mother shall be harmed on account of her child, and no father shall be harmed on account of his child. The same duty rests upon the heir. If the couple desire weaning, by mutual consent and consultation, they commit no error by doing so. You commit no error by hiring nursing-mothers, as long as you pay them fairly. And be wary of God, and know that God is Seeing of what you do.

Compare translations (4)

Mothers shall suckle their children for two whole years; (that is) for those who wish to complete the suckling. The duty of feeding and clothing nursing mothers in a seemly manner is upon the father of the child. No-one should be charged beyond his capacity. A mother should not be made to suffer because of her child, nor should he to whom the child is born (be made to suffer) because of his child. And on the (father's) heir is incumbent the like of that (which was incumbent on the father). If they desire to wean the child by mutual consent and (after) consultation, it is no sin for them; and if ye wish to give your children out to nurse, it is no sin for you, provide that ye pay what is due from you in kindness. Observe your duty to Allah, and know that Allah is Seer of what ye do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Mothers must suckle their children two whole years for one who wishes to complete the time of suckling; and on him to whom it is born its sustenance and clothing are incumbent; but in reason, for no soul shall be obliged beyond its capacity. A mother shall not be forced for her child; nor he to whom it is born for his child. And the same (is incumbent) on the heir (of the father). But if both parties wish to wean, by mutual consent and counsel, then it is no crime in them. And if ye wish to provide a wet-nurse for your children, it is no crime in you when you pay what you have promised her, in reason. Fear God, and know that God on what ye do doth look

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Mothers, when divorced, shall give suck to their children two full years, if the father desire that the suckling be completed; and such maintenance and clothing as is fair for them, shall devolve on the father. No person shall be charged beyond his means. A mother shall not be pressed unfairly for her child, nor a father for his child: And the same with the father's heir. But if they choose to wean the child by consent and by bargain, it shall be no fault in them. And if ye choose to have a nurse for your children, it shall be no fault in you, in case ye pay what ye promised her according to that which is fair. Fear God, and know that God seeth what ye do

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Mothers after they are divorced shall give suck unto their children two full years, to him who desireth the time of giving suck to be completed; and the father shall be obliged to maintain them and cloath them in the mean time, according to that which shall be reasonable. No person shall be obliged beyond his ability. A mother shall not be compelled to what is unreasonable on account of her child, nor a father on account of his child. And the heir of the father shall be obliged to do in like manner. But if they choose to wean the child before the end of two years, by common consent, and on mutual consideration, it shall be no crime in them. And if ye have a mind to provide a nurse for your children, it shall be no crime in you, in case ye fully pay what ye offer her, according to that which is just. And fear God, and know that God seeth whatsoever ye do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:234

وَٱلَّذِينَ يُتَوَفَّوْنَ مِنكُمْ وَيَذَرُونَ أَزْوَٰجًا يَتَرَبَّصْنَ بِأَنفُسِهِنَّ أَرْبَعَةَ أَشْهُرٍ وَعَشْرًا فَإِذَا بَلَغْنَ أَجَلَهُنَّ فَلَا جُنَاحَ عَلَيْكُمْ فِيمَا فَعَلْنَ فِىٓ أَنفُسِهِنَّ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ وَٱللَّهُ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ خَبِيرٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walladheena yutawaffawna minkum wayadharoona azwaajan yatarabbasna bi'anfusihinna arba'ata ashhurin wa'ashran fa'idhaa balaghna ajalahunna falaa junaaha 'alaykum feemaa fa'alna fee anfusihinna bil-ma'roofi wallaahu bimaa ta'maloona khabeer

DIN 31635wallaḏīna yutawaffawna minkum wayaḏarūna ʾazwāǧan yatarabbaṣna biʾanfusihinna ʾarbaʿata ʾašhurin waʿašran faʾiḏā balaġna ʾaǧalahunna falā ǧunāḥa ʿalaykum fīmā faʿalna fī ʾanfusihinna bil-maʿrūfi wallāhu bimā taʿmalūna ḫabīrun

As for those among you who die and leave widows behind, their widows shall wait by themselves for four months and ten days. When they have reached their term, there is no blame on you regarding what they might honorably do with themselves. God is fully acquainted with what you do.

Compare translations (4)

Such of you as die and leave behind them wives, they (the wives) shall wait, keeping themselves apart, four months and ten days. And when they reach the term (prescribed for them) then there is no sin for you in aught that they may do with themselves in decency. Allah is informed of what ye do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those of you who die and leave wives behind, let these wait by themselves for four months and ten days; and when they have reached their prescribed time, there is no crime in them for what they do with themselves in reason; for God of what ye do is well aware

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

If those of you who die leave wives, they must await their state during four months and ten days; and when this their term is expired, you shall not be answerable for the way in which they shall dispose of themselves fairly. And God is cognisant of what ye do

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Such of you as die, and leave wives, their wives must wait concerning themselves four months and ten days, and when they shall have fulfilled their term, it shall be no crime in you, for that which they shall do with themselves, according to what is reasonable. God well knoweth that which ye do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:235

وَلَا جُنَاحَ عَلَيْكُمْ فِيمَا عَرَّضْتُم بِهِۦ مِنْ خِطْبَةِ ٱلنِّسَآءِ أَوْ أَكْنَنتُمْ فِىٓ أَنفُسِكُمْ عَلِمَ ٱللَّهُ أَنَّكُمْ سَتَذْكُرُونَهُنَّ وَلَٰكِن لَّا تُوَاعِدُوهُنَّ سِرًّا إِلَّآ أَن تَقُولُوا۟ قَوْلًا مَّعْرُوفًا وَلَا تَعْزِمُوا۟ عُقْدَةَ ٱلنِّكَاحِ حَتَّىٰ يَبْلُغَ ٱلْكِتَٰبُ أَجَلَهُۥ وَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَعْلَمُ مَا فِىٓ أَنفُسِكُمْ فَٱحْذَرُوهُ وَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌ حَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa junaaha 'alaykum feemaa 'arradtum bihi min khitbati n-nisaa'i aw aknantum fee anfusikum 'alima llaahu annakum satadhkuroonahunna walaakin laa tuwaa'idoohunna sirran illaa an taqooloo qawlan ma'roofan walaa ta'zimoo 'uqdata n-nikaahi hattaa yablugha l-kitaabu ajalahu wa'lamoo anna llaaha ya'lamu maa fee anfusikum fahdharoohu wa'lamoo anna llaaha ghafoorun haleem

DIN 31635walā ǧunāḥa ʿalaykum fīmā ʿarraḍtum bihi min ḫiṭbati n-nisāʾi ʾaw ʾaknantum fī ʾanfusikum ʿalima llāhu ʾannakum sataḏkurūnahunna walākin lā tuwāʿidūhunna sirran ʾillā ʾan taqūlū qawlan maʿrūfan walā taʿzimū ʿuqdata n-nikāḥi ḥattā yabluġa l-kitābu ʾaǧalahu waʿlamū ʾanna llāha yaʿlamu mā fī ʾanfusikum faḥḏarūhu waʿlamū ʾanna llāha ġafūrun ḥalīmun

You commit no error by announcing your engagement to women, or by keeping it to yourselves. God knows that you will be thinking about them. But do not meet them secretly, unless you have something proper to say. And do not confirm the marriage tie until the writing is fulfilled. And know that God knows what is in your souls, so beware of Him. And know that God is Forgiving and Forbearing.

Compare translations (4)

There is no sin for you in that which ye proclaim or hide in your minds concerning your troth with women. Allah knoweth that ye will remember them. But plight not your troth with women except by uttering a recognised form of words. And do not consummate the marriage until (the term) prescribed is run. Know that Allah knoweth what is in your minds, so beware of Him; and know that Allah is Forgiving, Clement

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Nor is there any crime in you for that ye make them an offer of marriage, or that ye keep it secret, in your minds. God knows that ye will remember them; but do not propose to them in secret, unless ye speak a reasonable speech; and resolve not on marriage tie until the Book shall reach its time; but know that God knows what is in your souls; so beware! and know that God is forgiving and clement

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And then shall no blame attach to you in making proposals of marriage to such women, or in keeping such intention to yourselves? God knoweth that ye will not forget them. But promise them not in secret, unless ye speak honourable words; And resolve not on the marriage tie until the prescribed time be reached; and know that God knoweth what is in your minds: therefore, beware of Him; and know that God is Gracious, Mild

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And it shall be no crime in you, whether ye make public overtures of marriage unto such women, within the said four months and ten days, or whether ye conceal such your designs in your minds: God knoweth that ye will remember them. But make no promise unto them privately, unless ye speak honourable words; and resolve not on the knot of marriage, until the prescribed time be accomplished; and know that God knoweth that which is in your minds, therefore beware of him, and know that God is gracious and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:236

لَّا جُنَاحَ عَلَيْكُمْ إِن طَلَّقْتُمُ ٱلنِّسَآءَ مَا لَمْ تَمَسُّوهُنَّ أَوْ تَفْرِضُوا۟ لَهُنَّ فَرِيضَةً وَمَتِّعُوهُنَّ عَلَى ٱلْمُوسِعِ قَدَرُهُۥ وَعَلَى ٱلْمُقْتِرِ قَدَرُهُۥ مَتَٰعًۢا بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ حَقًّا عَلَى ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laa junaaha 'alaykum in tallaqtumu n-nisaa'a maa lam tamassoohunna aw tafridoo lahunna fareedatan wamatti'oohunna 'alaa l-moosi'i qadaruhu wa'alaa l-muqtiri qadaruhu mataa'an bil-ma'roofi haqqan 'alaa l-muhsineen

DIN 31635lā ǧunāḥa ʿalaykum ʾin ṭallaqtumu n-nisāʾa mā lam tamassūhunna ʾaw tafriḍū lahunna farīḍatan wamattiʿūhunna ʿalā l-mūsiʿi qadaruhu waʿalā l-muqtiri qadaruhu matāʿan bil-maʿrūfi ḥaqqan ʿalā l-muḥsinīna

You commit no error by divorcing women before having touched them, or before having set the dowry for them. And compensate them-the wealthy according to his means, and the poor according to his means-with a fair compensation, a duty upon the doers of good.

Compare translations (4)

It is no sin for you if ye divorce women while yet ye have not touched them, nor appointed unto them a portion. Provide for them, the rich according to his means, and the straitened according to his means, a fair provision. (This is) a bounden duty for those who do good

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

It is no crime in you if ye divorce your women ere you have yet touched them, or settled for them a settlement. But provide maintenance for them; the wealthy according to his power, and the straitened in circumstances according to his power, must provide, in reason;- a duty this upon the kind

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

It shall be no crime in you if ye divorce your wives so long as ye have not consummated the marriage, nor settled any dowry on them. And provide what is needful for them he who is in ample circumstances according to his means, and he who is straitened, according to his means - with fairness: This is binding on those who do what is right

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

It shall be no crime in you, if ye divorce your wives, so long as ye have not touched them, nor settled any dowry on them. And provide for them -- he who is at his ease must provide according to his circumstances, and he who is straitened according to his circumstances -- necessaries, according to what shall be reasonable. This is a duty incumbent on the righteous

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:237

وَإِن طَلَّقْتُمُوهُنَّ مِن قَبْلِ أَن تَمَسُّوهُنَّ وَقَدْ فَرَضْتُمْ لَهُنَّ فَرِيضَةً فَنِصْفُ مَا فَرَضْتُمْ إِلَّآ أَن يَعْفُونَ أَوْ يَعْفُوَا۟ ٱلَّذِى بِيَدِهِۦ عُقْدَةُ ٱلنِّكَاحِ وَأَن تَعْفُوٓا۟ أَقْرَبُ لِلتَّقْوَىٰ وَلَا تَنسَوُا۟ ٱلْفَضْلَ بَيْنَكُمْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ بَصِيرٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'in tallaqtumoohunna min qabli an tamassoohunna waqad faradtum lahunna fareedatan fanisfu maa faradtum illaa an ya'foona aw ya'fuwa lladhee biyadihi 'uqdatu n-nikaahi wa'an ta'foo aqrabu lilttaqwaa walaa tansawu l-fadla baynakum inna llaaha bimaa ta'maloona baseer

DIN 31635waʾin ṭallaqtumūhunna min qabli ʾan tamassūhunna waqad faraḍtum lahunna farīḍatan faniṣfu mā faraḍtum ʾillā ʾan yaʿfūna ʾaw yaʿfuwa llaḏī biyadihi ʿuqdatu n-nikāḥi waʾan taʿfū ʾaqrabu lilttaqwā walā tansawu l-faḍla baynakum ʾinna llāha bimā taʿmalūna baṣīrun

If you divorce them before you have touched them, but after you had set the dowry for them, give them half of what you specified-unless they forego the right, or the one in whose hand is the marriage contract foregoes it. But to forego is nearer to piety. And do not forget generosity between one another. God is seeing of everything you do.

Compare translations (4)

If ye divorce them before ye have touched them and ye have appointed unto them a portion, then (pay the) half of that which ye appointed, unless they (the women) agree to forgo it, or he agreeth to forgo it in whose hand is the marriage tie. To forgo is nearer to piety. And forget not kindness among yourselves. Allah is Seer of what ye do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And if ye divorce them before ye have touched them, but have already settled for them a settlement; the half of what ye have settled, unless they remit it, or he in whose hand is the marriage tie remits it; and that ye should remit is nearer to piety, and forget not liberality between you. Verily, God on what ye do doth look

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But if ye divorce them before consummation, and have already settled a dowry on them, ye shall give them half of what ye have settled, unless they make a release, or he make a release in whose hand is the marriage tie. But if ye make a release, it will be nearer to piety. And forget not generosity in your relations one towards another; for God beholdeth your doings

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But if ye divorce them before ye have touched them, and have already settled a dowry on them, ye shall give them half of what ye have settled, unless they release any part, or he release part in whose hand the knot of marriage is; and if ye release the whole, it will approach nearer unto piety. And forget not liberality among you, for God seeth that which ye do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:238

حَٰفِظُوا۟ عَلَى ٱلصَّلَوَٰتِ وَٱلصَّلَوٰةِ ٱلْوُسْطَىٰ وَقُومُوا۟ لِلَّهِ قَٰنِتِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)haafizoo 'alaa s-salawaati was-salaati l-wustaa waqoomoo lillaahi qaaniteen

DIN 31635ḥāfiẓū ʿalā ṣ-ṣalawāti waṣ-ṣalāti l-wusṭā waqūmū lillāhi qānitīna

Guard your prayers, and the middle prayer, and stand before God in devotion.

Compare translations (4)

Be guardians of your prayers, and of the midmost prayer, and stand up with devotion to Allah

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Observe the prayers, and the middle prayer, and stand ye attent before God

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Observe strictly the prayers, and the middle prayer, and stand up full of devotion towards God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Carefully observe the appointed prayers, and the middle prayer, and be assiduous therein, with devotion towards God

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:239

فَإِنْ خِفْتُمْ فَرِجَالًا أَوْ رُكْبَانًا فَإِذَآ أَمِنتُمْ فَٱذْكُرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ كَمَا عَلَّمَكُم مَّا لَمْ تَكُونُوا۟ تَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fa'in khiftum farijaalan aw rukbaanan fa'idhaa amintum fadhkuroo llaaha kamaa 'allamakum maa lam takoonoo ta'lamoon

DIN 31635faʾin ḫiftum fariǧālan ʾaw rukbānan faʾiḏā ʾamintum faḏkurū llāha kamā ʿallamakum mā lam takūnū taʿlamūna

But if you are in fear, then on foot, or riding. And when you are safe, remember God, as He taught you what you did not know.

Compare translations (4)

And if ye go in fear, then (pray) standing or on horseback. And when ye are again in safety, remember Allah, as He hath taught you that which (heretofore) ye knew not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And if ye fear, then afoot or on horseback; but when ye are in safety remember God, how He taught you while yet ye did not know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And if you have any alarm, then pray on foot or riding: but when you are safe, then remember God, how he hath made you to know what ye knew not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But if ye fear any danger, pray on foot or on horseback; and when ye are safe, remember God, how he hath taught you what as yet ye knew not

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:240

وَٱلَّذِينَ يُتَوَفَّوْنَ مِنكُمْ وَيَذَرُونَ أَزْوَٰجًا وَصِيَّةً لِّأَزْوَٰجِهِم مَّتَٰعًا إِلَى ٱلْحَوْلِ غَيْرَ إِخْرَاجٍ فَإِنْ خَرَجْنَ فَلَا جُنَاحَ عَلَيْكُمْ فِى مَا فَعَلْنَ فِىٓ أَنفُسِهِنَّ مِن مَّعْرُوفٍ وَٱللَّهُ عَزِيزٌ حَكِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walladheena yutawaffawna minkum wayadharoona azwaajan wasiyyatan li'azwaajihim mataa'an ilaa l-hawli ghayra ikhraajin fa'in kharajna falaa junaaha 'alaykum fee maa fa'alna fee anfusihinna min ma'roofin wallaahu 'azeezun hakeem

DIN 31635wallaḏīna yutawaffawna minkum wayaḏarūna ʾazwāǧan waṣiyyatan liʾazwāǧihim matāʿan ʾilā l-ḥawli ġayra ʾiḫrāǧin faʾin ḫaraǧna falā ǧunāḥa ʿalaykum fī mā faʿalna fī ʾanfusihinna min maʿrūfin wallāhu ʿazīzun ḥakīmun

Those of you who die and leave wives behind-a will shall provide their wives with support for a year, provided they do not leave. If they leave, you are not to blame for what they do with themselves, provided it is reasonable. God is Mighty and Wise.

Compare translations (4)

(In the case of) those of you who are about to die and leave behind them wives, they should bequeath unto their wives a provision for the year without turning them out, but if they go out (of their own accord) there is no sin for you in that which they do of themselves within their rights. Allah is Mighty, Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those of you who die and leave wives, should bequeath to their wives maintenance for a year, without expulsion (from their home); but if they go out, there is no crime in you for what they do of themselves, in reason; but God is mighty and wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And such of you as shall die and leave wives, shall bequeath their wives a year's maintenance without causing them to quit their homes; but if they quit them of their own accord, then no blame shall attach to you for any disposition they may make of themselves in a fair way. And God is Mighty, Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And such of you as shall die and leave wives, ought to bequeath their wives a year's maintenance, without putting them out of their houses: But if they go out voluntarily, it shall be no crime in you, for that which they shall do with themselves, according to what shall be reasonable; God is mighty and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:241

وَلِلْمُطَلَّقَٰتِ مَتَٰعٌۢ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ حَقًّا عَلَى ٱلْمُتَّقِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walilmutallaqaati mataa'un bil-ma'roofi haqqan 'alaa l-muttaqeen

DIN 31635walilmuṭallaqāti matāʿun bil-maʿrūfi ḥaqqan ʿalā l-muttaqīna

The translators word this verse differently

And divorced women shall be provided for, equitably-a duty upon the righteous.

Compare translations (4)

For divorced women a provision in kindness: a duty for those who ward off (evil)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And divorced women should have a maintenance in reason,- a duty this on those that fear

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And for the divorced let there be a fair provision. This is a duty in those who fear God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And unto those who are divorced, a reasonable provision is also due; this is a duty incumbent on those who fear God

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:242

كَذَٰلِكَ يُبَيِّنُ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمْ ءَايَٰتِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَعْقِلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)kadhaalika yubayyinu llaahu lakum aayaatihi la'allakum ta'qiloon

DIN 31635kaḏālika yubayyinu llāhu lakum ʾāyātihi laʿallakum taʿqilūna

God thus explains His revelations to you, so that you may understand.

Compare translations (4)

Thus Allah expoundeth unto you His revelations so that ye may understand

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Thus does God explain to you His signs; haply ye may understand

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Thus God maketh his signs clear to you that ye may understand

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Thus God declareth his signs unto you, that ye may understand

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:243

أَلَمْ تَرَ إِلَى ٱلَّذِينَ خَرَجُوا۟ مِن دِيَٰرِهِمْ وَهُمْ أُلُوفٌ حَذَرَ ٱلْمَوْتِ فَقَالَ لَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ مُوتُوا۟ ثُمَّ أَحْيَٰهُمْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَذُو فَضْلٍ عَلَى ٱلنَّاسِ وَلَٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَ ٱلنَّاسِ لَا يَشْكُرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alam tara ilaa lladheena kharajoo min diyaarihim wahum uloofun hadhara l-mawti faqaala lahumu llaahu mootoo thumma ahyaahum inna llaaha ladhoo fadlin 'alaa n-naasi walaakinna akthara n-naasi laa yashkuroon

DIN 31635ʾalam tara ʾilā llaḏīna ḫaraǧū min diyārihim wahum ʾulūfun ḥaḏara l-mawti faqāla lahumu llāhu mūtū ṯumma ʾaḥyāhum ʾinna llāha laḏū faḍlin ʿalā n-nāsi walākinna ʾakṯara n-nāsi lā yaškurūna

Have you not considered those who fled their homes, by the thousands, fearful of death? God said to them, "Die." Then He revived them. God is Gracious towards the people, but most people are not appreciative.

Compare translations (4)

Bethink thee (O Muhammad) of those of old, who went forth from their habitations in their thousands, fearing death, and Allah said unto them: Die; and then He brought them back to life. Lo! Allah is a Lord of Kindness to mankind, but most of mankind give not thanks

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Dost thou not look at those who left their homes by thousands, for fear of death; and God said to them 'Die,' and then He quickened them again? Verily God is Lord of grace to men, but most men give no thanks

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Hast thou not thought on those who quitted their dwellings - and they were thousands - for fear of death? God said to them, "Die:" then He restored them to life, for full of bounty towards man is God. But most men give not thanks

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Hast thou not considered those, who left their habitations, -- and they were thousands -- for fear of death? And God said unto them, die; then he restored them to life, for God is gracious towards mankind; but the greater part of men do not give thanks

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:244

وَقَٰتِلُوا۟ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ سَمِيعٌ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqaatiloo fee sabeeli llaahi wa'lamoo anna llaaha samee'un 'aleem

DIN 31635waqātilū fī sabīli llāhi waʿlamū ʾanna llāha samīʿun ʿalīmun

Fight in the cause of God, and know that God is Hearing and Knowing.

Compare translations (4)

Fight in the way of Allah, and know that Allah is Hearer, Knower

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Fight then in God's way, and know that God both hears and knows

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Fight for the cause of God; and know that God is He who Heareth, Knoweth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Fight for the religion of God, and know that God is he who heareth and knoweth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:245

مَّن ذَا ٱلَّذِى يُقْرِضُ ٱللَّهَ قَرْضًا حَسَنًا فَيُضَٰعِفَهُۥ لَهُۥٓ أَضْعَافًا كَثِيرَةً وَٱللَّهُ يَقْبِضُ وَيَبْصُۜطُ وَإِلَيْهِ تُرْجَعُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)man dhaa lladhee yuqridu llaaha qardan hasanan fayudaa'ifahu lahu ad'aafan katheeratan wallaahu yaqbidu wayabsutu wa'ilayhi turja'oon

DIN 31635man ḏā llaḏī yuqriḍu llāha qarḍan ḥasanan fayuḍāʿifahu lahu ʾaḍʿāfan kaṯīratan wallāhu yaqbiḍu wayabsuṭu waʾilayhi turǧaʿūna

Who is he who will offer God a generous loan, so He will multiply it for him manifold? God receives and amplifies, and to Him you will be returned.

Compare translations (4)

Who is it that will lend unto Allah a goodly loan, so that He may give it increase manifold? Allah straiteneth and enlargeth. Unto Him ye will return

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Who is there that will lend to God a good loan? He will redouble it many a double; God closes His hand and holds it out, and unto Him shall ye return

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Who is he that will lend to God a goodly loan? He will double it to him again and again: God is close, but open handed also: and to Him shall ye return

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Who is he that will lend unto God on good usury? Verily he will double it unto him manifold; for God contracteth and extendeth his hand as he pleaseth, and to him shall ye return

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:246

أَلَمْ تَرَ إِلَى ٱلْمَلَإِ مِنۢ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مُوسَىٰٓ إِذْ قَالُوا۟ لِنَبِىٍّ لَّهُمُ ٱبْعَثْ لَنَا مَلِكًا نُّقَٰتِلْ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ قَالَ هَلْ عَسَيْتُمْ إِن كُتِبَ عَلَيْكُمُ ٱلْقِتَالُ أَلَّا تُقَٰتِلُوا۟ قَالُوا۟ وَمَا لَنَآ أَلَّا نُقَٰتِلَ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَقَدْ أُخْرِجْنَا مِن دِيَٰرِنَا وَأَبْنَآئِنَا فَلَمَّا كُتِبَ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْقِتَالُ تَوَلَّوْا۟ إِلَّا قَلِيلًا مِّنْهُمْ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌۢ بِٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alam tara ilaa l-mala'i min banee israa'eela min ba'di moosaa idh qaaloo linabiyyin lahumu b'ath lanaa malikan nuqaatil fee sabeeli llaahi qaala hal 'asaytum in kutiba 'alaykumu l-qitaalu allaa tuqaatiloo qaaloo wamaa lanaa allaa nuqaatila fee sabeeli llaahi waqad ukhrijnaa min diyaarinaa wa'abnaa'inaa falammaa kutiba 'alayhimu l-qitaalu tawallaw illaa qaleelan minhum wallaahu 'aleemun biz-zaalimeen

DIN 31635ʾalam tara ʾilā l-malaʾi min banī ʾisrāʾīla min baʿdi mūsā ʾiḏ qālū linabiyyin lahumu bʿaṯ lanā malikan nuqātil fī sabīli llāhi qāla hal ʿasaytum ʾin kutiba ʿalaykumu l-qitālu ʾallā tuqātilū qālū wamā lanā ʾallā nuqātila fī sabīli llāhi waqad ʾuḫriǧnā min diyārinā waʾabnāʾinā falammā kutiba ʿalayhimu l-qitālu tawallaw ʾillā qalīlan minhum wallāhu ʿalīmun biẓ-ẓālimīna

Have you not considered the notables of the Children of Israel after Moses? When they said to a prophet of theirs, "Appoint a king for us, and we will fight in the cause of God." He said, "Is it possible that, if fighting was ordained for you, you would not fight?" They said, "Why would we not fight in the cause of God, when we were driven out of our homes, along with our children?" But when fighting was ordained for them, they turned away, except for a few of them. But God is aware of the wrongdoers.

Compare translations (4)

Bethink thee of the leaders of the Children of Israel after Moses, how they said unto a prophet whom they had: Set up for us a king and we will fight in Allah's way. He said: Would ye then refrain from fighting if fighting were prescribed for you? They said: Why should we not fight in Allah's way when we have been driven from our dwellings with our children? Yet, when fighting was prescribed for them, they turned away, all save a few of them. Allah is aware of evil-doers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Dost thou not look at the crowd of the children of Israel after Moses time, when they said to a prophet of theirs, 'Raise up for us a king, and we will fight in God's way?' He said, 'Will ye perhaps, if it be written down for you to fight, refuse to fight?' They said, ' And why should we not fight in God's way, now that we are dispossessed of our homes and sons?' But when it was written down for them to fight they turned back, save a few of them, and God knows who are evildoers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Hast thou not considered the assembly of the children of Israel after the death of Moses, when they said to a prophet of theirs, "Set up for us a king; we will do battle for the cause of God?" He said, "May it not be that if to fight were ordained you, ye would not fight?" They said, "And why should we not fight in the cause of God, since we and our children are driven forth from our dwellings?" But when fighting was commanded them, they turned back, save a few of them: But God knew the offenders

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Hast thou not considered the assembly of the children of Israel, after the time of Moses; when they said unto their prophet Samual, set a king over us, that we may fight for the religion of God? The prophet answered, if ye are enjoined to go to war, will ye be near refusing to fight? They answered, and what should ail us that we should not fight for the religion of God, seeing we are dispossessed of our habitations, and deprived of our children? But when they were enjoined to go to war, they turned back, except a few of them: And God knew the ungodly

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:247

وَقَالَ لَهُمْ نَبِيُّهُمْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ قَدْ بَعَثَ لَكُمْ طَالُوتَ مَلِكًا قَالُوٓا۟ أَنَّىٰ يَكُونُ لَهُ ٱلْمُلْكُ عَلَيْنَا وَنَحْنُ أَحَقُّ بِٱلْمُلْكِ مِنْهُ وَلَمْ يُؤْتَ سَعَةً مِّنَ ٱلْمَالِ قَالَ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ ٱصْطَفَىٰهُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَزَادَهُۥ بَسْطَةً فِى ٱلْعِلْمِ وَٱلْجِسْمِ وَٱللَّهُ يُؤْتِى مُلْكَهُۥ مَن يَشَآءُ وَٱللَّهُ وَٰسِعٌ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqaala lahum nabiyyuhum inna llaaha qad ba'atha lakum taaloota malikan qaaloo annaa yakoonu lahu l-mulku 'alaynaa wanahnu ahaqqu bil-mulki minhu walam yu'ta sa'atan mina l-maali qaala inna llaaha stafaahu 'alaykum wazaadahu bastatan fee l-'ilmi wal-jismi wallaahu yu'tee mulkahu man yashaa'u wallaahu waasi'un 'aleem

DIN 31635waqāla lahum nabiyyuhum ʾinna llāha qad baʿaṯa lakum ṭālūta malikan qālū ʾannā yakūnu lahu l-mulku ʿalaynā wanaḥnu ʾaḥaqqu bil-mulki minhu walam yuʾta saʿatan mina l-māli qāla ʾinna llāha ṣṭafāhu ʿalaykum wazādahu basṭatan fī l-ʿilmi wal-ǧismi wallāhu yuʾtī mulkahu man yašāʾu wallāhu wāsiʿun ʿalīmun

Their prophet said to them, "God has appointed Saul to be your king." They said, "How can he have authority over us, when we are more worthy of authority than he, and he was not given plenty of wealth?" He said, "God has chosen him over you, and has increased him in knowledge and stature." God bestows His sovereignty upon whomever He wills. God is Embracing and Knowing.

Compare translations (4)

Their Prophet said unto them: Lo! Allah hath raised up Saul to be a king for you. They said: How can he have kingdom over us when we are more deserving of the kingdom than he is, since he hath not been given wealth enough? He said: Lo! Allah hath chosen him above you, and hath increased him abundantly in wisdom and stature. Allah bestoweth His Sovereignty on whom He will. Allah is All-Embracing, All-Knowing

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Then their prophet said to them, 'Verily, God has raised up for you Talut as a king;' they said, 'How can the kingdom be his over us; we have more right to the kingdom than he, for he has not an amplitude of wealth?' He said, 'Verily, God has chosen him over you, and has provided him with an extent of knowledge and of form. God gives the kingdom unto whom He will; God comprehends and knows

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And their prophet said to them, "Now hath God set (Talout) Saul king over you." They said, "How shall he reign over us, when we are more worthy of the kingdom than he, and of wealth he hath no abundance?" He said, "Verily God hath chosen him to be over you, and hath given him increase in knowledge and stature; God giveth his kingdom to whom he pleaseth; and God is Liberal, Knowing

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And their prophet said unto them, verily God hath set Jalut, king over you: They answered, how shall he reign over us, seeing we are more worthy of the kingdom than he, neither is he possessed of great riches? Samual said, verily God hath chosen him before you, and hath caused him to increase in knowledge and stature, for God giveth his kingdom unto whom he pleaseth; God is bounteous and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:248

وَقَالَ لَهُمْ نَبِيُّهُمْ إِنَّ ءَايَةَ مُلْكِهِۦٓ أَن يَأْتِيَكُمُ ٱلتَّابُوتُ فِيهِ سَكِينَةٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ وَبَقِيَّةٌ مِّمَّا تَرَكَ ءَالُ مُوسَىٰ وَءَالُ هَٰرُونَ تَحْمِلُهُ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَـَٔايَةً لَّكُمْ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqaala lahum nabiyyuhum inna aayata mulkihi an ya'tiyakumu t-taabootu feehi sakeenatun min rabbikum wabaqiyyatun mimmaa taraka aalu moosaa wa'aalu haaroona tahmiluhu l-malaa'ikatu inna fee dhaalika la'aayatan lakum in kuntum mu'mineen

DIN 31635waqāla lahum nabiyyuhum ʾinna ʾāyata mulkihi ʾan yaʾtiyakumu t-tābūtu fīhi sakīnatun min rabbikum wabaqiyyatun mimmā taraka ʾālu mūsā waʾālu hārūna taḥmiluhu l-malāʾikatu ʾinna fī ḏālika laʾāyatan lakum ʾin kuntum muʾminīna

And their prophet said to them, "The proof of his kingship is that the Ark will be restored to you, bringing tranquility from your Lord, and relics left by the family of Moses and the family of Aaron. It will be carried by the angels. In that is a sign for you, if you are believers."

Compare translations (4)

And their Prophet said unto them: Lo! the token of his kingdom is that there shall come unto you the ark wherein is peace of reassurance from your Lord, and a remnant of that which the house of Moses and the house of Aaron left behind, the angels bearing it. Lo! herein shall be a token for you if (in truth) ye are believers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Then said to them their prophet, 'The sign of his kingdom is that there shall come to you the ark with the shechina in it from your Lord, and the relics of what the family of Moses and the family of Aaron left; the angels shall bear it.' In that is surely a sign to you if ye believe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And their prophet said to them, "Verily, the sign of his kingship shall be that the Ark shall come to you: in it is a pledge of security from your Lord and the relics left by the family of Moses, and the family of Aaron; the angels shall bear it: Truly herein shall be a sign indeed to you if ye are believers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And their prophet said unto them, verily the sign of his kingdom shall be, that the ark shall come unto you; Therein shall be tranquility from your Lord, and the relics which have been left by the family of Moses, and the family of Aaron; the angels shall bring it. Verily this shall be a sign unto you, if ye believe

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:249

فَلَمَّا فَصَلَ طَالُوتُ بِٱلْجُنُودِ قَالَ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ مُبْتَلِيكُم بِنَهَرٍ فَمَن شَرِبَ مِنْهُ فَلَيْسَ مِنِّى وَمَن لَّمْ يَطْعَمْهُ فَإِنَّهُۥ مِنِّىٓ إِلَّا مَنِ ٱغْتَرَفَ غُرْفَةًۢ بِيَدِهِۦ فَشَرِبُوا۟ مِنْهُ إِلَّا قَلِيلًا مِّنْهُمْ فَلَمَّا جَاوَزَهُۥ هُوَ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ مَعَهُۥ قَالُوا۟ لَا طَاقَةَ لَنَا ٱلْيَوْمَ بِجَالُوتَ وَجُنُودِهِۦ قَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ يَظُنُّونَ أَنَّهُم مُّلَٰقُوا۟ ٱللَّهِ كَم مِّن فِئَةٍ قَلِيلَةٍ غَلَبَتْ فِئَةً كَثِيرَةًۢ بِإِذْنِ ٱللَّهِ وَٱللَّهُ مَعَ ٱلصَّٰبِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)falammaa fasala taalootu bil-junoodi qaala inna llaaha mubtaleekum binaharin faman shariba minhu falaysa minnee waman lam yat'amhu fa'innahu minnee illaa mani ghtarafa ghurfatan biyadihi fashariboo minhu illaa qaleelan minhum falammaa jaawazahu huwa walladheena aamanoo ma'ahu qaaloo laa taaqata lanaa l-yawma bijaaloota wajunoodihi qaala lladheena yazunnoona annahum mulaaqoo llaahi kam min fi'atin qaleelatin ghalabat fi'atan katheeratan bi'idhni llaahi wallaahu ma'a s-saabireen

DIN 31635falammā faṣala ṭālūtu bil-ǧunūdi qāla ʾinna llāha mubtalīkum binaharin faman šariba minhu falaysa minnī waman lam yaṭʿamhu faʾinnahu minnī ʾillā mani ġtarafa ġurfatan biyadihi fašaribū minhu ʾillā qalīlan minhum falammā ǧāwazahu huwa wallaḏīna ʾāmanū maʿahu qālū lā ṭāqata lanā l-yawma biǧālūta waǧunūdihi qāla llaḏīna yaẓunnūna ʾannahum mulāqū llāhi kam min fiʾatin qalīlatin ġalabat fiʾatan kaṯīratan biʾiḏni llāhi wallāhu maʿa ṣ-ṣābirīna

When Saul set out with the troops, he said, "God will be testing you with a river. Whoever drinks from it does not belong with me. But whoever does not drink from it, does belong with me, except for whoever scoops up a little with his hand." But they drank from it, except for a few of them. Then, when he crossed it, he and those who believed with him, they said, "We have no strength to face Goliath and his troops today." But those who knew that they would meet God said, "How many a small group has defeated a large group by God's will. God is with the steadfast."

Compare translations (4)

And when Saul set out with the army, he said: Lo! Allah will try you by (the ordeal of) a river. Whosoever therefore drinketh thereof he is not of me, and whosoever tasteth it not he is of me, save him who taketh (thereof) in the hollow of his hand. But they drank thereof, all save a few of them. And after he had crossed (the river), he and those who believed with him, they said: We have no power this day against Goliath and his hosts. But those who knew that they would meet Allah exclaimed: How many a little company hath overcome a mighty host by Allah's leave! Allah is with the steadfast

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when Talut set out with his soldiery, he said, 'God will try you with a river, and he who drinks therefrom, he is not of mine; but whoso tastes it not, he is of mine, save he who laps it lapping with his hand.' And they drank from it save a few of them, and when he crossed it, he and those who believed with him, they said, 'We have no power this day against Galut and his soldiery,' those who thought that they should meet their Lord said, 'How many a small division of men have conquered a numerous division, by the permission of God, for God is with the patient

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when Saul marched forth with his forces, he said, "God will test you by a river: He who drinketh of it shall not be of my band; but he who shall not taste it, drinking a drink out of the hand excepted, shall be of my band." And, except a few of them, they drank of it. And when they had passed it, he and those who believed with him, the former said, "We have no strength this day against (Djalout) Goliath and his forces:" But they who held it as certain that they must meet God, said, "How oft, by God's will, hath a small host vanquished a numerous host! and God is with the steadfastly enduring

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when Jalut departed with his soldiers, he said, verily God will prove you by the river: For he who drinketh thereof, shall not be on my side -- but he who shall not taste thereof he shall be on my side -- except he who drinketh a draught out of his hand. And they drank thereof, except a few of them. And when they had passed the river, he and those who believed with him, they said, we have no strength to day, against Jalut and his forces. But they who considered that they should meet God at the resurrection, said, how often hath a small army discomfited a great army, by the will of God? And God is with those who patiently persevere

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:250

وَلَمَّا بَرَزُوا۟ لِجَالُوتَ وَجُنُودِهِۦ قَالُوا۟ رَبَّنَآ أَفْرِغْ عَلَيْنَا صَبْرًا وَثَبِّتْ أَقْدَامَنَا وَٱنصُرْنَا عَلَى ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walammaa barazoo lijaaloota wajunoodihi qaaloo rabbanaa afrigh 'alaynaa sabran wathabbit aqdaamanaa waansurnaa 'alaa l-qawmi l-kaafireen

DIN 31635walammā barazū liǧālūta waǧunūdihi qālū rabbanā ʾafriġ ʿalaynā ṣabran waṯabbit ʾaqdāmanā wānṣurnā ʿalā l-qawmi l-kāfirīna

And when they confronted Goliath and his troops, they said, "Our Lord, pour down patience on us, and strengthen our foothold, and support us against the faithless people."

Compare translations (4)

And when they went into the field against Goliath and his hosts they said: Our Lord! Bestow on us endurance, make our foothold sure, and give us help against the disbelieving folk

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when they went out against a Galut and his soldiery, they said, 'Lord, pour out patience over us, and make firm our steps, and help us against the misbelieving people

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when they went forth against Goliath and his forces, they said, "O our Lord! pour out steadfastness upon us, and set our feet firm, and help us against the infidels

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when they went forth to battle against Jalut and his forces, they said, O Lord, pour on us patience, and confirm our feet, and help us against the unbelieving people

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:251

فَهَزَمُوهُم بِإِذْنِ ٱللَّهِ وَقَتَلَ دَاوُۥدُ جَالُوتَ وَءَاتَىٰهُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْمُلْكَ وَٱلْحِكْمَةَ وَعَلَّمَهُۥ مِمَّا يَشَآءُ وَلَوْلَا دَفْعُ ٱللَّهِ ٱلنَّاسَ بَعْضَهُم بِبَعْضٍ لَّفَسَدَتِ ٱلْأَرْضُ وَلَٰكِنَّ ٱللَّهَ ذُو فَضْلٍ عَلَى ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fahazamoohum bi'idhni llaahi waqatala daawoodu jaaloota wa'aataahu llaahu l-mulka wal-hikmata wa'allamahu mimmaa yashaa'u walawlaa daf'u llaahi n-naasa ba'dahum biba'din lafasadati l-'ardu walaakinna llaaha dhoo fadlin 'alaa l-'aalameen

DIN 31635fahazamūhum biʾiḏni llāhi waqatala dāwūdu ǧālūta waʾātāhu llāhu l-mulka wal-ḥikmata waʿallamahu mimmā yašāʾu walawlā dafʿu llāhi n-nāsa baʿḍahum bibaʿḍin lafasadati l-ʾarḍu walākinna llāha ḏū faḍlin ʿalā l-ʿālamīna

And they defeated them by God's leave, and David killed Goliath, and God gave him sovereignty and wisdom, and taught him as He willed. Were it not for God restraining the people, some by means of others, the earth would have gone to ruin. But God is gracious towards mankind.

Compare translations (4)

So they routed them by Allah's leave and David slew Goliath; and Allah gave him the kingdom and wisdom, and taught him of that which He willeth. And if Allah had not repelled some men by others the earth would have been corrupted. But Allah is a Lord of Kindness to (His) creatures

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And they put them to flight by the permission of God, and David killed Galut, and God gave him the kingdom and wisdom, and taught him of what He willed. And were it not for God's repelling men one with another the earth would become spoiled; but God is Lord of grace over the worlds

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And by the will of God they routed them; and (Daood) David slew Goliath; and God gave him the kingship and wisdom, and taught him according to His will: and were it not for the restraint of one by means of the other, imposed on men by God, verily the earth had been utterly corrupted. But God is bounteous to his creatures

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Therefore they discomfited them, by the will of God, and David slew Jalut. And God gave him the kingdom and wisdom, and taught him his will, and if God had not prevented men, the one by the other, verily the earth had been corrupted: But God is beneficent towards his creatures

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:252

تِلْكَ ءَايَٰتُ ٱللَّهِ نَتْلُوهَا عَلَيْكَ بِٱلْحَقِّ وَإِنَّكَ لَمِنَ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)tilka aayaatu llaahi natloohaa 'alayka bil-haqqi wa'innaka lamina l-mursaleen

DIN 31635tilka ʾāyātu llāhi natlūhā ʿalayka bil-ḥaqqi waʾinnaka lamina l-mursalīna

These are God's revelations, which We recite to you in truth. You are one of the messengers.

Compare translations (4)

These are the portents of Allah which We recite unto thee (Muhammad) with truth, and lo! thou art of the number of (Our) messengers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

These are the signs of God, we recite them to thee in truth, for, verily, thou art of those who are sent

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Such are the signs of God: with truth do we rehearse them to thee, for one of the Sent Ones art Thou

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

These are the signs of God: We rehearse them unto thee with truth, and thou art surely one of those who have been sent by God

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:253

تِلْكَ ٱلرُّسُلُ فَضَّلْنَا بَعْضَهُمْ عَلَىٰ بَعْضٍ مِّنْهُم مَّن كَلَّمَ ٱللَّهُ وَرَفَعَ بَعْضَهُمْ دَرَجَٰتٍ وَءَاتَيْنَا عِيسَى ٱبْنَ مَرْيَمَ ٱلْبَيِّنَٰتِ وَأَيَّدْنَٰهُ بِرُوحِ ٱلْقُدُسِ وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ مَا ٱقْتَتَلَ ٱلَّذِينَ مِنۢ بَعْدِهِم مِّنۢ بَعْدِ مَا جَآءَتْهُمُ ٱلْبَيِّنَٰتُ وَلَٰكِنِ ٱخْتَلَفُوا۟ فَمِنْهُم مَّنْ ءَامَنَ وَمِنْهُم مَّن كَفَرَ وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ مَا ٱقْتَتَلُوا۟ وَلَٰكِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَفْعَلُ مَا يُرِيدُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)tilka r-rusulu faddalnaa ba'dahum 'alaa ba'din minhum man kallama llaahu warafa'a ba'dahum darajaatin wa'aataynaa 'eesaa bna maryama l-bayyinaati wa'ayyadnaahu biroohi l-qudusi walaw shaa'a llaahu maa qtatala lladheena min ba'dihim min ba'di maa jaa'athumu l-bayyinaatu walaakini khtalafoo faminhum man aamana waminhum man kafara walaw shaa'a llaahu maa qtataloo walaakinna llaaha yaf'alu maa yureed

DIN 31635tilka r-rusulu faḍḍalnā baʿḍahum ʿalā baʿḍin minhum man kallama llāhu warafaʿa baʿḍahum daraǧātin waʾātaynā ʿīsā bna maryama l-bayyināti waʾayyadnāhu birūḥi l-qudusi walaw šāʾa llāhu mā qtatala llaḏīna min baʿdihim min baʿdi mā ǧāʾathumu l-bayyinātu walākini ḫtalafū faminhum man ʾāmana waminhum man kafara walaw šāʾa llāhu mā qtatalū walākinna llāha yafʿalu mā yurīdu

These messengers: We gave some advantage over others. To some of them God spoke directly, and some He raised in rank. We gave Jesus son of Mary the clear miracles, and We strengthened him with the Holy Spirit. Had God willed, those who succeeded them would not have fought one another, after the clear signs had come to them; but they disputed; some of them believed, and some of them disbelieved. Had God willed, they would not have fought one another; but God does whatever He desires.

Compare translations (4)

Of those messengers, some of whom We have caused to excel others, and of whom there are some unto whom Allah spake, while some of them He exalted (above others) in degree; and We gave Jesus, son of Mary, clear proofs (of Allah's Sovereignty) and We supported him with the holy Spirit. And if Allah had so wiled it, those who followed after them would not have fought one with another after the clear proofs had come unto them. But they differed, some of them believing and some disbelieving. And if Allah had so willed it, they would not have fought one with another; but Allah doeth what He will

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

These apostles have we preferred one of them above another. Of them is one to whom God spake; and we have raised some of them degrees; and we have given Jesus the son of Mary manifest signs, and strengthened him by the Holy Spirit. And, did God please, those who came after them would not have fought after there came to them manifest signs. But they did disagree, and of them are some who believe, and of them some who misbelieve, but, did God please, they would not have fought, for God does what He will

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Some of the apostles we have endowed more highly than others: Those to whom God hath spoken, He hath raised to the loftiest grade, and to Jesus the Son of Mary we gave manifest signs, and we strengthened him with the Holy Spirit. And if God had pleased, they who came after them would not have wrangled, after the clear signs had reached them. But into disputes they fell: some of them believed, and some were infidels; yet if God had pleased, they would not have thus wrangled: but God doth what he will

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

These are the apostles; we have preferred some of them before others: Some of them hath God spoken unto, and hath exalted the degree of others of them. And we gave unto Jesus the son of Mary manifest signs, and strengthened him with the holy spirit. And if God had pleased, they who came after those apostles, would not have contended among themselves, after manifest signs had been shewn unto them. But they fell to variance; therefore some of them believed, and some of them believed not; and if God had so pleased, they would not have contended among themselves, but God doth what he will

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:254

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ أَنفِقُوا۟ مِمَّا رَزَقْنَٰكُم مِّن قَبْلِ أَن يَأْتِىَ يَوْمٌ لَّا بَيْعٌ فِيهِ وَلَا خُلَّةٌ وَلَا شَفَٰعَةٌ وَٱلْكَٰفِرُونَ هُمُ ٱلظَّٰلِمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo anfiqoo mimmaa razaqnaakum min qabli an ya'tiya yawmun laa bay'un feehi walaa khullatun walaa shafaa'atun wal-kaafiroona humu z-zaalimoon

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū ʾanfiqū mimmā razaqnākum min qabli ʾan yaʾtiya yawmun lā bayʿun fīhi walā ḫullatun walā šafāʿatun wal-kāfirūna humu ẓ-ẓālimūna

O you who believe! Spend from what We have given you, before a Day comes in which there is neither trading, nor friendship, nor intercession. The disbelievers are the wrongdoers.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! spend of that wherewith We have provided you ere a day come when there will be no trafficking, nor friendship, nor intercession. The disbelievers, they are the wrong-doers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! expend in alms of what we have bestowed upon you, before the day comes in which is no barter, and no friendship, and no intercession; and the misbelievers, they are the unjust

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O Believers! give alms of that with which we have supplied you, before the day cometh when there shall be no trafficking, nor friendship, nor intercession. And the infidels are the wrong-doers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, give alms of that which we have bestowed on you, before the day cometh wherein there shall be no merchandizing, nor friendship, nor intercession. The infidels are unjust doers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:255

ٱللَّهُ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ٱلْحَىُّ ٱلْقَيُّومُ لَا تَأْخُذُهُۥ سِنَةٌ وَلَا نَوْمٌ لَّهُۥ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مَن ذَا ٱلَّذِى يَشْفَعُ عِندَهُۥٓ إِلَّا بِإِذْنِهِۦ يَعْلَمُ مَا بَيْنَ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَمَا خَلْفَهُمْ وَلَا يُحِيطُونَ بِشَىْءٍ مِّنْ عِلْمِهِۦٓ إِلَّا بِمَا شَآءَ وَسِعَ كُرْسِيُّهُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ وَلَا يَـُٔودُهُۥ حِفْظُهُمَا وَهُوَ ٱلْعَلِىُّ ٱلْعَظِيمُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)allaahu laa ilaaha illaa huwa l-hayyu l-qayyoomu laa ta'khudhuhu sinatun walaa nawmun lahu maa fee s-samaawaati wamaa fee l-'ardi man dhaa lladhee yashfa'u 'indahu illaa bi'idhnihi ya'lamu maa bayna aydeehim wamaa khalfahum walaa yuheetoona bishay'in min 'ilmihi illaa bimaa shaa'a wasi'a kursiyyuhu s-samaawaati wal-'arda walaa ya'ooduhu hifzuhumaa wahuwa l-'aliyyu l-'azeem

DIN 31635allāhu lā ʾilāha ʾillā huwa l-ḥayyu l-qayyūmu lā taʾḫuḏuhu sinatun walā nawmun lahu mā fī s-samāwāti wamā fī l-ʾarḍi man ḏā llaḏī yašfaʿu ʿindahu ʾillā biʾiḏnihi yaʿlamu mā bayna ʾaydīhim wamā ḫalfahum walā yuḥīṭūna bišayʾin min ʿilmihi ʾillā bimā šāʾa wasiʿa kursiyyuhu s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍa walā yaʾūduhu ḥifẓuhumā wahuwa l-ʿaliyyu l-ʿaẓīmu

God! There is no god except He, the Living, the Everlasting. Neither slumber overtakes Him, nor sleep. To Him belongs everything in the heavens and everything on earth. Who is he that can intercede with Him except with His permission? He knows what is before them, and what is behind them; and they cannot grasp any of His knowledge, except as He wills. His Throne extends over the heavens and the earth, and their preservation does not burden Him. He is the Most High, the Great.

Compare translations (4)

Allah! There is no deity save Him, the Alive, the Eternal. Neither slumber nor sleep overtaketh Him. Unto Him belongeth whatsoever is in the heavens and whatsoever is in the earth. Who is he that intercedeth with Him save by His leave? He knoweth that which is in front of them and that which is behind them, while they encompass nothing of His knowledge save what He will. His throne includeth the heavens and the earth, and He is never weary of preserving them. He is the Sublime, the Tremendous

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God, there is no god but He, the living, the self-subsistent. Slumber takes Him not, nor sleep. His is what is in the heavens and what is in the earth. Who is it that intercedes with Him save by His permission? He knows what is before them and what behind them, and they comprehend not aught of His knowledge but of what He pleases. His throne extends over the heavens and the earth, and it tires Him not to guard them both, for He is high and grand

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

God! There is no God but He; the Living, the Eternal; Nor slumber seizeth Him, nor sleep; His, whatsoever is in the Heavens and whatsoever is in the Earth! Who is he that can intercede with Him but by His own permission? He knoweth what hath been before them and what shall be after them; yet nought of His knowledge shall they grasp, save what He willeth. His Throne reacheth over the Heavens and the Earth, and the upholding of both burdeneth Him not; and He is the High, the Great

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God! There is no God but he; the living, the self-subsisting: Neither slumber nor sleep seizeth him; to him belongeth whatsoever is in heaven, and on earth. Who is he that can intercede with him, but through his good pleasure? He knoweth that which is past, and that which is to come unto them, and they shall not comprehend any thing of his knowledge, but so far as he pleaseth. His throne is extended over heaven and earth, and the preservation of both is no burden unto him. He is the high, the mighty

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:256

لَآ إِكْرَاهَ فِى ٱلدِّينِ قَد تَّبَيَّنَ ٱلرُّشْدُ مِنَ ٱلْغَىِّ فَمَن يَكْفُرْ بِٱلطَّٰغُوتِ وَيُؤْمِنۢ بِٱللَّهِ فَقَدِ ٱسْتَمْسَكَ بِٱلْعُرْوَةِ ٱلْوُثْقَىٰ لَا ٱنفِصَامَ لَهَا وَٱللَّهُ سَمِيعٌ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laa ikraaha fee d-deeni qad tabayyana r-rushdu mina l-ghayyi faman yakfur bit-taaghooti wayu'min billaahi faqadi stamsaka bil-'urwati l-wuthqaa laa nfisaama lahaa wallaahu samee'un 'aleem

DIN 31635lā ʾikrāha fī d-dīni qad tabayyana r-rušdu mina l-ġayyi faman yakfur biṭ-ṭāġūti wayuʾmin billāhi faqadi stamsaka bil-ʿurwati l-wuṯqā lā nfiṣāma lahā wallāhu samīʿun ʿalīmun

The translators word this verse differently

There shall be no compulsion in religion; the right way has become distinct from the wrong way. Whoever renounces evil and believes in God has grasped the most trustworthy handle; which does not break. God is Hearing and Knowing.

Compare translations (4)

There is no compulsion in religion. The right direction is henceforth distinct from error. And he who rejecteth false deities and believeth in Allah hath grasped a firm handhold which will never break. Allah is Hearer, Knower

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

There is no compulsion in religion; the right way has been distinguished from the wrong, and whoso disbelieves in Taghut and believes in God, he has got hold of the firm handle in which is no breaking off; but God both hears and knows

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Let there be no compulsion in Religion. Now is the right way made distinct from error. Whoever therefore shall deny Thagout and believe in God - he will have taken hold on a strong handle that shall not be broken: and God is He who Heareth, Knoweth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Let there be no violence in religion. Now is right direction manifestly distinguished from deceit: Whoever therefore shall deny Tagut(false gods), and believe in God, he shall surely take hold on a strong handle, which shall not be broken; God is he who heareth and seeth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:257

ٱللَّهُ وَلِىُّ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ يُخْرِجُهُم مِّنَ ٱلظُّلُمَٰتِ إِلَى ٱلنُّورِ وَٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ أَوْلِيَآؤُهُمُ ٱلطَّٰغُوتُ يُخْرِجُونَهُم مِّنَ ٱلنُّورِ إِلَى ٱلظُّلُمَٰتِ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلنَّارِ هُمْ فِيهَا خَٰلِدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)allaahu waliyyu lladheena aamanoo yukhrijuhum mina z-zulumaati ilaa n-noori walladheena kafaroo awliyaa'uhumu t-taaghootu yukhrijoonahum mina n-noori ilaa z-zulumaati oolaa'ika ashaabu n-naari hum feehaa khaalidoon

DIN 31635allāhu waliyyu llaḏīna ʾāmanū yuḫriǧuhum mina ẓ-ẓulumāti ʾilā n-nūri wallaḏīna kafarū ʾawliyāʾuhumu ṭ-ṭāġūtu yuḫriǧūnahum mina n-nūri ʾilā ẓ-ẓulumāti ʾūlāʾika ʾaṣḥābu n-nāri hum fīhā ḫālidūna

God is the Lord of those who believe; He brings them out of darkness and into light. As for those who disbelieve, their lords are the evil ones; they bring them out of light and into darkness-these are the inmates of the Fire, in which they will abide forever.

Compare translations (4)

Allah is the Protecting Guardian of those who believe. He bringeth them out of darkness into light. As for those who disbelieve, their patrons are false deities. They bring them out of light into darkness. Such are rightful owners of the Fire. They will abide therein

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God is the patron of those who believe, He brings them forth from darkness into light. But those who misbelieve, their patrons are Taghut, these bring them forth from light to darkness,- fellows of the Fire, they dwell therein for aye

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

God is the patron of believers: He shall bring them out of darkness into light: As to those who believe not, their patrons are Thagout: they shall bring them out of light into darkness: they shall be given over to the fire: they shall abide therein for ever

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God is the patron of those who believe; he shall lead them out of darkness into light: But as to those who believe not, their patrons are Tagut(false gods); they shall lead them from the light into darkness; they shall be the companions of hell fire, they shall remain therein for ever

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:258

أَلَمْ تَرَ إِلَى ٱلَّذِى حَآجَّ إِبْرَٰهِـۧمَ فِى رَبِّهِۦٓ أَنْ ءَاتَىٰهُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْمُلْكَ إِذْ قَالَ إِبْرَٰهِـۧمُ رَبِّىَ ٱلَّذِى يُحْىِۦ وَيُمِيتُ قَالَ أَنَا۠ أُحْىِۦ وَأُمِيتُ قَالَ إِبْرَٰهِـۧمُ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَأْتِى بِٱلشَّمْسِ مِنَ ٱلْمَشْرِقِ فَأْتِ بِهَا مِنَ ٱلْمَغْرِبِ فَبُهِتَ ٱلَّذِى كَفَرَ وَٱللَّهُ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alam tara ilaa lladhee haajja ibraaheema fee rabbihi an aataahu llaahu l-mulka idh qaala ibraaheemu rabbiya lladhee yuhyee wayumeetu qaala anaa uhyee wa'umeetu qaala ibraaheemu fa'inna llaaha ya'tee bish-shamsi mina l-mashriqi fa'ti bihaa mina l-maghribi fabuhita lladhee kafara wallaahu laa yahdee l-qawma z-zaalimeen

DIN 31635ʾalam tara ʾilā llaḏī ḥāǧǧa ʾibrāhīma fī rabbihi ʾan ʾātāhu llāhu l-mulka ʾiḏ qāla ʾibrāhīmu rabbiya llaḏī yuḥyī wayumītu qāla ʾanā ʾuḥyī waʾumītu qāla ʾibrāhīmu faʾinna llāha yaʾtī biš-šamsi mina l-mašriqi faʾti bihā mina l-maġribi fabuhita llaḏī kafara wallāhu lā yahdī l-qawma ẓ-ẓālimīna

Have you not considered him who argued with Abraham about his Lord, because God had given him sovereignty? Abraham said, "My Lord is He who gives life and causes death." He said, "I give life and cause death." Abraham said, "God brings the sun from the East, so bring it from the West," so the blasphemer was confounded. God does not guide the wrongdoing people.

Compare translations (4)

Bethink thee of him who had an argument with Abraham about his Lord, because Allah had given him the kingdom; how, when Abraham said: My Lord is He Who giveth life and causeth death, he answered: I give life and cause death. Abraham said: Lo! Allah causeth the sun to rise in the East, so do thou cause it to come up from the West. Thus was the disbeliever abashed. And Allah guideth not wrongdoing folk

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Do you not look at him who disputed with Abraham about his Lord, that God had given him the kingdom? When Abraham said, 'My Lord is He who giveth life and death,' he said, 'I give life and death.' Abraham said, 'But verily, God brings the sun from the east, do thou then bring it from the west?' And he who misbelieved was dumbfounded, for God does not guide unjust folk

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Hast thou not thought on him who disputed with Abraham about his Lord, because God had given him the kingdom? When Abraham said, "My Lord is He who maketh alive and cause to die:" He said, "It is I who make alive and cause to die!" Abraham said, "Since God bringeth the sun from the East, do thou, then, bring it from the West." The infidel was confounded; for God guideth not the evil doers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Hast thou not considered him who disputed with Abraham concerning his Lord, because God had given him the kingdom? When Abraham said, my Lord is he who giveth life, and killeth: He answered, I give life, and I kill. Abraham said, verily God bringeth the sun from the east, now do thou bring it from the west. Whereupon the infidel was confounded; for God directeth not the ungoldly people

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:259

أَوْ كَٱلَّذِى مَرَّ عَلَىٰ قَرْيَةٍ وَهِىَ خَاوِيَةٌ عَلَىٰ عُرُوشِهَا قَالَ أَنَّىٰ يُحْىِۦ هَٰذِهِ ٱللَّهُ بَعْدَ مَوْتِهَا فَأَمَاتَهُ ٱللَّهُ مِا۟ئَةَ عَامٍ ثُمَّ بَعَثَهُۥ قَالَ كَمْ لَبِثْتَ قَالَ لَبِثْتُ يَوْمًا أَوْ بَعْضَ يَوْمٍ قَالَ بَل لَّبِثْتَ مِا۟ئَةَ عَامٍ فَٱنظُرْ إِلَىٰ طَعَامِكَ وَشَرَابِكَ لَمْ يَتَسَنَّهْ وَٱنظُرْ إِلَىٰ حِمَارِكَ وَلِنَجْعَلَكَ ءَايَةً لِّلنَّاسِ وَٱنظُرْ إِلَى ٱلْعِظَامِ كَيْفَ نُنشِزُهَا ثُمَّ نَكْسُوهَا لَحْمًا فَلَمَّا تَبَيَّنَ لَهُۥ قَالَ أَعْلَمُ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)aw kalladhee marra 'alaa qaryatin wahiya khaawiyatun 'alaa 'urooshihaa qaala annaa yuhyee haadhihi llaahu ba'da mawtihaa fa'amaatahu llaahu mi'ata 'aamin thumma ba'athahu qaala kam labithta qaala labithtu yawman aw ba'da yawmin qaala bal labithta mi'ata 'aamin faanzur ilaa ta'aamika washaraabika lam yatasannah waanzur ilaa himaarika walinaj'alaka aayatan lilnnaasi waanzur ilaa l-'izaami kayfa nunshizuhaa thumma naksoohaa lahman falammaa tabayyana lahu qaala a'lamu anna llaaha 'alaa kulli shay'in qadeer

DIN 31635ʾaw kallaḏī marra ʿalā qaryatin wahiya ḫāwiyatun ʿalā ʿurūšihā qāla ʾannā yuḥyī hāḏihi llāhu baʿda mawtihā faʾamātahu llāhu miʾata ʿāmin ṯumma baʿaṯahu qāla kam labiṯta qāla labiṯtu yawman ʾaw baʿḍa yawmin qāla bal labiṯta miʾata ʿāmin fānẓur ʾilā ṭaʿāmika wašarābika lam yatasannah wānẓur ʾilā ḥimārika walinaǧʿalaka ʾāyatan lilnnāsi wānẓur ʾilā l-ʿiẓāmi kayfa nunšizuhā ṯumma naksūhā laḥman falammā tabayyana lahu qāla ʾaʿlamu ʾanna llāha ʿalā kulli šayʾin qadīrun

Or like him who passed by a town collapsed on its foundations. He said, "How can God revive this after its demise?" Thereupon God caused him to die for a hundred years, and then resurrected him. He said, "For how long have you tarried?" He said, "I have tarried for a day, or part of a day." He said, "No. You have tarried for a hundred years. Now look at your food and your drink-it has not spoiled-and look at your donkey. We will make you a wonder for mankind. And look at the bones, how We arrange them, and then clothe them with flesh." So when it became clear to him, he said, "I know that God has power over all things."

Compare translations (4)

Or (bethink thee of) the like of him who, passing by a township which had fallen into utter ruin, exclaimed: How shall Allah give this township life after its death? And Allah made him die a hundred years, then brought him back to life. He said: How long hast thou tarried? (The man) said: I have tarried a day or part of a day. (He) said: Nay, but thou hast tarried for a hundred years. Just look at thy food and drink which have not rotted! Look at thine ass! And, that We may make thee a token unto mankind, look at the bones, how We adjust them and then cover them with flesh! And when (the matter) became clear unto him, he said: I know now that Allah is Able to do all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Or like him who passed by a village, when it was desolate and turned over on its roofs, and said, 'How will God revive this after its death?' And God made him die for a hundred years, then He raised him, and said, 'How long hast thou tarried?' Said he, 'I have tarried a day, or some part of a day.' He said, 'Nay, thou hast tarried a hundred years; look at thy food and drink, they are not spoiled, and look at thine ass; for we will make thee a sign to men. And look at the bones how we scatter them and then clothe them with flesh.' And when it was made manifest to him, he said, 'I know that God is mighty over all

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Or how he demeaned him who passed by a city which had been laid in ruins. "How," said he, "shall God give life to this city, after she hath been dead?" And God caused him to die for an hundred years, and then raised him to life. And God said, "How long hast thou waited?" He said, "I have waited a day or part of a day." He said, "Nay, thou hast waited an hundred years. Look on thy food and thy drink; they are not corrupted; and look on thine ass: we would make thee a sign unto men: And look on the bones of thine ass, how we will raise them, then clothe them with flesh." And when this was shewn to him, he said, "I acknowledge that God hath power to do all things

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Or hast thou not considered how he behaved who passed by a city which had been destroyed, even to her foundations? He said, how shall God quicken this city, after she hath been dead? And God caused him to die for an hundred years, and afterwards raised him to life. And God said, how long hast thou tarried here? He answered, a day, or part of a day. God said, nay, thou hast tarried here an hundred years. Now look on thy food and thy drink, they are not yet corrupted; and look on thine ass: And this have we done that we might make thee a sign unto men. And look on the bones of thine ass, how we raise them, and afterwards cloath them with flesh. And when this was shewn unto him, he said, I know that God is able to do all things

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:260

وَإِذْ قَالَ إِبْرَٰهِـۧمُ رَبِّ أَرِنِى كَيْفَ تُحْىِ ٱلْمَوْتَىٰ قَالَ أَوَلَمْ تُؤْمِن قَالَ بَلَىٰ وَلَٰكِن لِّيَطْمَئِنَّ قَلْبِى قَالَ فَخُذْ أَرْبَعَةً مِّنَ ٱلطَّيْرِ فَصُرْهُنَّ إِلَيْكَ ثُمَّ ٱجْعَلْ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ جَبَلٍ مِّنْهُنَّ جُزْءًا ثُمَّ ٱدْعُهُنَّ يَأْتِينَكَ سَعْيًا وَٱعْلَمْ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَزِيزٌ حَكِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh qaala ibraaheemu rabbi arinee kayfa tuhyee l-mawtaa qaala awalam tu'min qaala balaa walaakin liyatma'inna qalbee qaala fakhudh arba'atan mina t-tayri fasurhunna ilayka thumma j'al 'alaa kulli jabalin minhunna juz'an thumma d'uhunna ya'teenaka sa'yan wa'lam anna llaaha 'azeezun hakeem

DIN 31635waʾiḏ qāla ʾibrāhīmu rabbi ʾarinī kayfa tuḥyī l-mawtā qāla ʾawalam tuʾmin qāla balā walākin liyaṭmaʾinna qalbī qāla faḫuḏ ʾarbaʿatan mina ṭ-ṭayri faṣurhunna ʾilayka ṯumma ǧʿal ʿalā kulli ǧabalin minhunna ǧuzʾan ṯumma dʿuhunna yaʾtīnaka saʿyan waʿlam ʾanna llāha ʿazīzun ḥakīmun

And when Abraham said, "My Lord, show me how You give life to the dead." He said, "Have you not believed?" He said, "Yes, but to put my heart at ease." He said, "Take four birds, and incline them to yourself, then place a part on each hill, then call to them; and they will come rushing to you. And know that God is Powerful and Wise."

Compare translations (4)

And when Abraham said (unto his Lord): My Lord! Show me how Thou givest life to the dead, He said: Dost thou not believe? Abraham said: Yea, but (I ask) in order that my heart may be at ease. (His Lord) said: Take four of the birds and cause them to incline unto thee, then place a part of them on each hill, then call them, they will come to thee in haste, and know that Allah is Mighty, Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when Abraham said, 'Lord, show me how thou wilt revive the dead,' He said, 'What, dost thou not yet believe?' Said he, 'Yea, but that my heart may be quieted.' He said, 'Then take four birds, and take them close to thyself; then put a part of them on every mountain; then call them, and they will come to thee in haste; and know that God is mighty, wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

When Abraham said, "O Lord, shew me how thou wilt give life to the dead!" He said, "Hast thou not believed?" He said, "Yes; but I have asked thee, that my heart may be well assured." He said, "Take, then, four birds, and draw them towards thee, and cut them in pieces; then place a part of them on every mountain; then call them and they shall come swiftly to thee: and know thou that God is Might, Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when Abraham said, O Lord, shew me how thou wilt raise the dead; God said, dost thou not yet believe? He answered, yea; but I ask this that my heart may rest at ease. God said, take therefore four birds, and divide them; then lay a part of them on every mountain; then call them, and they shall come swiftly unto thee: And know that God is mighty and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:261

مَّثَلُ ٱلَّذِينَ يُنفِقُونَ أَمْوَٰلَهُمْ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ كَمَثَلِ حَبَّةٍ أَنۢبَتَتْ سَبْعَ سَنَابِلَ فِى كُلِّ سُنۢبُلَةٍ مِّا۟ئَةُ حَبَّةٍ وَٱللَّهُ يُضَٰعِفُ لِمَن يَشَآءُ وَٱللَّهُ وَٰسِعٌ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)mathalu lladheena yunfiqoona amwaalahum fee sabeeli llaahi kamathali habbatin anbatat sab'a sanaabila fee kulli sunbulatin mi'atu habbatin wallaahu yudaa'ifu liman yashaa'u wallaahu waasi'un 'aleem

DIN 31635maṯalu llaḏīna yunfiqūna ʾamwālahum fī sabīli llāhi kamaṯali ḥabbatin ʾanbatat sabʿa sanābila fī kulli sunbulatin miʾatu ḥabbatin wallāhu yuḍāʿifu liman yašāʾu wallāhu wāsiʿun ʿalīmun

The parable of those who spend their wealth in God's way is that of a grain that produces seven spikes; in each spike is a hundred grains. God multiplies for whom He wills. God is Bounteous and Knowing.

Compare translations (4)

The likeness of those who spend their wealth in Allah's way is as the likeness of a grain which groweth seven ears, in every ear a hundred grains. Allah giveth increase manifold to whom He will. Allah is All-Embracing, All-Knowing

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The likeness of those who expend their wealth in God's way is as the likeness of a grain that grows to seven ears, in every ear a hundred grains, for God will double unto whom He pleases; for God both embraces and knows

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The likeness of those who expend their wealth for the cause of God, is that of a grain of corn which produceth seven ears, and in each ear a hundred grains; and God will multiply to whom He pleaseth: God is Liberal, Knowing

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The similitude of those who lay out their substance for advancing the religion of God, is as a grain of corn which produceth seven ears, and in every ear an hundred grains; for God giveth twofold unto whom he pleaseth: God is bounteous and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:262

ٱلَّذِينَ يُنفِقُونَ أَمْوَٰلَهُمْ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ ثُمَّ لَا يُتْبِعُونَ مَآ أَنفَقُوا۟ مَنًّا وَلَآ أَذًى لَّهُمْ أَجْرُهُمْ عِندَ رَبِّهِمْ وَلَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena yunfiqoona amwaalahum fee sabeeli llaahi thumma laa yutbi'oona maa anfaqoo mannan walaa adhan lahum ajruhum 'inda rabbihim walaa khawfun 'alayhim walaa hum yahzanoon

DIN 31635allaḏīna yunfiqūna ʾamwālahum fī sabīli llāhi ṯumma lā yutbiʿūna mā ʾanfaqū mannan walā ʾaḏan lahum ʾaǧruhum ʿinda rabbihim walā ḫawfun ʿalayhim walā hum yaḥzanūna

Those who spend their wealth in the way of God, and then do not follow up what they spent with reminders of their generosity or with insults, will have their reward with their Lord-they have nothing to fear, nor shall they grieve.

Compare translations (4)

Those who spend their wealth for the cause of Allah and afterward make not reproach and injury to follow that which they have spent; their reward is with their Lord, and there shall no fear come upon them, neither shall they grieve

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those who expend their wealth in God's way, then do not follow up what they expend by taunting with it and by annoyance, these have their hire with their Lord, and no fear is on them, neither shall they grieve

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They who expend their wealth for the cause of God, and never follow what they have laid out with reproaches or harm, shall have their reward with their Lord; no fear shall come upon them, neither shall they be put to grief

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They who lay out their substance for the religion of God, and afterwards follow not what they have so laid out by reproaches or mischief, they shall have their reward with their Lord; upon them shall no fear come, neither shall they be grieved

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:263

قَوْلٌ مَّعْرُوفٌ وَمَغْفِرَةٌ خَيْرٌ مِّن صَدَقَةٍ يَتْبَعُهَآ أَذًى وَٱللَّهُ غَنِىٌّ حَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qawlun ma'roofun wamaghfiratun khayrun min sadaqatin yatba'uhaa adhan wallaahu ghaniyyun haleem

DIN 31635qawlun maʿrūfun wamaġfiratun ḫayrun min ṣadaqatin yatbaʿuhā ʾaḏan wallāhu ġaniyyun ḥalīmun

Kind words and forgiveness are better than charity followed by insults. God is Rich and Clement.

Compare translations (4)

A kind word with forgiveness is better than almsgiving followed by injury. Allah is Absolute, Clement

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Kind speech and pardon are better than almsgiving followed by annoyance, and God is rich and clement

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

A kind speech and forgiveness is better than alms followed by injury. God is Rich, Clement

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

A fait speech, and to forgive, is better than alms followed by mischief. God is rich and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:264

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تُبْطِلُوا۟ صَدَقَٰتِكُم بِٱلْمَنِّ وَٱلْأَذَىٰ كَٱلَّذِى يُنفِقُ مَالَهُۥ رِئَآءَ ٱلنَّاسِ وَلَا يُؤْمِنُ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْـَٔاخِرِ فَمَثَلُهُۥ كَمَثَلِ صَفْوَانٍ عَلَيْهِ تُرَابٌ فَأَصَابَهُۥ وَابِلٌ فَتَرَكَهُۥ صَلْدًا لَّا يَقْدِرُونَ عَلَىٰ شَىْءٍ مِّمَّا كَسَبُوا۟ وَٱللَّهُ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo laa tubtiloo sadaqaatikum bil-manni wal-'adhaa kalladhee yunfiqu maalahu ri'aa'a n-naasi walaa yu'minu billaahi wal-yawmi l-'aakhiri famathaluhu kamathali safwaanin 'alayhi turaabun fa'asaabahu waabilun fatarakahu saldan laa yaqdiroona 'alaa shay'in mimmaa kasaboo wallaahu laa yahdee l-qawma l-kaafireen

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū lā tubṭilū ṣadaqātikum bil-manni wal-ʾaḏā kallaḏī yunfiqu mālahu riʾāʾa n-nāsi walā yuʾminu billāhi wal-yawmi l-ʾāḫiri famaṯaluhu kamaṯali ṣafwānin ʿalayhi turābun faʾaṣābahu wābilun fatarakahu ṣaldan lā yaqdirūna ʿalā šayʾin mimmā kasabū wallāhu lā yahdī l-qawma l-kāfirīna

The translators word this verse differently

O you who believe! Do not nullify your charitable deeds with reminders and hurtful words, like him who spends his wealth to be seen by the people, and does not believe in God and the Last Day. His likeness is that of a smooth rock covered with soil: a downpour strikes it, and leaves it bare-they gain nothing from their efforts. God does not guide the disbelieving people.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! Render not vain your almsgiving by reproach and injury, like him who spendeth his wealth only to be seen of men and believeth not in Allah and the Last Day. His likeness is as the likeness of a rock whereon is dust of earth; a rainstorm smiteth it, leaving it smooth and bare. They have no control of aught of that which they have gained. Allah guideth not the disbelieving folk

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! make not your almsgiving vain by taunts and annoyance, like him who expends what he has for the sake of appearances before men, and believes not in God and the last day; for his likeness is as the likeness of a flint with soil upon it, and a heavy shower falls on it and leaves it bare rock; they can do nought with what they earn, for God guides not the misbelieving folk

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O ye who believe! make not your alms void by reproaches and injury, like him who spendeth his substance to be seen of men, and believeth not in God and in the latter day. The likeness of such an one is that of a rock with a thin soil upon it, on which a heavy rain falleth but leaveth it hard: No profit from their works shall they be able to gain; for God guideth not the unbelieving people

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, make not your alms of none effect by reproaching, or mischief, as he who layeth out what he hath to appear unto men to give alms, and believeth not in God and the last day. The likeness of such a one, is as a flint covered with earth, on which a violent rain falleth, and leaveth it hard. They cannot prosper in any thing which they have gained, for God directeth not the unbelieving people

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:265

وَمَثَلُ ٱلَّذِينَ يُنفِقُونَ أَمْوَٰلَهُمُ ٱبْتِغَآءَ مَرْضَاتِ ٱللَّهِ وَتَثْبِيتًا مِّنْ أَنفُسِهِمْ كَمَثَلِ جَنَّةٍۭ بِرَبْوَةٍ أَصَابَهَا وَابِلٌ فَـَٔاتَتْ أُكُلَهَا ضِعْفَيْنِ فَإِن لَّمْ يُصِبْهَا وَابِلٌ فَطَلٌّ وَٱللَّهُ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ بَصِيرٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamathalu lladheena yunfiqoona amwaalahumu btighaa'a mardaati llaahi watathbeetan min anfusihim kamathali jannatin birabwatin asaabahaa waabilun fa'aatat ukulahaa di'fayni fa'in lam yusibhaa waabilun fatallun wallaahu bimaa ta'maloona baseer

DIN 31635wamaṯalu llaḏīna yunfiqūna ʾamwālahumu btiġāʾa marḍāti llāhi wataṯbītan min ʾanfusihim kamaṯali ǧannatin birabwatin ʾaṣābahā wābilun faʾātat ʾukulahā ḍiʿfayni faʾin lam yuṣibhā wābilun faṭallun wallāhu bimā taʿmalūna baṣīrun

And the parable of those who spend their wealth seeking God's approval, and to strengthen their souls, is that of a garden on a hillside. If heavy rain falls on it, its produce is doubled; and if no heavy rain falls, then dew is enough. God is seeing of everything you do.

Compare translations (4)

And the likeness of those who spend their wealth in search of Allah's pleasure, and for the strengthening of their souls, is as the likeness of a garden on a height. The rainstorm smiteth it and it bringeth forth its fruit twofold. And if the rainstorm smite it not, then the shower. Allah is Seer of what ye do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But the likeness of those who expend their wealth craving the goodwill of God, and as an insurance for their souls, is as the likeness of a garden on a hill. A heavy shower falls on it, and it brings forth its eatables twofold; and if no heavy shower falls on it, the dew does; and God on what ye do doth look

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And the likeness of those who expend their substance from a desire to please God, and for the stablishing of their souls, is as a garden on a hill, on which the heavy rain falleth, and it yieldeth its fruits twofold; and even if a heavy rain fall not on it, yet is there a dew: God beholdeth your actions

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And the likeness of those who lay out their substance from a desire to please God, and for an establishment for their souls, is as a garden on a hill, on which a violent rain falleth, and it bringeth forth its fruits twofold; and if a violent rain falleth not on it, yet the dew falleth thereon: And God seeth that which ye do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:266

أَيَوَدُّ أَحَدُكُمْ أَن تَكُونَ لَهُۥ جَنَّةٌ مِّن نَّخِيلٍ وَأَعْنَابٍ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ لَهُۥ فِيهَا مِن كُلِّ ٱلثَّمَرَٰتِ وَأَصَابَهُ ٱلْكِبَرُ وَلَهُۥ ذُرِّيَّةٌ ضُعَفَآءُ فَأَصَابَهَآ إِعْصَارٌ فِيهِ نَارٌ فَٱحْتَرَقَتْ كَذَٰلِكَ يُبَيِّنُ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمُ ٱلْـَٔايَٰتِ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَتَفَكَّرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)ayawaddu ahadukum an takoona lahu jannatun min nakheelin wa'a'naabin tajree min tahtihaa l-'anhaaru lahu feehaa min kulli th-thamaraati wa'asaabahu l-kibaru walahu dhurriyyatun du'afaa'u fa'asaabahaa i'saarun feehi naarun fahtaraqat kadhaalika yubayyinu llaahu lakumu l-'aayaati la'allakum tatafakkaroon

DIN 31635ʾayawaddu ʾaḥadukum ʾan takūna lahu ǧannatun min naḫīlin waʾaʿnābin taǧrī min taḥtihā l-ʾanhāru lahu fīhā min kulli ṯ-ṯamarāti waʾaṣābahu l-kibaru walahu ḏurriyyatun ḍuʿafāʾu faʾaṣābahā ʾiʿṣārun fīhi nārun faḥtaraqat kaḏālika yubayyinu llāhu lakumu l-ʾāyāti laʿallakum tatafakkarūna

Would anyone of you like to have a garden of palms and vines, under which rivers flow-with all kinds of fruit in it for him, and old age has stricken him, and he has weak children-then a tornado with fire batters it, and it burns down? Thus God makes clear the signs for you, so that you may reflect.

Compare translations (4)

Would any of you like to have a garden of palm-trees and vines, with rivers flowing underneath it, with all kinds of fruit for him therein; and old age hath stricken him and he hath feeble offspring; and a fiery whirlwind striketh it and it is (all) consumed by fire. Thus Allah maketh plain His revelations unto you, in order that ye may give thought

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Would one of you fain have a garden of palms and vines, with rivers flowing beneath it, in which is every fruit; and when old age shall reach him, have weak seed, and there fall on it a storm wind with fire therein, and it gets burnt? Thus does God manifest to you His signs, mayhap ye will reflect

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Desireth any one of you a garden of palms and vines through which rivers flow, in which he may have every fruit, and that old age should surprise him there, and that his offspring should be weakly, and that then a fiery violent wind shall strike it so that it shall be burned? Thus God maketh plain his signs to you that ye may reflect

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Doth any of you desire to have a garden of palm-trees and vines, through which rivers flow, wherein he may have all kinds of fruits, and that he may attain to old age, and have a weak off-spring? Then a violent fiery wind shall strike it, so that it shall be burned. Thus God declareth his signs unto you, that ye may consider

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:267

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ أَنفِقُوا۟ مِن طَيِّبَٰتِ مَا كَسَبْتُمْ وَمِمَّآ أَخْرَجْنَا لَكُم مِّنَ ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَا تَيَمَّمُوا۟ ٱلْخَبِيثَ مِنْهُ تُنفِقُونَ وَلَسْتُم بِـَٔاخِذِيهِ إِلَّآ أَن تُغْمِضُوا۟ فِيهِ وَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَنِىٌّ حَمِيدٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo anfiqoo min tayyibaati maa kasabtum wamimmaa akhrajnaa lakum mina l-'ardi walaa tayammamoo l-khabeetha minhu tunfiqoona walastum bi'aakhidheehi illaa an tughmidoo feehi wa'lamoo anna llaaha ghaniyyun hameed

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū ʾanfiqū min ṭayyibāti mā kasabtum wamimmā ʾaḫraǧnā lakum mina l-ʾarḍi walā tayammamū l-ḫabīṯa minhu tunfiqūna walastum biʾāḫiḏīhi ʾillā ʾan tuġmiḍū fīhi waʿlamū ʾanna llāha ġaniyyun ḥamīdun

O you who believe! Give of the good things you have earned, and from what We have produced for you from the earth. And do not pick the inferior things to give away, when you yourselves would not accept it except with eyes closed. And know that God is Sufficient and Praiseworthy.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! Spend of the good things which ye have earned, and of that which We bring forth from the earth for you, and seek not the bad (with intent) to spend thereof (in charity) when ye would not take it for yourselves save with disdain; and know that Allah is Absolute, Owner of Praise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! expend in alms of the good things that ye have earned, and of what we have brought forth for you out of the earth, and do not take the vile thereof to spend in alms,- what you would not take yourselves save by connivance at it; but know that God is rich and to be praised

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O ye who believe! bestow alms of the good things which ye have acquired, and of that which we have brought forth for you out of the earth, and choose not the bad for almsgiving, Such as ye would accept yourselves only by connivance: and know that God is Rich, Praiseworthy

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers bestow alms of the good things which ye have gained, and of that which we have produced for you out of the earth, and choose not the bad thereof, to give it in alms, such as ye would not accept your selves, otherwise than by connivance: And know that God is rich and worthy to be praised

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:268

ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ يَعِدُكُمُ ٱلْفَقْرَ وَيَأْمُرُكُم بِٱلْفَحْشَآءِ وَٱللَّهُ يَعِدُكُم مَّغْفِرَةً مِّنْهُ وَفَضْلًا وَٱللَّهُ وَٰسِعٌ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)ash-shaytaanu ya'idukumu l-faqra waya'murukum bil-fahshaa'i wallaahu ya'idukum maghfiratan minhu wafadlan wallaahu waasi'un 'aleem

DIN 31635aš-šayṭānu yaʿidukumu l-faqra wayaʾmurukum bil-faḥšāʾi wallāhu yaʿidukum maġfiratan minhu wafaḍlan wallāhu wāsiʿun ʿalīmun

The translators word this verse differently

Satan promises you poverty, and urges you to immorality; but God promises you forgiveness from Himself, and grace. God is Embracing and Knowing.

Compare translations (4)

The devil promiseth you destitution and enjoineth on you lewdness. But Allah promiseth you forgiveness from Himself with bounty. Allah is All-Embracing, All-knowing

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The devil promises you poverty and bids you sin, but God promises you pardon from Him and grace, for God both embraces and knows

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Satan menaceth you with poverty, and enjoineth base actions: but God promiseth you pardon from himself and abundance: God is All-bounteous, Knowing

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The devil threateneth you with poverty, and commandeth you filthy covetousness, but God promiseth you pardon from himself and abundance: God bounteous and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:269

يُؤْتِى ٱلْحِكْمَةَ مَن يَشَآءُ وَمَن يُؤْتَ ٱلْحِكْمَةَ فَقَدْ أُوتِىَ خَيْرًا كَثِيرًا وَمَا يَذَّكَّرُ إِلَّآ أُو۟لُوا۟ ٱلْأَلْبَٰبِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yu'tee l-hikmata man yashaa'u waman yu'ta l-hikmata faqad ootiya khayran katheeran wamaa yadhdhakkaru illaa ooloo l-'albaab

DIN 31635yuʾtī l-ḥikmata man yašāʾu waman yuʾta l-ḥikmata faqad ʾūtiya ḫayran kaṯīran wamā yaḏḏakkaru ʾillā ʾūlū l-ʾalbābi

He gives wisdom to whomever He wills. Whoever is given wisdom has been given much good. But none pays heed except those with insight.

Compare translations (4)

He giveth wisdom unto whom He will, and he unto whom wisdom is given, he truly hath received abundant good. But none remember except men of understanding

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He bringeth wisdom unto whom He will, and he who is brought wisdom is brought much good; but none will remember save those endowed with minds

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

He giveth wisdom to whom He will: and he to whom wisdom is given, hath had much good given him; but none will bear it in mind, except the wise of heart

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

He giveth wisdom unto whom he pleaseth, and he unto whom wisdom is given, hath received much good: But none will consider, except the wise of heart

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:270

وَمَآ أَنفَقْتُم مِّن نَّفَقَةٍ أَوْ نَذَرْتُم مِّن نَّذْرٍ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَعْلَمُهُۥ وَمَا لِلظَّٰلِمِينَ مِنْ أَنصَارٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamaa anfaqtum min nafaqatin aw nadhartum min nadhrin fa'inna llaaha ya'lamuhu wamaa lilzzaalimeena min ansaar

DIN 31635wamā ʾanfaqtum min nafaqatin ʾaw naḏartum min naḏrin faʾinna llāha yaʿlamuhu wamā lilẓẓālimīna min ʾanṣārin

The translators word this verse differently

Whatever charity you give, or a pledge you fulfill, God knows it. The wrongdoers have no helpers.

Compare translations (4)

Whatever alms ye spend or vow ye vow, lo! Allah knoweth it. Wrong-doers have no helpers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Whatever expense ye expend, or vow ye vow, God knows it; but the unjust have no helpers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And whatever alms ye shall give, or whatever vow ye shall vow, of a truth God knoweth it: but they who act unjustly shall have no helpers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And whatever alms ye shall give, or whatever vow ye shall vow, verily God knoweth it; but the ungodly shall have none to help them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:271

إِن تُبْدُوا۟ ٱلصَّدَقَٰتِ فَنِعِمَّا هِىَ وَإِن تُخْفُوهَا وَتُؤْتُوهَا ٱلْفُقَرَآءَ فَهُوَ خَيْرٌ لَّكُمْ وَيُكَفِّرُ عَنكُم مِّن سَيِّـَٔاتِكُمْ وَٱللَّهُ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ خَبِيرٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)in tubdoo s-sadaqaati fani'immaa hiya wa'in tukhfoohaa watu'toohaa l-fuqaraa'a fahuwa khayrun lakum wayukaffiru 'ankum min sayyi'aatikum wallaahu bimaa ta'maloona khabeer

DIN 31635ʾin tubdū ṣ-ṣadaqāti faniʿimmā hiya waʾin tuḫfūhā watuʾtūhā l-fuqarāʾa fahuwa ḫayrun lakum wayukaffiru ʿankum min sayyiʾātikum wallāhu bimā taʿmalūna ḫabīrun

If you give charity openly, that is good. But if you keep it secret, and give it to the needy in private, that is better for you. It will atone for some of your misdeeds. God is cognizant of what you do.

Compare translations (4)

If ye publish your almsgiving, it is well, but if ye hide it and give it to the poor, it will be better for you, and will atone for some of your ill-deeds. Allah is Informed of what ye do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

If ye display your almsgiving, then well is it; but if ye hide it and bring it to the poor, then is it better for you, and will expiate for you your evil deeds; for God of what ye do is well aware

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Give ye your alms openly? it is well. Do ye conceal them and give them to the poor? This, too, will be of advantage to you, and will do away your sins: and God is cognisant of your actions

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

If ye make your alms to appear, it is well; but if ye conceal them, and give them unto the poor, this will be better for you, and will atone for your sins: And God is well informed of that which ye do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:272

لَّيْسَ عَلَيْكَ هُدَىٰهُمْ وَلَٰكِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَهْدِى مَن يَشَآءُ وَمَا تُنفِقُوا۟ مِنْ خَيْرٍ فَلِأَنفُسِكُمْ وَمَا تُنفِقُونَ إِلَّا ٱبْتِغَآءَ وَجْهِ ٱللَّهِ وَمَا تُنفِقُوا۟ مِنْ خَيْرٍ يُوَفَّ إِلَيْكُمْ وَأَنتُمْ لَا تُظْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laysa 'alayka hudaahum walaakinna llaaha yahdee man yashaa'u wamaa tunfiqoo min khayrin fali'anfusikum wamaa tunfiqoona illaa btighaa'a wajhi llaahi wamaa tunfiqoo min khayrin yuwaffa ilaykum wa'antum laa tuzlamoon

DIN 31635laysa ʿalayka hudāhum walākinna llāha yahdī man yašāʾu wamā tunfiqū min ḫayrin faliʾanfusikum wamā tunfiqūna ʾillā btiġāʾa waǧhi llāhi wamā tunfiqū min ḫayrin yuwaffa ʾilaykum waʾantum lā tuẓlamūna

The translators word this verse differently

Their guidance is not your responsibility, but God guides whom He wills. Any charity you give is for your own good. Any charity you give shall be for the sake of God. Any charity you give will be repaid to you in full, and you will not be wronged.

Compare translations (4)

The guiding of them is not thy duty (O Muhammad), but Allah guideth whom He will. And whatsoever good thing ye spend, it is for yourselves, when ye spend not save in search of Allah's Countenance; and whatsoever good thing ye spend, it will be repaid to you in full, and ye will not be wronged

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Thou art not bound to guide them; but God guides whom He will; and whatever good ye expend it is for yourselves, and do not expend save craving for God's face. And what ye expend of good, it shall be repaid you, and ye shall not be wronged

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Their guidance is not thine affair, O Muhammad; but God guideth whom he pleaseth. And the good that ye shall give in alms shall redound unto yourselves; and ye shall not give but as seeking the face of God; and whatever good thing ye shall have given in alms, shall be repaid you, and ye shall not be wronged

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The direction of them belongeth not unto thee; but God directeth whom he pleaseth. The good that ye shall give in alms shall redound unto your selves; and ye shall not give unless out of desire of seeing the face of God. And what good thing ye shall give in alms, it shall be repaid you, and ye shall not be treated unjustly

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:273

لِلْفُقَرَآءِ ٱلَّذِينَ أُحْصِرُوا۟ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ لَا يَسْتَطِيعُونَ ضَرْبًا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ يَحْسَبُهُمُ ٱلْجَاهِلُ أَغْنِيَآءَ مِنَ ٱلتَّعَفُّفِ تَعْرِفُهُم بِسِيمَٰهُمْ لَا يَسْـَٔلُونَ ٱلنَّاسَ إِلْحَافًا وَمَا تُنفِقُوا۟ مِنْ خَيْرٍ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ بِهِۦ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)lilfuqaraa'i lladheena uhsiroo fee sabeeli llaahi laa yastatee'oona darban fee l-'ardi yahsabuhumu l-jaahilu aghniyaa'a mina t-ta'affufi ta'rifuhum biseemaahum laa yas'aloona n-naasa ilhaafan wamaa tunfiqoo min khayrin fa'inna llaaha bihi 'aleem

DIN 31635lilfuqarāʾi llaḏīna ʾuḥṣirū fī sabīli llāhi lā yastaṭīʿūna ḍarban fī l-ʾarḍi yaḥsabuhumu l-ǧāhilu ʾaġniyāʾa mina t-taʿaffufi taʿrifuhum bisīmāhum lā yasʾalūna n-nāsa ʾilḥāfan wamā tunfiqū min ḫayrin faʾinna llāha bihi ʿalīmun

The translators word this verse differently

It is for the poor; those who are restrained in the way of God, and unable to travel in the land. The unaware would think them rich, due to their dignity. You will recognize them by their features. They do not ask from people insistently. Whatever charity you give, God is aware of it.

Compare translations (4)

(Alms are) for the poor who are straitened for the cause of Allah, who cannot travel in the land (for trade). The unthinking man accounteth them wealthy because of their restraint. Thou shalt know them by their mark: They do not beg of men with importunity. And whatsoever good thing ye spend, lo! Allah knoweth it

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

unto the poor who are straitened in God's way, and cannot knock about in the earth. The ignorant think them to be rich because of their modesty; you will know them by their mark, they do not beg from men importunately; but what ye spend of good God knows

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

There are among you the poor, who being shut up to fighting for the cause of God, have it not in their power to strike out into the earth for riches. Those who know them not, think them rich because of their modesty. By this their token thou shalt know them - they ask not of men with importunity: and of whatever good thing ye shall give them in alms, of a truth God will take knowledge

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

unto the poor who are wholly employed in fighting for the religion of God, and cannot go to and fro in the earth; whom the ignorant man thinketh rich, because of their modesty: Thou shalt know them by this mark, they ask not men with importunity; and what good ye shall give in alms, verily God knoweth it

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:274

ٱلَّذِينَ يُنفِقُونَ أَمْوَٰلَهُم بِٱلَّيْلِ وَٱلنَّهَارِ سِرًّا وَعَلَانِيَةً فَلَهُمْ أَجْرُهُمْ عِندَ رَبِّهِمْ وَلَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena yunfiqoona amwaalahum billayli wan-nahaari sirran wa'alaaniyatan falahum ajruhum 'inda rabbihim walaa khawfun 'alayhim walaa hum yahzanoon

DIN 31635allaḏīna yunfiqūna ʾamwālahum billayli wan-nahāri sirran waʿalāniyatan falahum ʾaǧruhum ʿinda rabbihim walā ḫawfun ʿalayhim walā hum yaḥzanūna

Those who spend their wealth by night and day, privately and publicly, will receive their reward from their Lord. They have nothing to fear, nor shall they grieve.

Compare translations (4)

Those who spend their wealth by night and day, by stealth and openly, verily their reward is with their Lord, and their shall no fear come upon them neither shall they grieve

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those who expend their wealth by night and day, secretly and openly, they shall have their hire with their Lord. No fear shall come on them, nor shall they grieve

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They who give away their substance in alms, by night and day, in private and in public, shall have their reward with their Lord: no fear shall come on them, neither shall they be put to grief

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They who distribute alms of their substance night and day, in private and in public, shall have their reward with their Lord; on them shall no fear come, neither shall they be grieved

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:275

ٱلَّذِينَ يَأْكُلُونَ ٱلرِّبَوٰا۟ لَا يَقُومُونَ إِلَّا كَمَا يَقُومُ ٱلَّذِى يَتَخَبَّطُهُ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ مِنَ ٱلْمَسِّ ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُمْ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّمَا ٱلْبَيْعُ مِثْلُ ٱلرِّبَوٰا۟ وَأَحَلَّ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْبَيْعَ وَحَرَّمَ ٱلرِّبَوٰا۟ فَمَن جَآءَهُۥ مَوْعِظَةٌ مِّن رَّبِّهِۦ فَٱنتَهَىٰ فَلَهُۥ مَا سَلَفَ وَأَمْرُهُۥٓ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ وَمَنْ عَادَ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلنَّارِ هُمْ فِيهَا خَٰلِدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena ya'kuloona r-ribaa laa yaqoomoona illaa kamaa yaqoomu lladhee yatakhabbatuhu sh-shaytaanu mina l-massi dhaalika bi'annahum qaaloo innamaa l-bay'u mithlu r-ribaa wa'ahalla llaahu l-bay'a waharrama r-ribaa faman jaa'ahu maw'izatun min rabbihi faantahaa falahu maa salafa wa'amruhu ilaa llaahi waman 'aada fa'oolaa'ika ashaabu n-naari hum feehaa khaalidoon

DIN 31635allaḏīna yaʾkulūna r-ribā lā yaqūmūna ʾillā kamā yaqūmu llaḏī yataḫabbaṭuhu š-šayṭānu mina l-massi ḏālika biʾannahum qālū ʾinnamā l-bayʿu miṯlu r-ribā waʾaḥalla llāhu l-bayʿa waḥarrama r-ribā faman ǧāʾahu mawʿiẓatun min rabbihi fāntahā falahu mā salafa waʾamruhu ʾilā llāhi waman ʿāda faʾūlāʾika ʾaṣḥābu n-nāri hum fīhā ḫālidūna

The translators word this verse differently

Those who swallow usury will not rise, except as someone driven mad by Satan's touch. That is because they say, "Commerce is like usury." But God has permitted commerce, and has forbidden usury. Whoever, on receiving advice from his Lord, refrains, may keep his past earnings, and his case rests with God. But whoever resumes-these are the dwellers of the Fire, wherein they will abide forever.

Compare translations (4)

Those who swallow usury cannot rise up save as he ariseth whom the devil hath prostrated by (his) touch. That is because they say: Trade is just like usury; whereas Allah permitteth trading and forbiddeth usury. He unto whom an admonition from his Lord cometh, and (he) refraineth (in obedience thereto), he shall keep (the profits of) that which is past, and his affair (henceforth) is with Allah. As for him who returneth (to usury) - Such are rightful owners of the Fire. They will abide therein

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those who devour usury shall not rise again, save as he riseth whom Satan hath paralysed with a touch; and that is because they say 'selling is only like usury,' but God has made selling lawful and usury unlawful; and he to whom the admonition from his Lord has come, if he desists, what has gone before is his: his matter is in God's hands. But whosoever returns (to usury) these are the fellows of the Fire, and they shall dwell therein for aye

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They who swallow down usury, shall arise in the resurrection only as he ariseth whom Satan hath infected by his touch. This, for that they say, "Selling is only the like of usury:" and yet God hath allowed selling, and forbidden usury. He then who when this warning shall come to him from his Lord, abstaineth, shall have pardon for the past, and his lot shall be with God. But they who return to usury, shall be given over to the fire; therein shall they abide for ever

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They who devour usury shall not arise from the dead, but as he ariseth whom Satan hath infected by a touch: This shall happen to them because they say. Truly selling is but as usury: And yet God hath permitted selling and forbidden usury. He therefore who when there cometh unto him an admonition from his Lord, abstaineth from usury for the future, shall have what is past forgiven him, and his affair belongeth unto God. But whoever returneth to usury, they shall be the companions of hell fire, they shall continue therein for ever

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:276

يَمْحَقُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلرِّبَوٰا۟ وَيُرْبِى ٱلصَّدَقَٰتِ وَٱللَّهُ لَا يُحِبُّ كُلَّ كَفَّارٍ أَثِيمٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yamhaqu llaahu r-ribaa wayurbee s-sadaqaati wallaahu laa yuhibbu kulla kaffaarin atheem

DIN 31635yamḥaqu llāhu r-ribā wayurbī ṣ-ṣadaqāti wallāhu lā yuḥibbu kulla kaffārin ʾaṯīmin

The translators word this verse differently

God condemns usury, and He blesses charities. God does not love any sinful ingrate.

Compare translations (4)

Allah hath blighted usury and made almsgiving fruitful. Allah loveth not the impious and guilty

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God shall blot out usury, but shall make almsgiving profitable, for God loves not any sinful misbeliever

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

God will bring usury to nought, but will increase alms with usury, and God loveth no infidel, or evil person

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God shall take his blessing from usury, and shall increase alms: For God loveth no infidel, or ungodly person

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:277

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ وَأَقَامُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَءَاتَوُا۟ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ لَهُمْ أَجْرُهُمْ عِندَ رَبِّهِمْ وَلَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena aamanoo wa'amiloo s-saalihaati wa'aqaamoo s-salaata wa'aatawu z-zakaata lahum ajruhum 'inda rabbihim walaa khawfun 'alayhim walaa hum yahzanoon

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna ʾāmanū waʿamilū ṣ-ṣāliḥāti waʾaqāmū ṣ-ṣalāta waʾātawu z-zakāta lahum ʾaǧruhum ʿinda rabbihim walā ḫawfun ʿalayhim walā hum yaḥzanūna

Those who believe, and do good deeds, and pray regularly, and give charity-they will have their reward with their Lord; they will have no fear, nor shall they grieve.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! those who believe and do good works and establish worship and pay the poor-due, their reward is with their Lord and there shall no fear come upon them neither shall they grieve

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, those who believe, and act righteously, and are steadfast in prayer, and give alms, theirs is their hire with their Lord; there is no fear on them, nor shall they grieve

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But they who believe and do the things that are right, and observe the prayers, and pay the legal impost, they shall have their reward with their Lord: no fear shall come on them, neither shall they be put to grief

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But they who believe and do that which is right, and observe the stated times of prayer, and pay their legal alms, they shall have their reward with their Lord: There shall come no fear on them, neither shall they be grieved

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:278

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَذَرُوا۟ مَا بَقِىَ مِنَ ٱلرِّبَوٰٓا۟ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo taqoo llaaha wadharoo maa baqiya mina r-ribaa in kuntum mu'mineen

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū taqū llāha waḏarū mā baqiya mina r-ribā ʾin kuntum muʾminīna

O you who believe! Fear God, and forgo what remains of usury, if you are believers.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! Observe your duty to Allah, and give up what remaineth (due to you) from usury, if ye are (in truth) believers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! fear God, and remit the balance of usury, if ye be believers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O believers! fear God and abandon your remaining usury, if ye are indeed believers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, fear God, and remit that which remaineth of usury, if ye really believe

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:279

فَإِن لَّمْ تَفْعَلُوا۟ فَأْذَنُوا۟ بِحَرْبٍ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦ وَإِن تُبْتُمْ فَلَكُمْ رُءُوسُ أَمْوَٰلِكُمْ لَا تَظْلِمُونَ وَلَا تُظْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fa'in lam taf'aloo fa'dhanoo biharbin mina llaahi warasoolihi wa'in tubtum falakum ru'oosu amwaalikum laa tazlimoona walaa tuzlamoon

DIN 31635faʾin lam tafʿalū faʾḏanū biḥarbin mina llāhi warasūlihi waʾin tubtum falakum ruʾūsu ʾamwālikum lā taẓlimūna walā tuẓlamūna

If you do not, then take notice of a war by God and His Messenger. But if you repent, you may keep your capital, neither wronging, nor being wronged.

Compare translations (4)

And if ye do not, then be warned of war (against you) from Allah and His messenger. And if ye repent, then ye have your principal (without interest). Wrong not, and ye shall not be wronged

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and if ye will not do it, then hearken to the proclamation of war from God and His Apostle; but if ye repent, your capital is yours. Ye shall not wrong, nor shall ye be wronged

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But if ye do it not, then hearken for war on the part of God and his apostle: yet if ye repent, ye shall have the principal of your money. Wrong not, and ye shall not be wronged

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

but if ye do it not, hearken unto war, which is declared against you from God and his apostle: Yet if ye repent, ye shall have the capital of your money. Deal not unjustly with others, and ye shall not be dealt with unjustly

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:280

وَإِن كَانَ ذُو عُسْرَةٍ فَنَظِرَةٌ إِلَىٰ مَيْسَرَةٍ وَأَن تَصَدَّقُوا۟ خَيْرٌ لَّكُمْ إِن كُنتُمْ تَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'in kaana dhoo 'usratin fanaziratun ilaa maysaratin wa'an tasaddaqoo khayrun lakum in kuntum ta'lamoon

DIN 31635waʾin kāna ḏū ʿusratin fanaẓiratun ʾilā maysaratin waʾan taṣaddaqū ḫayrun lakum ʾin kuntum taʿlamūna

But if he is in hardship, then deferment until a time of ease. But to remit it as charity is better for you, if you only knew.

Compare translations (4)

And if the debtor is in straitened circumstances, then (let there be) postponement to (the time of) ease; and that ye remit the debt as almsgiving would be better for you if ye did but know

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And if it be one in difficulties, then wait for easy circumstances; but that ye remit it as alms is better for you, if ye did but know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

If any one find difficulty in discharging a debt, then let there be a delay until it be easy for him: but if ye remit it as alms it will be better for you, if ye knew it

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

If there be an debtor under a difficulty of paying his debt, let his creditor wait till it be easy for him to do it; but if ye remit it as alms, it will be better for you, if ye knew it

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:281

وَٱتَّقُوا۟ يَوْمًا تُرْجَعُونَ فِيهِ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ ثُمَّ تُوَفَّىٰ كُلُّ نَفْسٍ مَّا كَسَبَتْ وَهُمْ لَا يُظْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waattaqoo yawman turja'oona feehi ilaa llaahi thumma tuwaffaa kullu nafsin maa kasabat wahum laa yuzlamoon

DIN 31635wāttaqū yawman turǧaʿūna fīhi ʾilā llāhi ṯumma tuwaffā kullu nafsin mā kasabat wahum lā yuẓlamūna

And guard yourselves against a Day when you will be returned to God; then each soul will be rewarded fully for what it has earned, and they will not be wronged.

Compare translations (4)

And guard yourselves against a day in which ye will be brought back to Allah. Then every soul will be paid in full that which it hath earned, and they will not be wronged

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Fear the day wherein ye shall return to God; then shall each soul be paid what it has earned, and they shall not be wronged

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Fear the day wherein ye shall return to God: then shall every soul be rewarded according to its desert, and none shall have injustice done to them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And fear the day wherein ye shall return unto God, then shall every soul be paid what it hath gained, and they shall not be treated unjustly

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
2:282

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِذَا تَدَايَنتُم بِدَيْنٍ إِلَىٰٓ أَجَلٍ مُّسَمًّى فَٱكْتُبُوهُ وَلْيَكْتُب بَّيْنَكُمْ كَاتِبٌۢ بِٱلْعَدْلِ وَلَا يَأْبَ كَاتِبٌ أَن يَكْتُبَ كَمَا عَلَّمَهُ ٱللَّهُ فَلْيَكْتُبْ وَلْيُمْلِلِ ٱلَّذِى عَلَيْهِ ٱلْحَقُّ وَلْيَتَّقِ ٱللَّهَ رَبَّهُۥ وَلَا يَبْخَسْ مِنْهُ شَيْـًٔا فَإِن كَانَ ٱلَّذِى عَلَيْهِ ٱلْحَقُّ سَفِيهًا أَوْ ضَعِيفًا أَوْ لَا يَسْتَطِيعُ أَن يُمِلَّ هُوَ فَلْيُمْلِلْ وَلِيُّهُۥ بِٱلْعَدْلِ وَٱسْتَشْهِدُوا۟ شَهِيدَيْنِ مِن رِّجَالِكُمْ فَإِن لَّمْ يَكُونَا رَجُلَيْنِ فَرَجُلٌ وَٱمْرَأَتَانِ مِمَّن تَرْضَوْنَ مِنَ ٱلشُّهَدَآءِ أَن تَضِلَّ إِحْدَىٰهُمَا فَتُذَكِّرَ إِحْدَىٰهُمَا ٱلْأُخْرَىٰ وَلَا يَأْبَ ٱلشُّهَدَآءُ إِذَا مَا دُعُوا۟ وَلَا تَسْـَٔمُوٓا۟ أَن تَكْتُبُوهُ صَغِيرًا أَوْ كَبِيرًا إِلَىٰٓ أَجَلِهِۦ ذَٰلِكُمْ أَقْسَطُ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ وَأَقْوَمُ لِلشَّهَٰدَةِ وَأَدْنَىٰٓ أَلَّا تَرْتَابُوٓا۟ إِلَّآ أَن تَكُونَ تِجَٰرَةً حَاضِرَةً تُدِيرُونَهَا بَيْنَكُمْ فَلَيْسَ عَلَيْكُمْ جُنَاحٌ أَلَّا تَكْتُبُوهَا وَأَشْهِدُوٓا۟ إِذَا تَبَايَعْتُمْ وَلَا يُضَآرَّ كَاتِبٌ وَلَا شَهِيدٌ وَإِن تَفْعَلُوا۟ فَإِنَّهُۥ فُسُوقٌۢ بِكُمْ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَيُعَلِّمُكُمُ ٱللَّهُ وَٱللَّهُ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo idhaa tadaayantum bidaynin ilaa ajalin musamman faktuboohu walyaktub baynakum kaatibun bil-'adli walaa ya'ba kaatibun an yaktuba kamaa 'allamahu llaahu falyaktub walyumlili lladhee 'alayhi l-haqqu walyattaqi llaaha rabbahu walaa yabkhas minhu shay'an fa'in kaana lladhee 'alayhi l-haqqu safeehan aw da'eefan aw laa yastatee'u an yumilla huwa falyumlil waliyyuhu bil-'adli wastashhidoo shaheedayni min rijaalikum fa'in lam yakoonaa rajulayni farajulun wamra'ataani mimman tardawna mina sh-shuhadaa'i an tadilla ihdaahumaa fatudhakkira ihdaahumaa l-'ukhraa walaa ya'ba sh-shuhadaa'u idhaa maa du'oo walaa tas'amoo an taktuboohu sagheeran aw kabeeran ilaa ajalihi dhaalikum aqsatu 'inda llaahi wa'aqwamu lilshshahaadati wa'adnaa allaa tartaaboo illaa an takoona tijaaratan haadiratan tudeeroonahaa baynakum falaysa 'alaykum junaahun allaa taktuboohaa wa'ashhidoo idhaa tabaaya'tum walaa yudaarra kaatibun walaa shaheedun wa'in taf'aloo fa'innahu fusooqun bikum waattaqoo llaaha wayu'allimukumu llaahu wallaahu bikulli shay'in 'aleem

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū ʾiḏā tadāyantum bidaynin ʾilā ʾaǧalin musamman faktubūhu walyaktub baynakum kātibun bil-ʿadli walā yaʾba kātibun ʾan yaktuba kamā ʿallamahu llāhu falyaktub walyumlili llaḏī ʿalayhi l-ḥaqqu walyattaqi llāha rabbahu walā yabḫas minhu šayʾan faʾin kāna llaḏī ʿalayhi l-ḥaqqu safīhan ʾaw ḍaʿīfan ʾaw lā yastaṭīʿu ʾan yumilla huwa falyumlil waliyyuhu bil-ʿadli wastašhidū šahīdayni min riǧālikum faʾin lam yakūnā raǧulayni faraǧulun wamraʾatāni mimman tarḍawna mina š-šuhadāʾi ʾan taḍilla ʾiḥdāhumā fatuḏakkira ʾiḥdāhumā l-ʾuḫrā walā yaʾba š-šuhadāʾu ʾiḏā mā duʿū walā tasʾamū ʾan taktubūhu ṣaġīran ʾaw kabīran ʾilā ʾaǧalihi ḏālikum ʾaqsaṭu ʿinda llāhi waʾaqwamu lilššahādati waʾadnā ʾallā tartābū ʾillā ʾan takūna tiǧāratan ḥāḍiratan tudīrūnahā baynakum falaysa ʿalaykum ǧunāḥun ʾallā taktubūhā waʾašhidū ʾiḏā tabāyaʿtum walā yuḍārra kātibun walā šahīdun waʾin tafʿalū faʾinnahu fusūqun bikum wāttaqū llāha wayuʿallimukumu llāhu wallāhu bikulli šayʾin ʿalīmun

O you who believe! When you incur debt among yourselves for a certain period of time, write it down. And have a scribe write in your presence, in all fairness. And let no scribe refuse to write, as God has taught him. So let him write, and let the debtor dictate. And let him fear God, his Lord, and diminish nothing from it. But if the debtor is mentally deficient, or weak, or unable to dictate, then let his guardian dictate with honesty. And call to witness two men from among you. If two men are not available, then one man and two women whose testimony is acceptable to all-if one of them fails to remember, the other would remind her. Witnesses must not refuse when called upon. And do not think it too trivial to write down, whether small or large, including the time of repayment. That is more equitable with God, and stronger as evidence, and more likely to prevent doubt-except in the case of a spot transaction between you-then there is no blame on you if you do not write it down. And let there be witnesses whenever you conclude a contract, and let no harm be done to either scribe or witness. If you do that, it is corruption on your part. And fear God. God teaches you. God is aware of everything.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! When ye contract a debt for a fixed term, record it in writing. Let a scribe record it in writing between you in (terms of) equity. No scribe should refuse to write as Allah hath taught him, so let him write, and let him who incurreth the debt dictate, and let him observe his duty to Allah his Lord, and diminish naught thereof. But if he who oweth the debt is of low understanding, or weak, or unable himself to dictate, then let the guardian of his interests dictate in (terms of) equity. And call to witness, from among your men, two witnesses. And if two men be not (at hand) then a man and two women, of such as ye approve as witnesses, so that if the one erreth (through forgetfulness) the other will remember. And the witnesses must not refuse when they are summoned. Be not averse to writing down (the contract) whether it be small or great, with (record of) the term thereof. That is more equitable in the sight of Allah and more sure for testimony, and the best way of avoiding doubt between you; save only in the case when it is actual merchandise which ye transfer among yourselves from hand to hand. In that case it is no sin for you if ye write it not. And have witnesses when ye sell one to another, and let no harm be done to scribe or witness. If ye do (harm to them) lo! it is a sin in you. Observe your duty to Allah. Allah is teaching you. And Allah is knower of all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! if ye engage to one another in a debt for a stated time, then write it down, and let a scribe write it down between you faithfully; nor let a scribe refuse to write as God taught him, but let him write, and let him who owes dictate; but let him fear God his Lord, and not diminish therefrom aught; but if he who owes be a fool, or weak, or cannot dictate himself, then let his agent dictate faithfully, and let them call two witnesses out from amongst their men; or if there be not two men, then a man and two women, from those whom he chooses for witnesses, so that if one of the two should err, the second of the two may remind the other; and let not the witnesses refuse when they are summoned; and let them not tire of writing it, be it small or great, with its time of payment. That is more just in the sight of God, and more upright for testimony, and brings you nearer to not doubting. Unless, indeed, it be a ready-money transaction between you, which ye arrange between yourselves, then it is no crime against you that ye do not write it down; but bring witnesses to what ye sell one to another, and let not either scribe or witness come to harm, for if ye do it will be abomination in you; but fear God, for God teaches you, and God knows all things

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O ye who believe! when ye contract a debt (payable) at a fixed date, write it down, and let the notary faithfully note between you: and let not the notary refuse to note, even as God hath taught him; but let him note it down, and let him who oweth the debt dictate, and let him fear God his Lord, and not diminish aught thereof. But if he who oweth the debt be foolish or weak, or be not able to dictate himself, let his friend dictate for him with fairness; and call to witness two witnesses of your people: but if there be not two men, let there be a man, and two women of those whom ye shall judge fit for witnesses: if the one of them should mistake, the other may cause her to recollect. And the witnesses shall not refuse, whenever they shall be summoned. And disdain not to put the debt in writing, be it large or small, with its time of payment: this will be more just for you in the sight of God, better suited for witnessing, and the best for avoiding doubt. But if the goods be there present, and ye pass them from hand to hand - then it shall be no fault in you not to write it down. And have witnesses when ye sell, and harm not writer or witness: it will be a crime in you to do this. But fear God and God will give you knowledge, for God hath knowledge of all things

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, when ye bind yourselves one to the other in a debt for a certain time, write it down; and let a writer write between you according to justice, and let not the writer refuse writing according to what God hath taught him; but let him write, and let him who oweth the debt dictate, and let him fear God his Lord, and not diminish ought thereof. But if he who oweth the debt be foolish, or weak, or be not able to dictate himself, let his agent dictate according to equity; and call to witness two witnesses of your neighbouring men; but if there be not two men, let there be a man and two women of those whom ye shall choose for witnesses: If one of those women should mistake, the other of them will cause her to recollect. And the witnesses shall not refuse, whensoever they shall be called. And disdain not to write it down, be it a large debt, or be it a small one, until its time of payment: This will be more just in the sight of God, and more right for bearing witness, and more easy, that ye may not doubt. But if it be a present bargain which ye transact between your selves, it shall be no crime in you, if ye write it not down. And take witnesses when ye sell one to the other, and let no harm be done to the writer, nor to the witness; which if ye do, it will surely be injustice in you: And fear God, and God will instruct you, for God knoweth all things

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:283

وَإِن كُنتُمْ عَلَىٰ سَفَرٍ وَلَمْ تَجِدُوا۟ كَاتِبًا فَرِهَٰنٌ مَّقْبُوضَةٌ فَإِنْ أَمِنَ بَعْضُكُم بَعْضًا فَلْيُؤَدِّ ٱلَّذِى ٱؤْتُمِنَ أَمَٰنَتَهُۥ وَلْيَتَّقِ ٱللَّهَ رَبَّهُۥ وَلَا تَكْتُمُوا۟ ٱلشَّهَٰدَةَ وَمَن يَكْتُمْهَا فَإِنَّهُۥٓ ءَاثِمٌ قَلْبُهُۥ وَٱللَّهُ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'in kuntum 'alaa safarin walam tajidoo kaatiban farihaanun maqboodatun fa'in amina ba'dukum ba'dan falyu'addi lladhee tumina amaanatahu walyattaqi llaaha rabbahu walaa taktumoo sh-shahaadata waman yaktumhaa fa'innahu aathimun qalbuhu wallaahu bimaa ta'maloona 'aleem

DIN 31635waʾin kuntum ʿalā safarin walam taǧidū kātiban farihānun maqbūḍatun faʾin ʾamina baʿḍukum baʿḍan falyuʾaddi llaḏī ʾtumina ʾamānatahu walyattaqi llāha rabbahu walā taktumū š-šahādata waman yaktumhā faʾinnahu ʾāṯimun qalbuhu wallāhu bimā taʿmalūna ʿalīmun

If you are on a journey, and cannot find a scribe, then a security deposit should be handed over. But if you trust one another, let the trustee fulfill his trust, and let him fear God, his Lord. And do not conceal testimony. Whoever conceals it is sinner at heart. God is aware of what you do.

Compare translations (4)

If ye be on a journey and cannot find a scribe, then a pledge in hand (shall suffice). And if one of you entrusteth to another let him who is trusted deliver up that which is entrusted to him (according to the pact between them) and let him observe his duty to Allah his Lord. Hide not testimony. He who hideth it, verily his heart is sinful. Allah is Aware of what ye do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But if ye be upon a journey, and ye cannot find a scribe, then let a pledge be taken. But if one of you trust another, then let him who is trusted surrender his trust, and let him fear God his Lord, and conceal not testimony, for he who conceals it, verily, sinful is his heart: God knows what ye do

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And if ye be on a journey and shall find no notary, let pledges be taken: but if one of you trust the other, let him who is trusted, restore what he is trusted with, and fear God his Lord. And refuse not to give evidence. He who refuseth is surely wicked at heart: and God knoweth your deeds

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And if ye be on a journey, and find no writer, let pledges be taken: But if one of you trust the other, let him who is trusted return what he is trusted with, and fear God his Lord. And conceal not the testimony, for he who concealeth it, hath surely a wicked heart: God knoweth that which ye do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:284

لِّلَّهِ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَإِن تُبْدُوا۟ مَا فِىٓ أَنفُسِكُمْ أَوْ تُخْفُوهُ يُحَاسِبْكُم بِهِ ٱللَّهُ فَيَغْفِرُ لِمَن يَشَآءُ وَيُعَذِّبُ مَن يَشَآءُ وَٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)lillaahi maa fee s-samaawaati wamaa fee l-'ardi wa'in tubdoo maa fee anfusikum aw tukhfoohu yuhaasibkum bihi llaahu fayaghfiru liman yashaa'u wayu'adhdhibu man yashaa'u wallaahu 'alaa kulli shay'in qadeer

DIN 31635lillāhi mā fī s-samāwāti wamā fī l-ʾarḍi waʾin tubdū mā fī ʾanfusikum ʾaw tuḫfūhu yuḥāsibkum bihi llāhu fayaġfiru liman yašāʾu wayuʿaḏḏibu man yašāʾu wallāhu ʿalā kulli šayʾin qadīrun

To God belongs everything in the heavens and the earth. Whether you reveal what is within your selves, or conceal it, God will call you to account for it. He forgives whom He wills, and He punishes whom He wills. God is Able to do all things.

Compare translations (4)

Unto Allah (belongeth) whatsoever is in the heavens and whatsoever is in the earth; and whether ye make known what is in your minds or hide it, Allah will bring you to account for it. He will forgive whom He will and He will punish whom He will. Allah is Able to do all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God's is what is in heaven and in the earth, and if ye show what is in your souls, or hide it, God will call you to account; and He forgives whom He will, and punishes whom He will, for God is mighty over all

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Whatever is in the Heavens and in the Earth is God's: and whether ye bring forth to light what is in your minds or conceal it, God will reckon with you for it; and whom He pleaseth will He forgive, and whom He pleaseth will He punish; for God is All-powerful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Whatever is in heaven, and on earth is God's: And whether ye manifest that which is in your minds, or conceal it, God will call you to account for it, and will forgive whom he pleaseth, and will punish whom he pleaseth; for God is almighty

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:285

ءَامَنَ ٱلرَّسُولُ بِمَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْهِ مِن رَّبِّهِۦ وَٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ كُلٌّ ءَامَنَ بِٱللَّهِ وَمَلَٰٓئِكَتِهِۦ وَكُتُبِهِۦ وَرُسُلِهِۦ لَا نُفَرِّقُ بَيْنَ أَحَدٍ مِّن رُّسُلِهِۦ وَقَالُوا۟ سَمِعْنَا وَأَطَعْنَا غُفْرَانَكَ رَبَّنَا وَإِلَيْكَ ٱلْمَصِيرُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)aamana r-rasoolu bimaa unzila ilayhi min rabbihi wal-mu'minoona kullun aamana billaahi wamalaa'ikatihi wakutubihi warusulihi laa nufarriqu bayna ahadin min rusulihi waqaaloo sami'naa wa'ata'naa ghufraanaka rabbanaa wa'ilayka l-maseer

DIN 31635ʾāmana r-rasūlu bimā ʾunzila ʾilayhi min rabbihi wal-muʾminūna kullun ʾāmana billāhi wamalāʾikatihi wakutubihi warusulihi lā nufarriqu bayna ʾaḥadin min rusulihi waqālū samiʿnā waʾaṭaʿnā ġufrānaka rabbanā waʾilayka l-maṣīru

The Messenger has believed in what was revealed to him from his Lord, as did the believers. They all have believed in God, and His angels, and His scriptures, and His messengers: "We make no distinction between any of His messengers." And they say, "We hear and we obey. Your forgiveness, our Lord. To you is the destiny."

Compare translations (4)

The messenger believeth in that which hath been revealed unto him from his Lord and (so do) believers. Each one believeth in Allah and His angels and His scriptures and His messengers - We make no distinction between any of His messengers - and they say: We hear, and we obey. (Grant us) Thy forgiveness, our Lord. Unto Thee is the journeying

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The Apostle believes in what is sent down to him from his Lord, and the believers all believe on God, and His angels, and His Books, and His apostles,- we make no difference between any of His apostles,- they say, 'We hear and obey, Thy pardon, O Lord! for to Thee our journey tends

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The apostle believeth in that which hath been sent down from his Lord, as do the faithful also. Each one believeth in God, and His Angels, and His Books, and His Apostles: we make no distinction between any of His Apostles. And they say, "We have heard and we obey. Thy mercy, Lord! for unto thee must we return

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The apostle believeth in that which hath been sent down unto him from his Lord, and the faithful also. Every one of them believeth in God, and his angels, and his scriptures, and his apostles: We make no distinction at all between his apostles. And they say, we have heard, and do obey: We implore thy mercy, O Lord, for unto thee must we return

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

2:286

لَا يُكَلِّفُ ٱللَّهُ نَفْسًا إِلَّا وُسْعَهَا لَهَا مَا كَسَبَتْ وَعَلَيْهَا مَا ٱكْتَسَبَتْ رَبَّنَا لَا تُؤَاخِذْنَآ إِن نَّسِينَآ أَوْ أَخْطَأْنَا رَبَّنَا وَلَا تَحْمِلْ عَلَيْنَآ إِصْرًا كَمَا حَمَلْتَهُۥ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِنَا رَبَّنَا وَلَا تُحَمِّلْنَا مَا لَا طَاقَةَ لَنَا بِهِۦ وَٱعْفُ عَنَّا وَٱغْفِرْ لَنَا وَٱرْحَمْنَآ أَنتَ مَوْلَىٰنَا فَٱنصُرْنَا عَلَى ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laa yukallifu llaahu nafsan illaa wus'ahaa lahaa maa kasabat wa'alayhaa maa ktasabat rabbanaa laa tu'aakhidhnaa in naseenaa aw akhta'naa rabbanaa walaa tahmil 'alaynaa isran kamaa hamaltahu 'alaa lladheena min qablinaa rabbanaa walaa tuhammilnaa maa laa taaqata lanaa bihi wa'fu 'annaa waghfir lanaa warhamnaa anta mawlaanaa faansurnaa 'alaa l-qawmi l-kaafireen

DIN 31635lā yukallifu llāhu nafsan ʾillā wusʿahā lahā mā kasabat waʿalayhā mā ktasabat rabbanā lā tuʾāḫiḏnā ʾin nasīnā ʾaw ʾaḫṭaʾnā rabbanā walā taḥmil ʿalaynā ʾiṣran kamā ḥamaltahu ʿalā llaḏīna min qablinā rabbanā walā tuḥammilnā mā lā ṭāqata lanā bihi waʿfu ʿannā waġfir lanā warḥamnā ʾanta mawlānā fānṣurnā ʿalā l-qawmi l-kāfirīna

God does not burden any soul beyond its capacity. To its credit is what it earns, and against it is what it commits. "Our Lord, do not condemn us if we forget or make a mistake. Our Lord, do not burden us as You have burdened those before us. Our Lord, do not burden us with more than we have strength to bear; and pardon us, and forgive us, and have mercy on us. You are our Lord and Master, so help us against the disbelieving people."

Compare translations (4)

Allah tasketh not a soul beyond its scope. For it (is only) that which it hath earned, and against it (only) that which it hath deserved. Our Lord! Condemn us not if we forget, or miss the mark! Our Lord! Lay not on us such a burden as thou didst lay on those before us! Our Lord! Impose not on us that which we have not the strength to bear! Pardon us, absolve us and have mercy on us, Thou, our Protector, and give us victory over the disbelieving folk

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God will not require of the soul save its capacity. It shall have what it has earned, and it shall owe what has been earned from it. Lord, catch us not up, if we forget or make mistake; Lord, load us not with a burden, as Thou hast loaded those who were before us. Lord, make us not to carry what we have not strength for, but forgive us, and pardon us, and have mercy on us. Thou art our Sovereign, then help us against the people who do not believe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

God will not burden any soul beyond its power. It shall enjoy the good which it hath acquired, and shall bear the evil for the acquirement of which it laboured. O our Lord! punish us not if we forget, or fall into sin; O our Lord! and lay not on us a load like that which thou hast laid on those who have been before us; O our Lord! and lay not on us that for which we have not strength: but blot out our sins and forgive us, and have pity on us. Thou art our protector: give us victory therefore over the infidel nations

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God will not force any soul beyond its capacity: It shall have the good which it gaineth, and it shall suffer the evil which it gaineth. O Lord punisth us not, if we forget, or act sinfully: O Lord lay not on us a burden like that which thou hast laid on those who have been before us; neither make us, O Lord, to bear what we have not strength to bear, but be favourable unto us, and spare us, and be merciful unto us. Thou art our patron, help us therefore against the unbelieving nations

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

Arabic textTanzil Qur'an text (Uthmani) ·Uthmani, Version 1.1·Tanzil Project ·Creative Commons Attribution 3.0·retrieved 24 Aug 2026

Qur'anic text from the Tanzil Project. Copyright (C) 2007-2026 Tanzil Project License: Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Source: tanzil.net · Updates: tanzil.net/updates/ https://tanzil.net/updates/

Translations Edward Henry Palmer, English translation of the Qur'an·Public domain — copyright term expired

Edward Henry Palmer, English translation of the Qur'an ·1880 translation, digital edition of unverified printing·None — public domain work ·Public domain — copyright term expired·retrieved 24 Aug 2026

Translations George Sale, English translation of the Qur'an·Public domain — copyright term expired

George Sale, English translation of the Qur'an ·1734 translation, digital edition of unverified printing·None — public domain work ·Public domain — copyright term expired·retrieved 24 Aug 2026

Translations John Medows Rodwell, English translation of the Qur'an·Public domain — copyright term expired

John Medows Rodwell, English translation of the Qur'an ·1861 translation, digital edition of unverified printing·None — public domain work ·Public domain — copyright term expired·retrieved 24 Aug 2026

Translations Pickthall, The Meaning of the Glorious Koran·Public domain — copyright term expired

Pickthall, The Meaning of the Glorious Koran ·1930 translation, digital edition of unverified printing·None — public domain work ·Public domain — copyright term expired·retrieved 24 Aug 2026

Translations Talal Itani, ClearQuran·Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivatives 4.0 International

Talal Itani, ClearQuran ·ClearQuran, "God" edition, EPUB·Talal Itani / ClearQuran.com ·Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivatives 4.0 International·retrieved 7 Sep 2026

Translation by Talal Itani, ClearQuran.com https://clearquran.com